First Across the Continent
Chapter I
A Great Transaction in Land
The people of the young Republic of the United States were
greatly astonished, in the summer of 1803, to learn that Napoleon
Bonaparte, then First Consul of France, had sold to us the vast tract of
land known as the country of Louisiana. The details of this purchase
were arranged in Paris (on the part of the United States) by Robert R.
Livingston and James Monroe. The French government was represented by
Barbe-Marbois, Minister of the Public Treasury.
The price to be paid for this vast domain was fifteen million
dollars. The area of the country ceded was reckoned to be more than one
million square miles, greater than the total area of the United States, as
the Republic then existed. Roughly described, the territory comprised
all that part of the continent west of the Mississippi River, bounded on the
north by the British possessions and on the west and south by dominions of
Spain. This included the region in which now lie the States of
Louisiana, Arkansas, Missouri, Kansas, parts of Colorado, Minnesota, the
States of Iowa, Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota, Wyoming, a part of
Idaho, all of Montana and Territory of Oklahoma. At that time, the
entire population of the region, exclusive of the Indian tribes that roamed
over its trackless spaces, was barely ninety thousand persons, of whom forty
thousand were negro slaves. The civilized inhabitants were principally
French, or descendants of French, with a few Spanish, Germans, English, and
Americans.
The purchase of this tremendous slice of territory could not be complete
without an approval of the bargain by the United States Senate. Great
opposition to this was immediately excited by people in various parts of the
Union, especially in New England, where there was a very bitter
feeling against the prime mover in this business,--Thomas Jefferson, then
President of the United States. The scheme was ridiculed by persons who
insisted that the region was not only wild and unexplored, but uninhabitable
and worthless. They derided "The Jefferson Purchase," as they called
it, as a useless piece of extravagance and folly; and, in addition to its
being a foolish bargain, it was urged that President Jefferson had no right,
under the constitution of the United States, to add any territory to the area
of the Republic.
Nevertheless, a majority of the people were in favor of the
purchase, and the bargain was duly approved by the United States Senate; that
body, July 31, 1803, just three months after the execution of the treaty of
cession, formally ratified the important agreement between the two
governments. The dominion of the United States was now extended across the
entire continent of North America, reaching from the Atlantic to the
Pacific. The Territory of Oregon was already ours.
This momentous transfer took place one hundred years ago, when
almost nothing was known of the region so summarily handed from the
government of France to the government of the American Republic. Few
white men had ever traversed those trackless plains, or scaled the
frowning ranges of mountains that barred the way across the
continent. There were living in the fastnesses of the mysterious
interior of the Louisiana Purchase many tribes of Indians who had never
looked in the face of the white man.
Nor was the Pacific shore of the country any better known to
civilized man than was the region lying between that coast and the Big
Muddy, or Missouri River. Spanish voyagers, in 1602, had sailed as far
north as the harbors of San Diego and Monterey, in what is now
California; and other explorers, of the same nationality, in 1775, extended
their discoveries as far north as the fifty-eighth degree of
latitude. Famous Captain Cook, the great navigator of the Pacific seas, in
1778, reached and entered Nootka Sound, and, leaving numerous harbors and
bays unexplored, he pressed on and visited the shores of Alaska, then called
Unalaska, and traced the coast as far north as Icy Cape. Cold weather
drove him westward across the Pacific, and he spent the next winter at
Owyhee, where, in February of the following year, he was killed by the
natives.
All these explorers were looking for chances for fur-trading, which was
at that time the chief industry of the Pacific coast. Curiously enough, they
all passed by the mouth of the Columbia without observing that there was the
entrance to one of the finest rivers on the American continent.
Indeed, Captain Vancouver, a British explorer, who has left his name on
the most important island of the North Pacific coast, baffled by
the deceptive appearances of the two capes that guard the way to a noble
stream (Cape Disappointment and Cape Deception), passed them without a
thought. But Captain Gray, sailing the good ship "Columbia," of Boston, who
coasted those shores for more than two years, fully convinced that a strong
current which he observed off those capes came from a river, made a
determined effort; and on the 11th of May, 1792, he discovered and entered
the great river that now bears the name of his ship. At last the key
that was to open the mountain fastnesses of the heart of the continent had
been found. The names of the capes christened by Vancouver and re-christened
by Captain Gray have disappeared from our maps, but in the words of one
of the numerous editors[1] of the narrative of the exploring expedition of
Lewis and Clark: "The name of the good ship `Columbia,' it is not hard
to believe, will flow with the waters of the bold river as long as grass
grows or water runs in the valleys of the Rocky Mountains."
[1] Dr. Archibald McVickar.
It appears that the attention of President Jefferson had been
early attracted to the vast, unexplored domain which his wise foresight
was finally to add to the territory of the United States. While he was
living in Paris, as the representative of the United States, in 1785-89, he
made the acquaintance of John Ledyard, of Connecticut, the well-known
explorer, who had then in mind a scheme for the establishment of a
fur-trading post on the western coast of America. Mr. Jefferson
proposed to Ledyard that the most feasible route to the coveted fur-bearing
lands would be through the Russian possessions and downward somewhere near to
the latitude of the then unknown sources of the Missouri River, entering the
United States by that route. This scheme fell through on account of the
obstacles thrown in Ledyard's way by the Russian Government. A few
years later, in 1792, Jefferson, whose mind was apparently fixed on carrying
out his project, proposed to the American Philosophical Society of
Philadelphia that a subscription should be opened for the purpose of raising
money "to engage some competent person to explore that region in the opposite
direction (from the Pacific coast),-- that is, by ascending the Missouri,
crossing the Stony [Rocky] Mountains, and descending the nearest river to the
Pacific." This was the hint from which originated the famous expedition
of Lewis and Clark.
But the story-teller should not forget to mention that hardy and
adventurous explorer, Jonathan Carver. This man, the son of a British
officer, set out from Boston, in 1766, to explore the wilderness north of
Albany and lying along the southern shore of the Great Lakes. He was
absent two years and seven months, and in that time he collected a vast
amount of useful and strange information, besides learning the language of
the Indians among whom he lived. He conceived the bold plan of
travelling up a branch of the Missouri (or "Messorie"), till, having
discovered the source of the traditional "Oregon, or River of the
West," on the western side of the lands that divide the continent, "he
would have sailed down that river to the place where it is said to empty
itself, near the Straits of Anian."
By the Straits of Anian, we are to suppose, were meant some part of
Behring's Straits, separating Asia from the American continent. Carver's
fertile imagination, stimulated by what he knew of the remote Northwest,
pictured that wild region where, according to a modern poet, "rolls the
Oregon and hears no sound save his own dashing." But Carver died
without the sight; in his later years, he said of those who should follow his
lead: "While their spirits are elated by their success, perhaps they may
bestow some commendations and blessings on the person who first pointed out
to them the way."
Chapter II
Beginning a Long Journey
In 1803, availing himself of a plausible pretext to send out
an exploring expedition, President Jefferson asked Congress to
appropriate a small sum of money ($2,500) for the execution of his
purpose. At that time the cession of the Louisiana Territory had not been
completed; but matters were in train to that end, and before the
expedition was fairly started on its long journey across the
continent, the Territory was formally ceded to the United States.
Meriwether Lewis, a captain in the army, was selected by Jefferson to
lead the expedition. Captain Lewis was a native of Virginia, and at
that time was only twenty-nine years old. He had been Jefferson's private
secretary for two years and was, of course, familiar with the President's
plans and expectations as these regarded the wonder-land which Lewis was to
enter. It is pleasant to quote here Mr. Jefferson's words
concerning Captain Lewis. In a memoir of that distinguished young
officer, written after his death, Jefferson said: "Of courage
undaunted; possessing a firmness and perseverance of purpose which nothing
but impossibilities could divert from its direction; careful as a father of
those committed to his charge, yet steady in the maintenance of order and
discipline; intimate with the Indian character, customs and
principles; habituated to the hunting life; guarded, by exact
observation of the vegetables and animals of his own country, against
losing time in the description of objects already possessed; honest,
disinterested, liberal, of sound understanding, and a fidelity to truth so
scrupulous that whatever he should report would be as certain as if seen by
ourselves--with all these qualifications, as if selected and implanted by
nature in one body for this express purpose, I could have no hesitation in
confiding the enterprise to him."
Before we have finished the story of Meriwether Lewis and his
companions, we shall see that this high praise of the youthful
commander was well deserved.
For a coadjutor and comrade Captain Lewis chose William Clark,[1] also
a native of Virginia, and then about thirty-three years old. Clark,
like Lewis, held a commission in the military service of the United States,
and his appointment as one of the leaders of the expedition with which his
name and that of Lewis will ever be associated, made the two men equal in
rank. Exactly how there could be two captains commanding the same
expedition, both of the same military and actual rank, without jar or
quarrel, we cannot understand; but it is certain that the two young men got
on together harmoniously, and no hint or suspicion of any serious
disagreement between the two captains during their long and arduous service
has come down to us from those distant days.
[1] It is a little singular that Captain Clark's name has been so
persistently misspelled by historians and biographers. Even in most of the
published versions of the story of the Lewis and Clark expedition, the name
of one of the captains is spelled Clarke. Clark's own signature, of
which many are in existence, is without the final and superfluous
vowel; and the family name, for generations past, does not show it.
As finally organized, the expedition was made up of the two
captains (Lewis and Clark) and twenty-six men. These were nine young
men from Kentucky, who were used to life on the frontier among
Indians; fourteen soldiers of the United States Army, selected from many
who eagerly volunteered their services; two French voyageurs, or
watermen, one of whom was an interpreter of Indian language, and the
other a hunter; and one black man, a servant of Captain Clark. All
these, except the negro servant, were regularly enlisted as privates in
the military service of the United States during the expedition; and three of
them were by the captains appointed sergeants. In addition to this force,
nine voyageurs and a corporal and six private soldiers were detailed to act
as guides and assistants until the explorers should reach the country of the
Mandan Indians, a region lying around the spot where is now situated the
flourishing city of Bismarck, the capital of North Dakota. It was
expected that if hostile Indians should attack the explorers anywhere
within the limits of the little-known parts through which they were to
make their way, such attacks were more likely to be made below the
Mandan country than elsewhere.
The duties of the explorers were numerous and important. They were to
explore as thoroughly as possible the country through which they were to
pass; making such observations of latitude and longitude as would be
needed when maps of the region should be prepared by the War
Department; observing the trade, commerce, tribal relations, manners and
customs, language, traditions, and monuments, habits and industrial
pursuits, diseases and laws of the Indian nations with whom they might come
in contact; note the floral, mineral, and animal characteristics of the
country, and, above all, to report whatever might be of interest to citizens
who might thereafter be desirous of opening trade relations with those wild
tribes of which almost nothing was then distinctly known.
The list of articles with which the explorers were provided, to aid them
in establishing peaceful relations with the Indians, might amuse traders of
the present day. But in those primitive times, and among peoples
entirely ignorant of the white man's riches and resources, coats richly laced
with gilt braid, red trousers, medals, flags, knives, colored
handkerchiefs, paints, small looking-glasses, beads and tomahawks were
believed to be so attractive to the simple-minded red man that he
would gladly do much and give much of his own to win such prizes. Of these
fine things there were fourteen large bales and one box. The stores of the
expedition were clothing, working tools, fire-arms, food supplies, powder,
ball, lead for bullets, and flints for the guns then in use, the
old-fashioned flint-lock rifle and musket being still in vogue in our
country; for all of this was at the beginning of the present century.
As the party was to begin their long journey by ascending the Missouri
River, their means of travel were provided in three boats. The largest, a
keel-boat, fifty-five feet long and drawing three feet of water, carried a
big square sail and twenty-two seats for oarsmen. On board this craft
was a small swivel gun. The other two boats were of that variety of open
craft known as pirogue, a craft shaped like a flat-iron,
square-sterned, flat-bottomed, roomy, of light draft, and usually provided
with four oars and a square sail which could be used when the wind was
aft, and which also served as a tent, or night shelter, on shore. Two
horses, for hunting or other occasional service, were led along the banks of
the river.
As we have seen, President Jefferson, whose master mind organized
and devised this expedition, had dwelt longingly on the prospect of
crossing the continent from the headwaters of the Missouri to the
headwaters of the then newly-discovered Columbia. The route thus
explored was more difficult than that which was later travelled by the first
emigrants across the continent to California. That route lies up the
Platte River, through what is known as the South Pass of the Rocky
Mountains, by Great Salt Lake and down the valley of the Humboldt into
California, crossing the Sierra Nevada at any one of several points
leading into the valley of the Sacramento. The route, which was
opened by the gold-seekers, was followed by the first railroads built
across the continent. The route that lay so firmly in Jefferson's
mind, and which was followed up with incredible hardships by the Lewis and
Clark expedition, has since been traversed by two railroads, built after the
first transcontinental rails were laid. If Jefferson had desired to find the
shortest and most feasible route across the continent, he would have pointed
to the South Pass and Utah basin trails. But these would have led the
explorers into California, then and long afterwards a Spanish
possession. The entire line finally traced over the Great Divide lay
within the territory of the United States.
But it must be remembered that while the expedition was being
organized, the vast Territory of Louisiana was as yet a French
possession. Before the party were brought together and their supplies
collected, the territory passed under the jurisdiction of the United
States. Nevertheless, that jurisdiction was not immediately
acknowledged by the officials who, up to that time, had been the
representatives of the French and Spanish governments. Part of the territory
was transferred from Spain to France and then from France to the United
States. It was intended that the exploring party should pass the winter
of 1803-4 in St. Louis, then a mere village which had been commonly known as
Pain Court. But the Spanish governor of the province had not been
officially told that the country had been transferred to the United States,
and, after the Spanish manner, he forbade the passage of the Americans
through his jurisdiction. In those days communication between frontier posts
and points lying far to the eastward of the Mississippi was very difficult;
it required six weeks to carry the mails between New York, Philadelphia, and
Washington to St. Louis; and this was the reason why a treaty, ratified in
July, was not officially heard of in St. Louis as late as December of that
year. The explorers, shut out of Spanish territory, recrossed the
Mississippi and wintered at the mouth of Wood River, just above St.
Louis, on the eastern side of the great river, in United States
territory. As a matter of record, it may be said here that the actual
transfer of the lower part of the territory--commonly known as Orleans--took
place at New Orleans, December 20, 1803, and the transfer of the upper
part was effected at St. Louis, March 10, 1804, before the Lewis and
Clark expedition had started on its long journey to the northwestward.
All over the small area of the United States then existed a
deep interest in the proposed explorations of the course and sources of
the Missouri River. The explorers were about to plunge into vast
solitudes of which white people knew less than we know now about the North
Polar country. Wild and extravagant stories of what was to be seen in those
trackless regions were circulated in the States. For example, it was
said that Lewis and Clark expected to find the mammoth of prehistoric times
still living and wandering in the Upper Missouri region; and it was commonly
reported that somewhere, a thousand miles or so up the river, was a solid
mountain of rock salt, eighty miles long and forty-five miles wide, destitute
of vegetation and glittering in the sun! These, and other tales like
these, were said to be believed and doted upon by the great Jefferson
himself. The Federalists, or "Feds," as they were called, who hated
Jefferson, pretended to believe that he had invented some of these foolish
yarns, hoping thereby to make his Louisiana purchase more popular in the
Republic.
In his last letter to Captain Lewis, which was to reach the
explorers before they started, Jefferson said: "The acquisition of
the country through which you are to pass has inspired the
country generally with a great deal of interest in your enterprise. The
inquiries are perpetual as to your progress. The Feds alone still treat
it as a philosophism, and would rejoice at its failure. Their bitterness
increases with the diminution of their numbers and despair of a
resurrection. I hope you will take care of yourself, and be a living
witness of their malice and folly." Indeed, after the explorers were lost
sight of in the wilderness which they were to traverse, many people in the
States declaimed bitterly against the folly that had sent these unfortunate
men to perish miserably in the fathomless depths of the continent. They no
longer treated it "as a philosophism," or wild prank, but as a wicked scheme
to risk life and property in a search for the mysteries of the unknown and
unknowable.
As a striking illustration of this uncertainty of the outcome of the
expedition, which exercised even the mind of Jefferson, it may be said that
in his instructions to Captain Lewis he said: "Our Consuls, Thomas Hewes, at
Batavia in Java, William Buchanan in the isles of France and Bourbon, and
John Elmslie at the Cape of Good Hope, will be able to supply your
necessities by drafts on us." All this seems strange enough to the young
reader of the present day; but this was said and done one hundred years
ago.
Chapter III
From the Lower to the Upper River
The party finally set sail up the Missouri River on Monday, May
21, 1804, but made only a few miles, owing to head winds. Four days later
they camped near the last white settlement on the Missouri,--La Charrette, a
little village of seven poor houses. Here lived Daniel Boone, the famous
Kentucky backwoodsman, then nearly seventy years old, but still vigorous,
erect, and strong of limb. Here and above this place the explorers
began to meet with unfamiliar Indian tribes and names. For
example, they met two canoes loaded with furs "from the Mahar nation." The
writer of the Lewis and Clark journal, upon whose notes we rely for our
story, made many slips of this sort. By "Mahars" we must understand that the
Omahas were meant. We shall come across other such instances in which the
strangers mistook the pronunciation of Indian names. For
example, Kansas was by them misspelled as "Canseze" and "Canzan;" and
there appear some thirteen or fourteen different spellings of Sioux, of
which one of the most far-fetched is "Scouex."
The explorers were now in a country unknown to them and almost unknown
to any white man. On the thirty-first of May, a messenger came down the
Grand Osage River bringing a letter from a person who wrote that the Indians,
having been notified that the country had been ceded to the Americans, burned
the letter containing the tidings, refusing to believe the report. The
Osage Indians, through whose territory they were now passing, were among the
largest and finest-formed red men of the West. Their name came from
the river along which they warred and hunted, but their proper title, as
they called themselves, was "the Wabashas," and from them, in later years, we
derive the familiar name of Wabash. A curious tradition of this people,
according to the journal of Lewis and Clark, is that the founder of the
nation was a snail, passing a quiet existence along the banks of the Osage,
till a high flood swept him down to the Missouri, and left him exposed on the
shore. The heat of the sun at length ripened him into a man; but with the
change of his nature he had not forgotten his native seats on the Osage,
towards which he immediately bent his way. He was, however, soon overtaken by
hunger and fatigue, when happily, the Great Spirit appeared, and, giving him
a bow and arrow, showed him how to kill and cook deer, and cover himself with
the skin. He then proceeded to his original residence; but as he
approached the river he was met by a beaver, who inquired haughtily who he
was, and by what authority he came to disturb his possession. The
Osage answered that the river was his own, for he had once lived on its
borders. As they stood disputing, the daughter of the beaver came, and
having, by her entreaties, reconciled her father to this young
stranger, it was proposed that the Osage should marry the young
beaver, and share with her family the enjoyment of the river. The Osage
readily consented, and from this happy union there soon came the village and
the nation of the Wabasha, or Osages, who have ever since preserved a pious
reverence for their ancestors, abstaining from the chase of the beaver,
because in killing that animal they killed a brother of the Osage. Of
late years, however, since the trade with the whites has rendered
beaver-skins more valuable, the sanctity of these maternal relatives has been
visibly reduced, and the poor animals have lost all the privileges of
kindred.
Game was abundant all along the river as the explorers sailed up the
stream. Their hunters killed numbers of deer, and at the mouth of Big
Good Woman Creek, which empties into the Missouri near the present town of
Franklin, Howard County, three bears were brought into the camp. Here,
too, they began to find salt springs, or "salt licks," to which many
wild animals resorted for salt, of which they were very fond. Saline
County, Missouri, perpetuates the name given to the region by Lewis and
Clark. Traces of buffalo were also found here, and occasional wandering
traders told them that the Indians had begun to hunt the buffalo now that the
grass had become abundant enough to attract this big game from regions lying
further south.
By the tenth of June the party had entered the country of the Ayauway
nation. This was an easy way of spelling the word now familiar to us as
"Iowa." But before that spelling was reached, it was Ayaway, Ayahwa,
Iawai, Iaway, and soon. The remnants of this once powerful tribe now
number scarcely two hundred persons. In Lewis and Clark's time, they were a
large nation, with several hundred warriors, and were constantly at war with
their neighbors. Game here grew still more abundant, and in addition to deer
and bear the hunters brought in a raccoon. One of these hunters brought
into camp a wild tale of a snake which, he said, "made a guttural
noise like a turkey." One of the French voyageurs confirmed this
story; but the croaking snake was never found and identified.
On the twenty-fourth of June the explorers halted to prepare some of the
meat which their hunters brought in. Numerous herds of deer were
feeding on the abundant grass and young willows that grew along the river
banks. The meat, cut in small strips, or ribbons, was dried quickly in the
hot sun. This was called "jirked" meat. Later on the word was corrupted
into "jerked," and "jerked beef" is not unknown at the present day. The
verb "jerk" is corrupted from the Chilian word, charqui, meaning sun-dried
meat; but it is not easy to explain how the Chilian word got into the
Northwest.
As the season advanced, the party found many delicious wild fruits, such
as currants, plums, raspberries, wild apples, and vast quantities of
mulberries. Wild turkeys were also found in large numbers, and the
party had evidently entered a land of plenty. Wild geese were abundant, and
numerous tracks of elk were seen. But we may as well say here that the,
so-called elk of the Northwest is not the elk of ancient Europe; a more
correct and distinctive name for this animal is wapiti, the name given the
animal by the Indians. The European elk more closely resembles the American
moose. Its antlers are flat, low, and palmated like our moose; whereas the
antlers of the American elk, so-called, are long, high, and round-shaped with
many sharp points or tines. The mouth of the great Platte River was reached
on the twenty-first of July. This famous stream was then regarded as a
sort of boundary line between the known and unknown regions. As mariners
crossing the equator require all their comrades, who have not been "over the
line" to submit to lathering and shaving, so the Western voyageurs merrily
compelled their mates to submit to similar horse-play. The great river was
also the mark above which explorers entered upon what was called the Upper
Missouri.
The expedition was now advancing into a region inhabited by
several wandering tribes of Indians, chief of which were the Ottoes,
Missouris, and Pawnees. It was determined, therefore, to call a council
of some of the chiefs of these bands and make terms of peace with
them. After some delay, the messengers sent out to them brought in
fourteen representative Indians, to whom the white men made presents of
roast meat, pork, flour, and corn-meal, in return for which their visitors
brought them quantities of delicious watermelons. "Next day, August 3," says
the journal, "the Indians, with their six chiefs, were all assembled under an
awning formed with the mainsail, in presence of all our party, paraded for
the occasion. A speech was then made, announcing to them the change in the
government, our promises of protection, and advice as to their future
conduct. All the six chiefs replied to our speech, each in his turn,
according to rank. They expressed their joy at the change in the
government; their hopes that we would recommend them to their Great
Father (the president), that they might obtain trade and necessaries: they
wanted arms as well for hunting as for defence, and asked our mediation
between them and the Mahas, with whom they are now at war. We promised to do
so, and wished some of them to accompany us to that nation, which they
declined, for fear of being killed by them. We then proceeded to
distribute our presents. The grand chief of the nation not being of the
party, we sent him a flag, a medal, and some ornaments for clothing. To
the six chiefs who were present, we gave a medal of the second grade to one
Ottoe chief and one Missouri chief; a medal of the third grade to two
inferior chiefs of each nation; the customary mode of recognizing a chief
being to place a medal round his neck, which is considered among his tribe as
a proof of his consideration abroad. Each of these medals was accompanied by
a present of paint, garters, and cloth ornaments of dress; and to this we
added a canister of powder, a bottle of whiskey, and a few presents to the
whole, which appeared to make them perfectly satisfied. The air-gun, too, was
fired, and astonished them greatly. The absent grand chief was an Ottoe,
named Weahrushhah, which, in English, degenerates into Little Thief.
The two principal chieftains present were Shongotongo, or Big Horse, and
Wethea, or Hospitality; also Shosguscan, or White Horse, an Ottoe; the
first an Ottoe, the second a Missouri. The incidents just
related induced us to give to this place the name of the Council
Bluffs: the situation of it is exceedingly favorable for a fort
and trading factory, as the soil is well calculated for bricks, and there
is an abundance of wood in the neighborhood, and the air being pure and
healthy."
Of course the reader will recognize, in the name given to this place by
Lewis and Clark, the flourishing modern city of Council Bluffs, Iowa.
Nevertheless, as a matter of fact, the council took place on the Nebraskan or
western side of the river, and the meeting-place was at some distance above
the site of the present city of Council Bluffs.
Above Council Bluffs the explorers found the banks of the river to
be high and bluffy, and on one of the highlands which they passed they saw
the burial-place of Blackbird, one of the great men of the Mahars, or Omahas,
who had died of small-pox. A mound, twelve feet in diameter and six feet
high, had been raised over the grave, and on a tall pole at the summit the
party fixed a flag of red, white, and blue. The place was regarded as sacred
by the Omahas, who kept the dead chieftain well supplied with
provisions. The small-pox had caused great mortality among the Indians;
and a few years before the white men's visit, when the fell disease had
destroyed four hundred men, with a due proportion of women and children, the
survivors burned their village and fled.
"They had been a military and powerful people; but when these
warriors saw their strength wasting before a malady which they could not
resist, their frenzy was extreme; they burned their village, and many of them
put to death their wives and children, to save them from so cruel an
affliction, and that all might go together to some better country."
In Omaha, or Mahar Creek, the explorers made their first experiment in
dragging the stream for fish. With a drag of willows, loaded with
stones, they succeeded in catching a great variety of fine fish, over three
hundred at one haul, and eight hundred at another. These were pike, bass,
salmon-trout, catfish, buffalo fish, perch, and a species of shrimp, all of
which proved an acceptable addition to their usual flesh bill-of-fare.
Desiring to call in some of the surrounding Indian tribes, they here set
fire to the dry prairie grass, that being the customary signal for a meeting
of different bands of roving peoples. In the afternoon of August 18, a party
of Ottoes, headed by Little Thief and Big Horse, came in, with six other
chiefs and a French interpreter. The journal says:--
"We met them under a shade, and after they had finished a repast with which
we supplied them, we inquired into the origin of the war between them
and the Mahas, which they related with great frankness. It seems that
two of the Missouris went to the Mahas to steal horses, but were detected and
killed; the Ottoes and Missouris thought themselves bound to avenge their
companions, and the whole nations were at last obliged to share in the
dispute. They are also in fear of a war from the Pawnees, whose village they
entered this summer, while the inhabitants were hunting, and stole their
corn. This ingenuous confession did not make us the less desirous of
negotiating a peace for them; but no Indians have as yet been attracted by
our fire. The evening was closed by a dance; and the next day, the
chiefs and warriors being assembled at ten o'clock, we explained the
speech we had already sent from the Council Bluffs, and renewed our
advice. They all replied in turn, and the presents were then
distributed. We exchanged the small medal we had formerly given to the Big
Horse for one of the same size with that of Little Thief: we also gave
a small medal to a third chief, and a kind of certificate or letter of
acknowledgment to five of the warriors expressive of our favor and their good
intentions. One of them, dissatisfied, returned us the certificate; but the
chief, fearful of our being offended, begged that it might be restored to
him; this we declined, and rebuked them severely for having in view mere
traffic instead of peace with their neighbors. This displeased them at
first; but they at length all petitioned that it should be given to the
warrior, who then came forward and made an apology to us; we then delivered
it to the chief to be given to the most worthy, and he bestowed it on the
same warrior, whose name was Great Blue Eyes. After a more
substantial present of small articles and tobacco, the council was ended with
a dram to the Indians. In the evening we exhibited different objects of
curiosity, and particularly the air-gun, which gave them great
surprise. Those people are almost naked, having no covering except a
sort of breech-cloth round the middle, with a loose blanket or buffalo robe,
painted, thrown over them. The names of these warriors, besides those already
mentioned, were Karkapaha, or Crow's Head, and Nenasawa, or Black Cat,
Missouris; and Sananona, or Iron Eyes, Neswaunja, or Big Ox, Stageaunja, or
Big Blue Eyes, and Wasashaco, or Brave Man, all Ottoes."
Chapter IV
Novel Experiences among the Indians
About this time (the nineteenth and twentieth of August), the explorers
lost by death the only member of their party who did not survive the
journey. Floyd River, which flows into the Upper Missouri, in the northwest
corner of Iowa, still marks the last resting-place of Sergeant Charles
Floyd, who died there of bilious colic and was buried by his comrades
near the mouth of the stream. Near here was a quarry of red
pipestone, dear to the Indian fancy as a mine of material for their
pipes; traces of this deposit still remain. So fond of this red rock
were the Indians that when they went there to get the stuff, even
lifelong and vindictive enemies declared a truce while they gathered the
material, and savage hostile tribes suspended their wars for a time.
On the north side of the Missouri, at a point in what is now known as
Clay County, South Dakota, Captains Lewis and Clark, with ten men, turned
aside to see a great natural curiosity, known to the Indians as the Hill of
Little Devils. The hill is a singular mound in the midst of a flat
prairie, three hundred yards long, sixty or seventy yards wide, and about
seventy feet high. The top is a smooth level plain. The journal
says:--
"The Indians have made it a great article of their superstition: it is
called the Mountain of Little People, or Little Spirits; and they believe
that it is the abode of little devils, in the human form, of about eighteen
inches high, and with remarkably large heads; they are armed with sharp
arrows, with which they are very skilful, and are always on the watch to kill
those who should have the hardihood to approach their residence. The
tradition is, that many have suffered from these little evil spirits, and,
among others, three Maha Indians fell a sacrifice to them a few years
since. This has inspired all the neighboring nations, Sioux, Mahas, and
Ottoes, with such terror, that no consideration could tempt them to visit the
hill. We saw none of these wicked little spirits, nor any place for
them, except some small holes scattered over the top; we were happy
enough to escape their vengeance, though we remained some time on the
mound to enjoy the delightful prospect of the plain, which spreads
itself out till the eye rests upon the northwest hills at a great
distance, and those of the northeast, still farther off, enlivened by
large herds of buffalo feeding at a distance."
The present residents of the region, South Dakota, have preserved the
Indian tradition, and Spirit Mound may be seen on modern maps of that
country.
Passing on their way up the Missouri, the explorers found several kinds
of delicious wild plums and vast quantities of grapes; and here, too, they
passed the mouth of the Yankton River, now known as the Dakota, at the mouth
of which is the modern city of Yankton, South Dakota. The Yankton-Sioux
Indians, numbering about one thousand people, inhabited this part of the
country, and near here the white men were met by a large band of these Sioux
who had come in at the invitation of Lewis and Clark. The messengers
from the white men reported that they had been well received by the Indians,
who, as a mark of respect, presented their visitors with "a fat dog, already
cooked, of which they partook heartily and found it well-flavored." From
this time, according to the journal, the explorers tasted occasionally of
roast dog, and later on they adopted this dish as a regular feature of their
bill-of-fare. They do tell us, however, that they had some difficulty in
getting used to so novel an article of food.
The Sioux and the white men held a grand council under an oak-tree, from
the top of which was flying the American flag. The head chief was presented
with a gold-laced uniform of the United States artillery, a cocked hat and
red feather. The lesser chiefs were also presented with suitable gifts of
lesser value. Various festivities followed the conference. Next day
another powwow was held at which the head chief, Weucha, or Shake Hand,
said:--
" `I see before me my great father's two sons. You see me and the rest
of our chiefs and warriors. We are very poor; we have neither powder, nor
ball, nor knives; and our women and children at the village have no
clothes. I wish that, as my brothers have given me a flag and a
medal, they would give something to those poor people, or let them stop
and trade with the first boat which comes up the river. I will bring the
chiefs of the Pawnees and Mahas together, and make peace between them; but it
is better that I should do it than my great father's sons, for they will
listen to me more readily. I will also take some chiefs to your country in
the spring; but before that time I cannot leave home. I went
formerly to the English, and they gave me a medal and some clothes: when I
went to the Spaniards they gave me a medal, but nothing to keep it from my
skin: but now you give me a medal and clothes. But still we are poor;
and I wish, brothers, you would give us something for our squaws.'
When he sat down, Mahtoree, or White Crane, rose:
" `I have listened,' said he, `to what our father's words were
yesterday; and I am to-day glad to see how you have dressed our old
chief. I am a young man, and do not wish to take much; my fathers have made
me a chief; I had much sense before, but now I think I have more than
ever. What the old chief has declared I will confirm, and do whatever he
and you please; but I wish that you would take pity on us, for we are very
poor.'
"Another chief, called Pawnawneahpahbe, then said:
" `I am a young man, and know but little; I cannot speak well, but I
have listened to what you have told the old chief, and will do whatever you
agree.'
"The same sentiments were then repeated by Aweawechache.
"We were surprised," the journal says, "at finding that the first
of these titles means Struck by the Pawnee, and was occasioned by some
blow which the chief had received in battle from one of the Pawnee
tribe. The second is in English Half Man, which seemed a singular name for a
warrior, till it was explained to have its origin, probably, in the
modesty of the chief, who, on being told of his exploits, would say, `I
am no warrior, I am only half a man.' The other chiefs spoke very
little; but after they had finished, one of the warriors delivered a
speech, in which he declared he would support them. They promised to
make peace with the Ottoes and Missouris, the only nations with whom they are
at war. All these harangues concluded by describing the distress of the
nation: they begged us to have pity on them; to send them traders; that
they wanted powder and ball; and seemed anxious that we should supply them
with some of their great father's milk, the name by which they distinguish
ardent spirits. We gave some tobacco to each of the chiefs, and a
certificate to two of the warriors who attended the chief We prevailed on M.
Durion [interpreter] to remain here, and accompany as many of the Sioux
chiefs as he could collect to the seat of government. We also gave his son a
flag, some clothes, and provisions, with directions to bring about a peace
between the surrounding tribes, and to convey some of their chiefs to see the
President.
"The Indians who have just left us are the Yanktons, a tribe of the
great nation of Sioux. These Yanktons are about two hundred men in
number, and inhabit the Jacques, Des Moines, and Sioux Rivers. In
person they are stout, well proportioned, and have a certain air of dignity
and boldness. In their dress they differ nothing from the other bands of the
nation whom we met afterwards."
Of the Sioux let us say here, there are many bands, or
subdivisions. Some writers make eighteen of these principal branches. But
the first importance is given to the Sioux proper, or Dakotas. The name
"Sioux" is one of reproach, given by their enemies, and signifies "snake;"
whereas "Dakota" means "friend" or "ally." The Lewis and Clark journal says
of the Yankton-Sioux:--
"What struck us most was an institution peculiar to them and to the Kite
(Crow) Indians further to the westward, from whom it is said to have been
copied. It is an association of the most active and brave young men,
who are bound to each other by attachment, secured by a vow, never to retreat
before any danger, or give way to their enemies. In war they go forward
without sheltering themselves behind trees, or aiding their natural valor by
any artifice. Their punctilious determination not to be turned from
their course became heroic, or ridiculous, a short time since, when the
Yanktons were crossing the Missouri on the ice. A hole lay immediately in
their course, which might easily have been avoided by going around.
This the foremost of the band disdained to do, but went straight forward and
was lost. The others would have followed his example, but were forcibly
prevented by the rest of the tribe. These young men sit, camp, and dance
together, distinct from the rest of the nation; they are generally about
thirty or thirty-five years old, and such is the deference paid to courage
that their seats in council are superior to those of the chiefs and their
persons more respected. But, as may be supposed, such indiscreet bravery will
soon diminish the numbers of those who practise it; so that the band is
now reduced to four warriors, who were among our visitors. These were the
remains of twenty-two who composed the society not long ago; but, in a battle
with the Kite (Crow) Indians of the Black Mountains, eighteen of them were
killed, and these four were dragged from the field by their
companions."
Just above the site of the city of Yankton, and near what is still known
as Bon Homme Island, Captain Clark explored a singular earth formation in a
bend of the river. This had all the appearance of an ancient
fortification, stretching across the bend and furnished with redoubts and
other features of a great fort. In the journal is given a glowing
account of the work and an elaborate map of the same. Modern research,
however, has proved that this strange arrangement of walls and parapets is
only a series of sand ridges formed by the currents of the river and
driftings of sand. Many of these so-called earthworks are situated on the
west bank of the Upper Missouri, in North Dakota and South Dakota.
A few days later, the party saw a species of animal which they described
as "goats,"--very fleet, with short pronged horns inclining backward, and
with grayish hair, marked with white on the rump. This creature, however, was
the American antelope, then unknown to science, and first described by Lewis
and Clark. While visiting a strange dome-shaped mountain, "resembling a
cupola," and now known as "the Tower," the explorers found the abode of
another animal, heretofore unknown to them. "About four acres of
ground," says the journal, "was covered with small holes." The account
continues: "These are the residence of a little animal, called by the
French petit chien (little dog), which sit erect near the mouth, and
make a whistling noise, but, when alarmed, take refuge in their holes. In
order to bring them out we poured into one of the holes five barrels of water
without filling it, but we dislodged and caught the owner. After digging down
another of the holes for six feet, we found, on running a pole into it, that
we had not yet dug half-way to the bottom: we discovered, however, two frogs
in the hole, and near it we killed a dark rattlesnake, which had swallowed a
small prairie dog. We were also informed, though we never witnessed the
fact, that a sort of lizard and a snake live habitually with these
animals. The petit chien are justly named, as they resemble a small dog in
some particulars, although they have also some points of similarity to the
squirrel. The head resembles the squirrel in every respect, except that
the ear is shorter; the tail like that of the ground squirrel; the toe nails
are long, the fur is fine, and the long hair is gray."
Great confusion has been caused in the minds of readers on account of
there being another burrowing animal, called by Lewis and Clark
"the burrowing squirrel," which resembles the petit chien in some
respects. But the little animal described here is now well known as the
prairie-dog,--an unfortunate and misleading name. It is in no sense a
species of dog. The creature commonly weighs about three pounds, and its note
resembles that of a toy-dog. It is a species of marmot; it subsists on grass
roots and other vegetable products; its flesh is delicate and, when fat, of
good flavor. The writer of these lines, when crossing the great plains, in
early times, found the "prairie-dogs" excellent eating, but difficult to
kill; they are expert at diving into their holes at the slightest signal of
danger.
The following days they saw large herds of buffalo, and the copses of
timber appeared to contain elk and deer. "just below Cedar
Island," adds the journal, "on a hill to the south, is the backbone of a
fish, forty-five feet long, tapering towards the tail, and in a
perfect state of petrifaction, fragments of which were collected and sent
to Washington." This was not a fish, but the fossil remains of a
reptile of one of the earliest geological periods. Here, too, the party saw
immense herds of buffalo, thousands in number, some of which they killed for
their meat and skins. They also saw elk, deer, turkeys, grouse, beaver,
and prairie-dogs. The journal bitterly complains of the "moschetoes," which
were very troublesome. As mosquitoes we now know them.
Oddly enough, the journal sometimes speaks of "goats" and sometimes of
"antelopes," and the same animal is described in both instances. Here is a
good story of the fleetness of the beautiful creature:--
"Of all the animals we had seen, the antelope seems to possess the
most wonderful fleetness. Shy and timorous, they generally repose only
on the ridges, which command a view of all the approaches of an enemy: the
acuteness of their sight distinguishes the most distant danger; the delicate
sensibility of their smell defeats the precautions of concealment; and, when
alarmed, their rapid career seems more like the flight of birds than the
movements of a quadruped. After many unsuccessful attempts, Captain Lewis at
last, by winding around the ridges, approached a party of seven, which were
on an eminence towards which the wind was unfortunately blowing. The only
male of the party frequently encircled the summit of the hill, as if to
announce any danger to the females, which formed a group at the top. Although
they did not see Captain Lewis, the smell alarmed them, and they fled when he
was at the distance of two hundred yards: he immediately ran to the spot
where they had been; a ravine concealed them from him; but the next moment
they appeared on a second ridge, at the distance of three miles. He
doubted whether they could be the same; but their number, and the extreme
rapidity with which they continued their course, convinced him that they must
have gone with a speed equal to that of the most distinguished race-horse.
Among our acquisitions to-day were a mule-deer, a magpie, a common deer, and
buffalo: Captain Lewis also saw a hare, and killed a rattlesnake near the
burrows of the barking squirrels."
By "barking squirrels" the reader must understand that the animal better
known as the prairie-dog is meant; and the mule-deer, as the explorers called
it, was not a hybrid, but a deer with very long ears, better known
afterwards as the black-tailed deer."
At the Big Bend of the Missouri, in the heart of what is now South
Dakota, while camped on a sand-bar, the explorers had a startling
experience. "Shortly after midnight," says the journal, "the sleepers were
startled by the sergeant on guard crying out that the sand-bar was sinking,
and the alarm was timely given; for scarcely had they got off with the boats
before the bank under which they had been lying fell in; and by the time the
opposite shore was reached, the ground on which they had been encamped sunk
also. A man who was sent to step off the distance across the head of the
bend, made it but two thousand yards, while its circuit is thirty
miles."
The next day, three Sioux boys swam the river and told them that
two parties of their nation, one of eighty lodges, and one of sixty
lodges, were camped up the river, waiting to have a palaver with the white
explorers. These were Teton Sioux, and the river named for them still bears
that title.
Chapter V
From the Tetons to the Mandans
"On the morning of September 25th," says the journal, "we raised a
flagstaff and an awning, under which we assembled, with all the party
parading under arms. The chiefs and warriors, from the camps two miles
up the river, met us, about fifty or sixty in number, and after smoking we
delivered them a speech; but as our Sioux interpreter, M. Durion, had been
left with the Yanktons, we were obliged to make use of a Frenchman who
could not speak fluently, and therefore we curtailed our harangue. After
this we went through the ceremony of acknowledging the chiefs, by giving to
the grand chief a medal, a flag of the United States, a laced uniform coat, a
cocked hat and feather; to the two other chiefs, a medal and some small
presents; and to two warriors of consideration, certificates. The name of
the great chief is Untongasabaw, or Black Buffalo; the second, Tortohonga, or
the Partisan; the third, Tartongawaka, or Buffalo Medicine; the name of one
of the warriors was Wawzinggo; that of the second, Matocoquepa, or Second
Bear. We then invited the chiefs on board, and showed them the boat,
the air-gun, and such curiosities as we thought might amuse them. In
this we succeeded too well; for, after giving them a quarter of a glass of
whiskey, which they seemed to like very much, and sucked the bottle, it
was with much difficulty that we could get rid of them. They at last
accompanied Captain Clark on shore, in a pirogue with five men; but it seems
they had formed a design to stop us; for no sooner had the party landed than
three of the Indians seized the cable of the pirogue, and one of the
soldiers of the chief put his arms round the mast. The second
chief, who affected intoxication, then said that we should not go on; that
they had not received presents enough from us. Captain Clark told him that he
would not be prevented from going on; that we were not squaws, but warriors;
that we were sent by our great father, who could in a moment exterminate
them. The chief replied that he too had warriors, and was proceeding to
offer personal violence to Captain Clark, who immediately drew his sword, and
made a signal to the boat to prepare for action. The Indians, who surrounded
him, drew their arrows from their quivers, and were bending their bows, when
the swivel in the boat was instantly pointed towards them, and twelve of
our most determined men jumped into the pirogue and joined Captain
Clark. This movement made an impression on them, for the grand chief
ordered the young men away from the pirogue, and they withdrew and held a
short council with the warriors. Being unwilling to irritate them, Captain
Clark then went forward, and offered his hand to the first and second chiefs,
who refused to take it. He then turned from them and got into the
pirogue; but he had not got more than ten paces, when both the chiefs and
two of the warriors waded in after him, and he brought them on board. We
then proceeded on for a mile, and anchored off a willow island, which, from
the circumstances which had just occurred, we called Bad-humored
Island."
The policy of firmness and gentleness, which Lewis and Clark always
pursued when treating with the Indians, had its good results at this
time. What might have been a bloody encounter was averted, and next day the
Indians contritely came into camp and asked that their squaws and children
might see the white men and their boats, which would be to them a novel
sight. This was agreed to, and after the expedition had sailed up the
river and had been duly admired by a great crowd of men, women, and
children, the Tetons invited the white men to a dance. The journal
adds:--
"Captains Lewis and Clark, who went on shore one after the other, were
met on landing by ten well-dressed young men, who took them up in a
robe highly decorated and carried them to a large council-house, where
they were placed on a dressed buffalo-skin by the side of the grand
chief. The hall or council-room was in the shape of three-quarters of a
circle, covered at the top and sides with skins well dressed and sewed
together. Under this shelter sat about seventy men, forming a circle round
the chief, before whom were placed a Spanish flag and the one we had
given them yesterday. This left a vacant circle of about six feet
diameter, in which the pipe of peace was raised on two forked sticks, about
six or eight inches from the ground, and under it the down of the swan was
scattered. A large fire, in which they were cooking provisions, stood near,
and in the centre about four hundred pounds of buffalo meat as a present for
us. As soon as we were seated, an old man got up, and after approving what
we had done, begged us take pity on their unfortunate situation. To this we
replied with assurances of protection. After he had ceased, the great
chief rose and delivered a harangue to the same effect; then with great
solemnity he took some of the most delicate parts of the dog which was cooked
for the festival, and held it to the flag by way of sacrifice; this done, he
held up the pipe of peace, and first pointed it toward the heavens, then to
the four quarters of the globe, then to the earth, made a short speech,
lighted the pipe, and presented it to us. We smoked, and he again harangued
his people, after which the repast was served up to us. It consisted of
the dog which they had just been cooking, this being a great dish among the
Sioux, and used on all festivals; to this were added pemitigon, a dish made
of buffalo meat, dried or jerked, and then pounded and mixed raw with grease
and a kind of ground potato, dressed like the preparation of Indian corn
called hominy, to which it is little inferior. Of all these luxuries,
which were placed before us in platters with horn spoons, we took the
pemitigon and the potato, which we found good, but we could as yet partake
but sparingly of the dog."
The "pemitigon" mentioned here is better known as pemmican, a sort of
dried meat, which may be eaten as prepared, or pounded fine and cooked with
other articles of food. This festival concluded with a grand dance, which at
midnight wound up the affair.
As the description of these Tetons, given by Lewis and Clark, will
give the reader a good idea of the manners, customs, and personal
appearance of most of the Sioux nation, we will copy the journal in
full. It is as follows:
"The tribe which we this day saw are a part of the great Sioux
nation, and are known by the name of the Teton Okandandas: they are
about two hundred men in number, and their chief residence is on both
sides of the Missouri, between the Chayenne and Teton Rivers. In
their persons they are rather ugly and ill-made, their legs and arms
being too small, their cheek-bones high, and their eyes projecting. The
females, with the same character of form, are more handsome; and both sexes
appear cheerful and sprightly; but in our intercourse with them we discovered
that they were cunning and vicious.
"The men shave the hair off their heads, except a small tuft on the top,
which they suffer to grow, and wear in plaits over the shoulders; to this
they seem much attached, as the loss of it is the usual sacrifice at the
death of near relations. In full dress, the men of consideration wear a
hawk's feather, or calumet feather worked with porcupine quills, and
fastened to the top of the head, from which it falls back. The
face and body are generally painted with a mixture of grease and
coal. Over the shoulders is a loose robe or mantle of buffalo skin dressed
white, adorned with porcupine quills, loosely fixed, so as to make a jingling
noise when in motion, and painted with various uncouth figures,
unintelligible to us, but to them emblematic of military exploits or any
other incident: the hair of the robe is worn next the skin in fair
weather, but when it rains the hair is put outside, and the robe is either
thrown over the arm or wrapped round the body, all of which it may
cover. Under this, in the winter season, they wear a kind of shirt
resembling ours, made either of skin or cloth, and covering the arms and
body. Round the middle is fixed a girdle of cloth, or procured dressed
elk-skin, about an inch in width, and closely tied to the body; to this is
attached a piece of cloth, or blanket, or skin, about a foot wide, which
passes between the legs, and is tucked under the girdle both before and
behind. From the hip to the ankle is covered by leggins of
dressed antelope skins, with seams at the sides two inches in width, and
ornamented by little tufts of hair, the produce of the scalps they have made
in war, which are scattered down the leg. The winter moccasins are of dressed
buffalo skin, the hair being worn inward, and soled with thick elk-skin
parchment; those for summer are of deer or elk-skin, dressed without the
hair, and with soles of elk-skin. On great occasions, or whenever they are in
full dress, the young men drag after them the entire skin of a polecat fixed
to the heel of the moccasin. Another skin of the same animal, either tucked
into the girdle or carried in the hand, serves as a pouch for their
tobacco, or what the French traders call bois roule.[1] This is the
inner bark of a species of red willow, which, being dried in the sun or
over the fire, is, rubbed between the hands and broken into small pieces, and
used alone or mixed with tobacco. The pipe is generally of red earth, the
stem made of ash, about three or four feet long, and highly decorated with
feathers, hair, and porcupine-quills.
[1] This is bois roule, or "rolled wood," a poor kind of
tobacco rolled with various kinds of leaves, such as the sumach and
dogwood. The Indian name is kinnikinick.
. . . . . . . . .
"While on shore to-day we witnessed a quarrel between two squaws, which
appeared to be growing every moment more boisterous, when a man came forward,
at whose approach every one seemed terrified and ran. He took the squaws and
without any ceremony whipped them severely. On inquiring into the nature of
such summary justice, we learned that this man was an officer well known to
this and many other tribes. His duty is to keep the peace, and the whole
interior police of the village is confided to two or three of these officers,
who are named by the chief and remain in power some days, at least till the
chief appoints a successor. They seem to be a sort of constable or sentinel,
since they are always on the watch to keep tranquillity during the day and
guard the camp in the night. The short duration of the office is compensated
by its authority. His power is supreme, and in the suppression of any riot
or disturbance no resistance to him is suffered; his person is sacred, and
if in the execution of his duty he strikes even a chief of the second class,
he cannot be punished for this salutary insolence. In general he accompanies
the person of the chief, and when ordered to any duty, however dangerous, it
is a point of honor rather to die than to refuse obedience. Thus, when
they attempted to stop us yesterday, the chief ordered one of these men to
take possession of the boat; he immediately put his arms around the mast,
and, as we understood, no force except the command of the chief would have
induced him to release his hold. Like the other men his body is blackened,
but his distinguishing mark is a collection of two or three raven-skins fixed
to the girdle behind the back in such a way that the tails stick out
horizontally from the body. On his head, too, is a raven-skin split into two
parts, and tied so as to let the beak project from the forehead."
When the party of explorers subsequently made ready to leave, signs of
reluctance to have them go were apparent among the Indians. Finally,
several of the chief warriors sat on the rope that held the boat to the
shore. Irritated by this, Captain Lewis got ready to fire upon the
warriors, but, anxious to avoid bloodshed, he gave them more tobacco, which
they wanted, and then said to the chief, "You have told us that you were a
great man, and have influence; now show your influence by taking the
rope from those men, and we will then go on without further trouble." This
appeal to the chieftain's pride had the desired effect. The warriors were
compelled to give up the rope, which was delivered on board, and the party
set sail with a fresh breeze from the southeast.
The explorers were soon out of the country of the Teton Sioux and into
that of the Ricaras, or, as these Indians are more commonly called, the
Rickarees.
On the first day of October they passed the mouth of a river
incorrectly known as Dog River, as if corrupted from the French word
chien. But the true name is Cheyenne, from the Indians who bear that
title. The stream rises in the region called the Black Mountains by Lewis
and Clark, on account of the great quantity of dark cedar and pine trees that
covered the hills. This locality is now known as the Black Hills, in
the midst of which is the famous mining district of Deadwood. In these
mountains, according to Lewis and Clark, were to be found "great quantities
of goats, white bear, prairie cocks, and a species of animal which
resembled a small elk, with large circular horns." By the "white
bear" the reader must understand that the grizzly bear is meant. Although
this animal, which was first discovered and described by Lewis and Clark, is
commonly referred to in the earlier pages of the journal as "white," the
error naturally came from a desire to distinguish it from the black and the
cinnamon-colored bears. Afterwards, the journal refers to this formidable
creature as the grizzly, and again as the grisly. Certainly, the bear
was a grizzled gray; but the name "grisly," that is to say, horrible, or
frightful, fitted him very well. The Latin name, ursus horribilis is
not unlike one of those of Lewis and Clark's selection. The animals with
circular curled horns, which the explorers thought resembled a small elk, are
now known as the Rocky Mountain sheep, or bighorn. They very little
resemble sheep, however, except in color, head, horns, and feet. They
are now so scarce as to be almost extinct. They were among the discoveries of
Lewis and Clark. The prairie cock is known to western sportsmen as
"prairie chicken;" it is a species of grouse.
It was now early in October, and the weather became very cool. So great
is the elevation of those regions that, although the days might be
oppressively warm, the nights were cold and white frosts were frequent.
Crossing the Rocky Mountains at the South Pass, far south of Lewis and
Clark's route, emigrants who suffered from intense heat during the middle of
day found water in their pails frozen solid in the morning.
The Rickarees were very curious and inquisitive regarding the white
men. But the journal adds: "The object which appeared to astonish the
Indians most was Captain Clark's servant York, a remarkably stout, strong
negro. They had never seen a being of that color, and therefore flocked round
him to examine the extraordinary monster. By way of amusement, he told
them that he had once been a wild animal, and been caught and tamed by his
master; and to convince them, showed them feats of strength which, added to
his looks, made him more terrible than we wished him to be."
"On October 10th," says the journal, "the weather was fine, and as we
were desirous of assembling the whole nation at once, we despatched Mr.
Gravelines (a trader)--who, with Mr. Tabeau, another French trader, had
breakfasted with us--to invite the chiefs of the two upper villages to a
conference. They all assembled at one o'clock, and after the usual
ceremonies we addressed them in the same way in which we had already
spoken to the Ottoes and Sioux. We then made or acknowledged three
chiefs, one for each of the three villages; giving to each a flag, a
medal, a red coat, a cocked hat and feather, also some goods, paint and
tobacco, which they divided among themselves. After this the air-gun was
exhibited, very much to their astonishment, nor were they less surprised at
the color and manner of York. On our side we were equally
gratified at discovering that these Ricaras made use of no
spirituous liquors of any kind, the example of the traders who bring it to
them, so far from tempting, having in fact disgusted them. Supposing that it
was as agreeable to them as to the other Indians, we had at first offered
them whiskey; but they refused it with this sensible remark, that they were
surprised that their father should present to them a liquor which would make
them fools. On another occasion they observed to Mr. Tabeau that no man
could be their friend who tried to lead them into such follies."
Presents were exchanged by the Indians and the white men; among the
gifts from the former was a quantity of a large, rich bean, which grows wild
and is collected by mice. The Indians hunt for the mice's deposits and cook
and eat them. The Rickarees had a grand powwow with the white chiefs
and, after accepting presents, agreed to preserve peace with all men, red
or white. On the thirteenth of the month the explorers discovered a
stream which they named Stone-Idol Creek, on account of two stones,
resembling human figures, which adorn its banks. The creek is now known
as Spring River, and is in Campbell County, South Dakota. Concerning
the stone images the Indians gave this tradition:--
"A young man was deeply enamoured with a girl whose parents
refused their consent to the marriage. The youth went out into the
fields to mourn his misfortunes; a sympathy of feeling led the lady to
the same spot, and the faithful dog would not cease to follow his
master. After wandering together and having nothing but grapes to subsist
on, they were at last converted into stone, which, beginning at the
feet, gradually invaded the nobler parts, leaving nothing unchanged but a
bunch of grapes which the female holds in her hand to this day. Whenever the
Ricaras pass these sacred stones, they stop to make some offering of dress to
propitiate these deities. Such is the account given by the Ricara
chief, which we had no mode of examining, except that we found one part of
the story very agreeably confirmed; for on the river near where the event is
said to have occurred we found a greater abundance of fine grapes than we had
yet seen."
While at their last camp in the country now known as South Dakota, October
14, 1804, one of the soldiers, tried by a court-martial for mutinous
conduct, was sentenced to receive seventy-five lashes on the bare
back. The sentence was carried out then and there. The Rickaree
chief, who accompanied the party for a time, was so affected by the
sight that he cried aloud during the whole proceeding. When the
reasons for the punishment were explained to him, he acknowledged the
justice of the sentence, but said he would have punished the offender with
death. His people, he added, never whip even their children at any age
whatever.
On the eighteenth of October, the party reached Cannonball River, which
rises in the Black Hills and empties in the Missouri in Morton County, North
Dakota. Its name is derived from the perfectly round, smooth, black
stones that line its bed and shores. Here they saw great numbers of antelope
and herds of buffalo, and of elk. They killed six fallow deer; and next
day they counted fifty-two herds of buffalo and three herds of elk at one
view; they also observed deer, wolves, and pelicans in large numbers.
The ledges in the bluffs along the river often held nests of the calumet
bird, or golden eagle. These nests, which are apparently resorted to,
year after year, by the same pair of birds, are usually out of reach, except
by means of ropes by which the hunters are let down from the cliffs
overhead. The tail-feathers of the bird are twelve in number, about a foot
long, and are pure white except at the tip, which is jet-black. So highly
prized are these by the Indians that they have been known to exchange a good
horse for two feathers.
The party saw here a great many elk, deer, antelope, and buffalo, and
these last were dogged along their way by wolves who follow them to feed upon
those that die by accident, or are too weak to keep up with the
herd. Sometimes the wolves would pounce upon a calf, too young and
feeble to trot with the other buffalo; and although the mother made an
effort to save her calf, the creature was left to the hungry wolves, the
herd moving along without delay.
On the twenty-first of October, the explorers reached a creek to which
the Indians gave the name of Chisshetaw, now known as Heart River, which,
rising in Stark County, North Dakota, and running circuitously through Morton
County, empties into the Missouri opposite the city of Bismarck. At
this point the Northern Pacific Railway now crosses the Missouri; and here,
where is built the capital of North Dakota, began, in those days, a series of
Mandan villages, with the people of which the explorers were to become
tolerably well acquainted; for it had been decided that the
increasing cold of the weather would compel them to winter in this
region. But they were as yet uncertain as to the exact locality at which
they would build their camp of winter. Here they met one of the
grand chiefs of the Mandans, who was on a hunting excursion with his
braves. This chief greeted with much ceremony the Rickaree chief
who accompanied the exploring party. The Mandans and Rickarees
were ancient enemies, but, following the peaceful councils of the white
men, the chiefs professed amity and smoked together the pipe of peace. A
son of the Mandan chief was observed to have lost both of his little fingers,
and when the strangers asked how this happened, they were told that the
fingers had been cut off (according to the Mandan custom) to show the grief
of the young man at the loss of some of his relations.
Chapter VI
Winter among the Mandans
Before finally selecting the spot on which to build their winter
quarters, Lewis and Clark held councils with the chiefs of the tribes who
were to be their neighbors during the cold season. These were Mandans,
Annahaways, and Minnetarees, tribes living peacefully in the same region of
country. The principal Mandan chief was Black Cat; White Buffalo Robe
Unfolded represented the Annahaways, and the Minnetaree chief was Black
Moccasin. This last-named chief could not come to the council, but was
represented by Caltahcota, or Cherry on a Bush. The palaver being over,
presents were distributed. The account says:--
"One chief of each town was acknowledged by a gift of a flag, a medal
with the likeness of the President of the United States, a uniform coat, hat
and feather. To the second chiefs we gave a medal representing some
domestic animals and a loom for weaving; to the third chiefs, medals with the
impressions of a farmer sowing grain. A variety of other presents were
distributed, but none seemed to give them more satisfaction than an iron
corn-mill which we gave to the Mandans. . . . . . . . . .
In the evening the prairie took fire, either by accident or design, and
burned with great fury, the whole plain being enveloped in flames. So rapid
was its progress that a man and a woman were burned to death before they
could reach a place of safety; another man, with his wife and child, were
much burned, and several other persons narrowly escaped destruction. Among
the rest, a boy of the half white breed escaped unhurt in the midst of the
flames; his safety was ascribed to the great medicine spirit, who had
preserved him on account of his being white. But a much more natural
cause was the presence of mind of his mother, who, seeing no hopes of
carrying off her son, threw him on the ground, and, covering him with the
fresh hide of a buffalo, escaped herself from the flames. As soon as the fire
had passed, she returned and found him untouched, the skin having prevented
the flame from reaching the grass on which he lay."
Next day, says the journal,--
"We were visited by two persons from the lower village: one, the Big
White, the chief of the village; the other, the Chayenne, called the Big
Man: they had been hunting, and did not return yesterday early enough
to attend the council. At their request we repeated part of our speech of
yesterday, and put the medal round the neck of the chief. Captain
Clark took a pirogue and went up the river in search of a
good wintering-place, and returned after going seven miles to the
lower point of an island on the north side, about one mile in length. He
found the banks on the north side high, with coal occasionally, and the
country fine on all sides; but the want of wood, and the scarcity of game up
the river, induced us to decide on fixing ourselves lower down during the
winter. In the evening our men danced among themselves, to the
great amusement of the Indians."
It may be said here that the incident of a life saved from fire by a
raw-hide, originally related by Lewis and Clark, is the foundation of a great
many similar stories of adventures among the Indians. Usually, however,
it is a wise and well-seasoned white trapper who saves his life by this
device.
Having found a good site for their winter camp, the explorers now built
a number of huts, which they called Fort Mandan. The place was on the
north bank of the Missouri River, in what is now McLean County, North Dakota,
about sixteen hundred miles up the river from St. Louis, and seven or eight
miles below the mouth of Big Knife River. On the opposite bank, years
later, the United States built a military post known as Fort Clark, which
may be found on some of the present-day maps. The huts were built of logs,
and were arranged in two rows, four rooms in each hut, the whole number being
placed in the form of an angle, with a stockade, or picket, across the two
outer ends of the angle, in which was a gate, kept locked at night. The
roofs of the huts slanted upward from the inner side of the rows, making the
outer side of each hut eighteen feet high; and the lofts of these were made
warm and comfortable with dry grass mixed with clay, Here they were
continually visited during the winter by Indians from all the region
around. Here, too, they secured the services of an interpreter, one
Chaboneau, who continued with them to the end. This man's wife, Sacagawea,
whose Indian name was translated "Bird Woman," had been captured from the
Snake Indians and sold to Chaboneau, who married her. She was "a good
creature, of a mild and gentle disposition, greatly attached to the
whites." In the expedition she proved herself more valuable to the
explorers than her husband, and Lewis and Clark always speak of her in
terms of respect and admiration.
It should not be understood that all the interpreters employed by white
men on such expeditions wholly knew the spoken language of the tribes among
whom they travelled. To some extent they relied upon the universal language
of signs to make themselves understood, and this method of talking is
known to all sorts and kinds of Indians. Thus, two fingers of the right
hand placed astraddle the wrist of the left hand signifies a man on
horseback; and the number of men on horseback is quickly added by holding up
the requisite number of fingers. Sleep is described by gently inclining the
head on the hand, and the number of "sleeps," or nights, is indicated by the
fingers. Killed, or dead, is described by closed eyes and a sudden fall of
the head on the talker's chest; and so on, an easily understood gesture, with
a few Indian words, being sufficient to tell a long story very clearly.
Lewis and Clark discovered here a species of ermine before unknown to
science. They called it "a weasel, perfectly white except at the
extremity of the tail, which was black." This animal, highly prized on
account of its pretty fur, was not scientifically described until as late as
1829. It is a species of stoat.
The wars of some of the Indian tribes gave Lewis and Clark much
trouble and uneasiness. The Sioux were at war with the Minnetarees
(Gros Ventres, or Big Bellies); and the Assiniboins, who lived further to the
north, continually harassed the Sioux and the Mandans, treating these
as the latter did the Rickarees. The white chiefs had their hands
full all winter while trying to preserve peace among these quarrelsome
and thieving tribes, their favorite game being to steal each other's
horses. The Indian method of caring for their horses in the cold winter
was to let them shift for themselves during the day, and to take them into
their own lodges at night where they were fed with the juicy, brittle twigs
of the cottonwood tree. With this spare fodder the animals thrive and
keep their coats fine and glossy.
Late in November, a collision between the Sioux and the Mandans
became almost certain, in consequence of the Sioux having attacked a small
hunting party of the Mandans, killing one, wounding two, and capturing nine
horses. Captain Clark mustered and armed twenty-four of his men, crossed over
into the Mandan village and offered to lead the Indians against their
enemies. The offer was declined on account of the deep snows which prevented
a march; but the incident made friends for white men, and the tidings of it
had a wholesome effect on the other tribes.
"The whole religion of the Mandans," like that of many other savage
tribes, says the journal, "consists in the belief of one Great Spirit
presiding over their destinies. This Being must be in the nature of a
good genius, since it is associated with the healing art, and `great spirit'
is synonymous with `great medicine,' a name applied to everything which they
do not comprehend. Each individual selects for himself the particular object
of his devotion, which is termed his medicine, and is either some invisible
being, or more commonly some animal, which thenceforward becomes his
protector or his intercessor with the Great Spirit, to propitiate whom
every attention is lavished and every personal consideration is
sacrificed. `I was lately owner of seventeen horses,' said a Mandan to us one
day, `but I have offered them all up to my medicine and am now poor.'
He had in reality taken all his wealth, his horses, into the plain, and,
turning them loose, committed them to the care of his medicine and abandoned
them forever. The horses, less religious, took care of themselves, and the
pious votary travelled home on foot."
To this day, all the Northwest Indians speak of anything that is
highly useful or influential as "great medicine."
One cold December day, a Mandan chief invited the explorers to join them
in a grand buffalo hunt. The journal adds:--
"Captain Clark with fifteen men went out and found the Indians engaged
in killing buffalo. The hunters, mounted on horseback and armed with
bows and arrows, encircle the herd and gradually drive them into a plain or
an open place fit for the movements of horse; they then ride in among them,
and singling out a buffalo, a female being preferred, go as close as possible
and wound her with arrows till they think they have given the mortal
stroke; when they pursue another, till the quiver is exhausted. If, which
rarely happens, the wounded buffalo attacks the hunter, he evades his blow by
the agility of his horse, which is trained for the combat with great
dexterity. When they have killed the requisite number they collect their
game, and the squaws and attendants come up from the rear and skin and
dress the animals. Captain Clark killed ten buffalo, of which five only
were brought to the fort; the rest, which could not be conveyed home, being
seized by the Indians, among whom the custom is that whenever a buffalo is
found dead without an arrow or any particular mark, he is the property of the
finder; so that often a hunter secures scarcely any of the game he
kills, if the arrow happens to fall off."
The weather now became excessively cold, the mercury often going
thirty-two degrees below zero. Notwithstanding this, however, the
Indians kept up their outdoor sports, one favorite game of which resembled
billiards. But instead of a table, the players had an open flooring, about
fifty yards long, and the balls were rings of stone, shot along the
flooring by means of sticks like billiard-cues. The white men had their
sports, and they forbade the Indians to visit them on Christmas Day, as
this was one of their "great medicine days." The American flag was
hoisted on the fort and saluted with a volley of musketry. The men danced
among themselves; their best provisions were brought out and "the day
passed," says the journal, "in great festivity."
The party also celebrated New Year's Day by similar festivities. Sixteen
of the men were given leave to go up to the first Mandan village with their
musical instruments, where they delighted the whole tribe with their dances,
one of the French voyageurs being especially applauded when he danced on his
hands with his head downwards. The dancers and musicians were presented with
several buffalo-robes and a large quantity of Indian corn. The cold
grew more intense, and on the tenth of the month the mercury stood at forty
degrees below zero. Some of the men were badly frost-bitten, and a young
Indian, about thirteen years old, who had been lost in the snows, came into
the fort. The journal says:--
"His father, who came last night to inquire after him very
anxiously, had sent him in the afternoon to the fort; he was overtaken by
the night, and was obliged to sleep on the snow with no covering except a
pair of antelope-skin moccasins and leggins, and a buffalo-robe. His feet
being frozen, we put them into cold water, and gave him every attention in
our power. About the same time an Indian who had also been missing
returned to the fort. Although his dress was very thin, and he had slept on
the snow without a fire, he had not suffered the slightest
inconvenience. We have indeed observed that these Indians support the
rigors of the season in a way which we had hitherto thought impossible. A
more pleasing reflection occurred at seeing the warm interest which the
situation of these two persons had excited in the village. The boy had been a
prisoner, and adopted from charity; yet the distress of the father proved
that he felt for him the tenderest affection. The man was a person of no
distinction, yet the whole village was full of anxiety for his safety; and,
when they came to us, borrowed a sleigh to bring them home with ease if
they had survived, or to carry their bodies if they had perished. . . . .
. . . . .
January 13. Nearly one half of the Mandan nation passed down the
river to hunt for several days. In these excursions, men, women, and
children, with their dogs, all leave the village together, and, after
discovering a spot convenient for the game, fix their tents; all the family
bear their part in the labor, and the game is equally divided among the
families of the tribe. When a single hunter returns from the chase with more
than is necessary for his own immediate consumption, the neighbors are
entitled by custom to a share of it: they do not, however, ask for it,
but send a squaw, who, without saying anything, sits down by the door of the
lodge till the master understands the hint, and gives her gratuitously a part
for her family."
By the end of January, 1805, the weather had so far moderated that
the explorers thought they might cut their boats from the ice in the
river and prepare to resume their voyage; but the ice being three feet
thick, they made no progress and were obliged to give up the
attempt. Their stock of meat was low, although they had had good success when
the cold was not too severe to prevent them from hunting deer, elk, and
buffalo. The Mandans, who were careless in providing food for future
supplies, also suffered for want of meat, sometimes going for days without
flesh food. Captain Clark and eighteen men went down the river in search of
game. The hunters, after being out nine days, returned and reported that
they had killed forty deer, three buffalo, and sixteen elk. But much of the
game was lean and poor, and the wolves, who devour everything left out at
night, had stolen a quantity of the flesh. Four men, with sleds, were sent
out to bring into camp the meat, which had been secured against wolves by
being stored in pens. These men were attacked by Sioux, about one hundred in
number, who robbed them of their game and two of their three
horses. Captain Lewis, with twenty-four men, accompanied by some of the
Mandans, set out in pursuit of the marauders. They were unsuccessful,
however, but, having found a part of their game untouched, they brought it
back, and this, with other game killed after their chase of the
Sioux, gave them three thousand pounds of meat; they had killed thirty-six
deer, fourteen elk, and one wolf.
By the latter part of February, the party were able to get their boats
from the ice. These were dragged ashore, and the work of making them
ready for their next voyage was begun. As the ice in the river began to break
up, the Mandans had great sport chasing across the floating cakes of ice the
buffalo who were tempted over by the appearance of green, growing grass on
the other side. The Indians were very expert in their pursuit of the
animals, which finally slipped from their insecure footing on the drifting
ice, and were killed.
At this point, April 7, 1805, the escorting party, the voyageurs, and
one interpreter, returned down the river in their barge. This party consisted
of thirteen persons, all told, and to them were intrusted several packages of
specimens for President Jefferson, with letters and official reports. The
presents for Mr. Jefferson, according to the journal, "consisted of a stuffed
male and female antelope, with their skeletons, a weasel, three squirrels
from the Rocky Mountains, the skeleton of a prairie wolf, those of a white
and gray hare, a male and female blaireau, [badger] or burrowing dog of the
prairie, with a skeleton of the female, two burrowing squirrels, a white
weasel, and the skin of the louservia [loup-servier, or lynx], the horns of a
mountain ram, or big-horn, a pair of large elk horns, the horns and tail of a
black-tailed deer, and a variety of skins, such as those of the red
fox, white hare, marten, yellow bear, obtained from the Sioux; also a
number of articles of Indian dress, among which was a buffalo robe
representing a battle fought about eight years since between the Sioux and
Ricaras against the Mandans and Minnetarees, in which the combatants are
represented on horseback. . . . Such sketches, rude and imperfect as they
are, delineate the predominant character of the savage nations. If they
are peaceable and inoffensive, the drawings usually consist of local scenery
and their favorite diversions. If the band are rude and ferocious, we observe
tomahawks, scalping-knives, bows and arrows, and all the engines of
destruction.--A Mandan bow, and quiver of arrows; also some Ricara
tobacco-seed, and an ear of Mandan corn: to these were added a box of plants,
another of insects, and three cases containing a burrowing squirrel, a
prairie hen, and four magpies, all alive." . . .
The articles reached Mr. Jefferson safely and were long on view at
his Virginia residence, Monticello. They were subsequently
dispersed, and some found their way to Peale's Museum, Philadelphia.
Dr. Cones, the zealous editor of the latest and fullest edition of Lewis
and Clark's narrative, says that some of the specimens of natural
history were probably extant in 1893.
Chapter VII
From Fort Mandan to the Yellowstone
Up to this time, the expedition had passed through regions from which
vague reports had been brought by the few white men who, as hunters and
trappers in pursuit of fur-bearing game, had dared to venture into these
trackless wildernesses. Now they were to launch out into the mysterious
unknown, from which absolutely no tidings had ever been brought by white
men. The dim reports of Indians who had hunted through some parts of the
region were unreliable, and, as they afterwards proved, were often as
absurdly false as if they had been fairy tales.
Here, too, they parted from some of their comrades who were to return to
"the United States," as the explorers fondly termed their native
country, although the strange lands through which they were voyaging were now
a part of the American Republic. The despatches sent to Washington by
these men contained the first official report from Lewis and Clark since
their departure from St. Louis, May 16, 1803; and they were the last word
from the explorers until their return in September, 1806. During all
that long interval, the adventurers were not heard of in the States. No
wonder that croakers declared that the little party had been cut off to
perish miserably in the pathless woods that cover the heart of the
continent.
But they set out on the long journey with light hearts. In his journal,
whose spelling and punctuation are not always models for the faithful
imitation of school-boys, Captain Lewis set down this observation:--
"Our vessels consisted of six small canoes, and two large perogues. This
little fleet altho' not quite so rispectable as those of Columbus or Capt.
Cook, were still viewed by us with as much pleasure as those deservedly famed
adventurers ever beheld theirs; and I dare say with quite as much anxiety for
their safety and preservation. we were now about to penetrate a country at
least two thousand miles in width, on which the foot of civilized man had
never trodden; the good or evil it had in store for us was for experiment
yet to determine, and these little vessells contained every article by
which we were to expect to subsist or defend ourselves. however as the state
of mind in which we are, generally gives the colouring to events, when the
immagination is suffered to wander into futurity, the picture which now
presented itself to me was a most pleasing one. entertaing as I do the most
confident hope of succeeding in a voyage which had formed a darling project
of mine for the last ten years, I could but esteem this moment of our
departure as among the most happy of my life."
The barge sent down the river to St. Louis was in command of Corporal
Wharfington; and with him were six private soldiers, two French voyageurs,
Joseph Gravelines (pilot and interpreter), and Brave Raven, a Ricara (or
Arikara) chief who was to be escorted to Washington to visit the
President. The party was also intrusted with sundry gifts for the
President, among them being natural history specimens, living and
dead, and a number of Indian articles which would be objects of curiosity
in Washington.
The long voyage of the main party began on the 8th of April, 1805, early
passing the mouth of the Big Knife River, one of the five considerable
streams that fall into the Missouri from the westward in this region; the
other streams are the Owl, the Grand, the Cannonball, and the Heart.
The large town of Stanton, Mercer County, North Dakota, is now situated at
the mouth of the Big Knife. The passage of the party up the river was
slow, owing to unfavorable winds; and they observed along the banks many
signs of early convulsions of nature. The earth of the bluffs was streaked
with layers of coal, or carbonized wood, and large quantities of lava and
pumice-stone were strewn around, showing traces of ancient volcanic
action. The journal of April 9 says:--
"A great number of brants [snow-geese] pass up the river; some of them
are perfectly white, except the large feathers of the first joint of the
wing, which are black, though in every other characteristic they resemble
common gray brant. We also saw but could not procure an animal [gopher]
that burrows in the ground, and is similar in every respect to
the burrowing-squirrel, except that it is only one-third of its size. This
may be the animal whose works we have often seen in the plains and prairies;
they resemble the labors of the salamander in the sand-hills of South
Carolina and Georgia, and like him the animals rarely come above ground; they
consist of a little hillock of ten or twelve pounds of loose ground, which
would seem to have been reversed from a pot, though no aperture is seen
through which it could have been thrown. On removing gently the earth, you
discover that the soil has been broken in a circle of about an inch and a
half diameter, where the ground is looser, though still no opening is
perceptible. When we stopped for dinner the squaw [Sacagawea] went
out, and after penetrating with a sharp stick the holes of the
mice [gophers], near some drift-wood, brought to us a quantity of wild
artichokes, which the mice collect and hoard in large numbers. The root is
white, of an ovate form, from one to three inches long, and generally of the
size of a man's finger, and two, four, and sometimes six roots are attached
to a single stalk. Its flavor as well as the stalk which issues from it
resemble those of the Jerusalem artichoke, except that the latter is much
larger."
The weather rapidly grew so warm, although this was early in April, that
the men worked half-naked during the day; and they were very much annoyed by
clouds of mosquitoes. They found that the hillsides and even the banks of the
rivers and sand-bars were covered with "a white substance, which
appears in considerable quantities on the surface of the earth, and tastes
like a mixture of common salt with Glauber's salts." "Many of the streams,"
the journal adds, "are so strongly impregnated with this substance that the
water has an unpleasant taste and a purgative effect." This is
nothing more than the so-called alkali which has since become known all
over the farthest West. It abounds in the regions west of Salt Lake
Valley, whitening vast areas like snow and poisoning the waters so that the
traveller often sees the margins of the brown pools lined with skeletons and
bodies of small animals whose thirst had led them to drink the deadly
fluid. Men and animals stiffer from smaller doses of this stuff, which is
largely a sulphate of soda, and even in small quantities is harmful to the
system.
Here, on the twelfth of April, they were able to determine the exact
course of the Little Missouri, a stream about which almost nothing was then
known. Near here, too, they found the source of the Mouse River, only a
few miles from the Missouri. The river, bending to the north and then
making many eccentric curves, finally empties into Lake Winnipeg, and so
passes into the great chain of northern lakes in British America. At
this point the explorers saw great flocks of the wild Canada goose. The
journal says:--
"These geese, we observe, do not build their nests on the ground or in
the sand-bars, but in the tops of the lofty cottonwood trees. We saw some elk
and buffalo to-day, but at too great a distance to obtain any of them, though
a number of the carcasses of the latter animal are strewed along the shore,
having fallen through the ice and been swept along when the river broke
up. More bald eagles are seen on this part of the Missouri than we have
previously met with; the small sparrow-hawk, common in most parts of the
United States, is also found here. Great quantities of geese are feeding on
the prairies, and one flock of white brant, or geese with black-tipped
wings, and some gray brant with them, pass up the river; from their flight
they seem to proceed much further to the northwest. We killed two antelopes,
which were very lean, and caught last night two beavers."
Lewis and Clark were laughed at by some very knowing people who scouted
the idea that wild geese build their nests in trees. But later travellers
have confirmed their story; the wise geese avoid foxes and other of their
four-footed enemies by fixing their homes in the tall cottonwoods. In
other words, they roost high.
The Assiniboins from the north had lately been on their spring hunting
expeditions through this region,-- just above the Little Missouri,--and game
was scarce and shy. The journal, under the date of April 14, says:--
"One of the hunters shot at an otter last evening; a buffalo was
killed, and an elk, both so poor as to be almost unfit for use; two white
[grizzly] bears were also seen, and a muskrat swimming across the
river. The river continues wide and of about the same rapidity as the
ordinary current of the Ohio. The low grounds are wide, the moister
parts containing timber; the upland is extremely broken, without wood, and in
some places seems as if it had slipped down in masses of several acres in
surface. The mineral appearance of salts, coal, and sulphur, with the burnt
hill and pumice-stone, continue, and a bituminous water about the color
of strong lye, with the taste of Glauber's salts and a slight tincture of
alum. Many geese were feeding in the prairies, and a number of
magpies, which build their nests much like those of the blackbird, in
trees, and composed of small sticks, leaves, and grass, open at the
top; the egg is of a bluish-brown color, freckled with reddish-brown
spots. We also killed a large hooting-owl resembling that of the United
States except that it was more booted and clad with feathers. On the
hills are many aromatic herbs, resembling in taste, smell, and
appearance the sage, hyssop, wormwood, southernwood, juniper, and dwarf
cedar; a plant also about two or three feet high, similar to the camphor in
smell and taste; and another plant of the same size, with a long, narrow,
smooth, soft leaf, of an agreeable smell and flavor, which is a favorite food
of the antelope, whose necks are often perfumed by rubbing against it."
What the journalist intended to say here was that at least one of the
aromatic herbs resembled sage, hyssop, wormwood, and southernwood, and that
there were junipers and dwarf cedars. The pungent-smelling herb was the wild
sage, now celebrated in stories of adventure as the sage-brush. It grows
abundantly in the alkali country, and is browsed upon by a species of
grouse known as the sage-hen. Junipers and dwarf cedars also grow on the
hills of the alkali and sage-brush country. The sage belongs to the Artemisia
family of plants.
Four days later, the journal had this interesting entry:
"The country to-day presented the usual variety of
highlands interspersed with rich plains. In one of these we
observed a species of pea bearing a yellow flower, which is now in
blossom, the leaf and stalk resembling the common pea. It seldom rises higher
than six inches, and the root is perennial. On the rose-bushes we also saw a
quantity of the hair of a buffalo, which had become perfectly white by
exposure and resembled the wool of the sheep, except that it was much finer
and more soft and silky. A buffalo which we killed yesterday had shed his
long hair, and that which remained was about two inches long, thick, fine,
and would have furnished five pounds of wool, of which we have no doubt an
excellent cloth may be made. Our game to-day was a beaver, a deer, an elk,
and some geese. . . .
"On the hills we observed considerable quantities of dwarf
juniper, which seldom grows higher than three feet. We killed in the
course of the day an elk, three geese, and a beaver. The beaver on this
part of the Missouri are in greater quantities, larger and fatter, and their
fur is more abundant and of a darker color, than any we have hitherto
seen. Their favorite food seems to be the bark of the cottonwood and
willow, as we have seen no other species of tree that has been touched by
them, and these they gnaw to the ground through a diameter of twenty
inches."
And on the twenty-first of April the journal says:
"Last night there was a hard white frost, and this morning the weather
was cold, but clear and pleasant; in the course of the day, however, it
became cloudy and the wind rose. The country is of the same description as
within the few last days. We saw immense quantities of buffalo, elk, deer,
antelopes, geese, and some swans and ducks, out of which we procured three
deer and four buffalo calves, which last are equal in flavor to the most
delicious veal; also two beaver and an otter."
As the party advanced to the westward, following the crooked course of
the Missouri, they were very much afflicted with inflamed eyes, occasioned by
the fine, alkaline dust that blew so lightly that it sometimes floated for
miles, like clouds of smoke. The dust even penetrated the works of one of
their watches, although it was protected by tight, double cases. In these
later days, even the double windows of the railway trains do not keep out
this penetrating dust, which makes one's skin dry and rough.
On the twenty-fifth of April, the explorers believed, by the signs which
they observed, that they must be near the great unknown river of which they
had dimly heard as rising in the rocky passes of the Great Divide and
emptying into the Missouri. Captain Lewis accordingly left the party,
with four men, and struck off across the country in search of the
stream. Under the next day's date the journal reports the return of
Captain Lewis and says:--
"On leaving us yesterday he pursued his route along the foot of the
hills, which be descended to the distance of eight miles; from these the wide
plains watered by the Missouri and the Yellowstone spread themselves before
the eye, occasionally varied with the wood of the banks, enlivened by the
irregular windings of the two rivers, and animated by vast herds of buffalo,
deer, elk, and antelope. The confluence of the two rivers was concealed by
the wood, but the Yellowstone itself was only two miles distant, to the
south. He therefore descended the hills and camped on the bank of the
river, having killed, as he crossed the plain, four buffaloes; the deer
alone are shy and retire to the woods, but the elk, antelope, and
buffalo suffered him to approach them without alarm, and often followed
him quietly for some distance."
The famous water-course, first described by Lewis and Clark, was
named by them the Yellow Stone River. Earlier than this,
however, the French voyageurs had called the Upper Missouri the Riviere
Jaune, or Yellow River; but it is certain that the stream, which rises in
the Yellowstone National Park, was discovered and named by Lewis and
Clark. One of the party, Private Joseph Fields, was the first white man
who ever ascended the Yellowstone for any considerable distance. Sent up the
river by Captains Lewis and Clark, he travelled about eight miles, and
observed the currents and sand-bars. Leaving the mouth of the river, the
party went on their course along the Missouri. The journal, under date
of April 27, says:--
"From the point of junction a wood occupies the space between the two
rivers, which at the distance of a mile come within two hundred and fifty
yards of each other. There a beautiful low plain commences, widening as
the rivers recede, and extends along each of them for several miles, rising
about half a mile from the Missouri into a plain twelve feet higher than
itself. The low plain is a few inches above high water mark, and where it
joins the higher plain there is a channel of sixty or seventy yards in width,
through which a part of the Missouri, when at its greatest height, passes
into the Yellowstone. . . . . . . . . .
The northwest wind rose so high at eleven o'clock that we were
obliged to stop till about four in the afternoon, when we proceeded till
dusk. On the south a beautiful plain separates the two rivers, till at
about six miles there is a piece of low timbered ground, and a little above
it bluffs, where the country rises gradually from the river: the
situations on the north are more high and open. We encamped on that side, the
wind, the sand which it raised, and the rapidity of the current having
prevented our advancing more than eight miles; during the latter part of the
day the river became wider, and crowded with sand-bars. The game was in
such plenty that we killed only what was necessary for our
subsistence. For several days past we have seen great numbers of buffalo
lying dead along the shore, some of them partly devoured by the
wolves. They have either sunk through the ice during the winter, or been
drowned in attempting to cross; or else, after crossing to some high bluff,
have found themselves too much exhausted either to ascend or swim back again,
and perished for want of food: in this situation we found several small
parties of them. There are geese, too, in abundance, and more bald
eagles than we have hitherto observed; the nests of these last
being always accompanied by those of two or three magpies, who are their
inseparable attendants."
Chapter VIII
In the Haunts of Grizzlies and Buffalo
Game, which had been somewhat scarce after leaving the
Yellowstone, became more plentiful as they passed on to the westward
, still following the winding course of the Missouri. Much of the
time, baffling winds and the crookedness of the stream made sailing
impossible, and the boats were towed by men walking along the banks.
Even this was sometimes difficult, on account of the rocky ledges that
beset the shores, and sharp stones that lay in the path of the towing
parties. On the twenty-eighth of April, however, having a favorable
wind, the party made twenty-eight miles with their sails, which was
reckoned a good day's journey. On that day the journal records that
game had again become very abundant, deer of various kinds, elk, buffalo,
antelope, bear, beaver, and geese being numerous. The beaver, it was
found, had wrought much damage by gnawing down trees; some of these, not
less than three feet in diameter had been gnawed clean through by the
beaver. On the following day the journal has this record:--
"We proceeded early, with a moderate wind. Captain Lewis, who was on
shore with one hunter, met, about eight o'clock, two white [grizzly]
bears. Of the strength and ferocity of this animal the Indians had given
us dreadful accounts. They never attack him but in parties of six
or eight persons, and even then are often defeated with a loss of one or
more of their party. Having no weapons but bows and arrows, and the bad
guns with which the traders supply them, they are obliged to approach very
near to the bear; as no wound except through the head or heart is
mortal, they frequently fall a sacrifice if they miss their aim. He
rather attacks than avoids a man, and such is the terror which he has
inspired, that the Indians who go in quest of him paint themselves and
perform all the superstitious rites customary when they make war on a
neighboring nation. Hitherto, those bears we had seen did not appear desirous
of encountering us; but although to a skilful rifleman the danger is very
much diminished, yet the white bear is still a terrible animal. On
approaching these two, both Captain Lewis and the hunter fired, and each
wounded a bear. One of them made his escape; the other turned upon Captain
Lewis and pursued him seventy or eighty yards, but being badly wounded the
bear could not run so fast as to prevent him from reloading his piece, which
be again aimed at him, and a third shot from the hunter brought him to the
ground. He was a male, not quite full grown, and weighed about three hundred
pounds. The legs are somewhat longer than those of the black bear, and the
talons and tusks much larger and longer. Its color is a
yellowish-brown; the eyes are small, black, and piercing; the front of the
fore legs near the feet is usually black, and the fur is finer, thicker, and
deeper than that of the black bear. Add to which, it is a more furious
animal, and very remarkable for the wounds which it will bear without
dying."
Next day, the hunter killed the largest elk which they had ever seen. It
stood five feet three inches high from hoof to shoulder. Antelopes were also
numerous, but lean, and not very good for food. Of the antelope the journal
says:--
"These fleet and quick-sighted animals are generally the victims of
their curiosity. When they first see the hunters, they run with great
velocity; if he lies down on the ground, and lifts up his arm, his hat, or
his foot, they return with a light trot to look at the object, and sometimes
go and return two or three times, till they approach within reach of the
rifle. So, too, they sometimes leave their flock to go and look at the
wolves, which crouch down, and, if the antelope is frightened at first,
repeat the same manoevre, and sometimes relieve each other, till they decoy
it from the party, when they seize it. But, generally, the wolves take them
as they are crossing the rivers; for, although swift on foot, they are not
good swimmers."
Later wayfarers across the plains were wont to beguile the antelope
by fastening a bright-colored handkerchief to a ramrod stuck in the
ground. The patient hunter was certain to be rewarded by the antelope
coming within range of his rifle; for, unless scared off by some
interference, the herd, after galloping around and around and much
zigzagging, would certainly seek to gratify their curiosity by gradually
circling nearer and nearer the strange object until a deadly shot or two
sent havoc into their ranks.
May came on cold and windy, and on the second of the month, the journal
records that snow fell to the depth of an inch, contrasting strangely with
the advanced vegetation.
"Our game to-day," proceeds the journal, "were deer, elk, and
buffalo: we also procured three beaver. They were here quite
gentle, as they have not been hunted; but when the hunters are in
pursuit, they never leave their huts during the day. This animal we
esteem a great delicacy, particularly the tail, which, when
boiled, resembles in flavor the fresh tongues and sounds of the
codfish, and is generally so large as to afford a plentiful meal for two
men. One of the hunters, in passing near an old Indian camp, found several
yards of scarlet cloth suspended on the bough of a tree, as a sacrifice to
the deity, by the Assiniboins; the custom of making these offerings being
common among that people, as, indeed, among all the Indians on the
Missouri. The air was sharp this evening; the water froze on the oars
as we rowed."
The Assiniboin custom of sacrificing to their deity, or "great
medicine," the article which they most value themselves, is not by any means
peculiar to that tribe, nor to the Indian race.
An unusual number of porcupines were seen along here, and these
creatures were so free from wildness that they fed on, undisturbed, while the
explorers walked around and among them. The captains named a bold and
beautiful stream, which here entered the Missouri from the north,--Porcupine
River; but modern geography calls the water-course Poplar River; at the mouth
of the river, in Montana, is now the Poplar River Indian Agency and military
post. The waters of this stream, the explorers found, were clear and
transparent,-- an exception to all the streams, which, discharging into the
Missouri, give it its name of the Big Muddy. The journal adds:--
"A quarter of a mile beyond this river a creek falls in on the south, to
which, on account of its distance from the mouth of the Missouri, we gave the
name of Two-thousand-mile creek. It is a bold stream with a bed thirty yards
wide. At three and one-half miles above Porcupine River, we reached some
high timber on the north, and camped just above an old channel of the river,
which is now dry. We saw vast quantities of buffalo, elk,
deer,--principally of the long-tailed kind,-- antelope, beaver, geese, ducks,
brant, and some swan. The porcupines too are numerous, and so careless and
clumsy that we can approach very near without disturbing them, as they are
feeding on the young willows. Toward evening we also found for the
first time the nest of a goose among some driftwood, all that we had hitherto
seen being on the top of a broken tree on the forks, invariably from fifteen
to twenty or more feet in height."
"Next day," May 4, says the journal, "we passed some old Indian
hunting-camps, one of which consisted of two large lodges, fortified with a
circular fence twenty or thirty feet in diameter, made of timber laid
horizontally, the beams overlying each other to the height of five feet, and
covered with the trunks and limbs of trees that have drifted down the
river. The lodges themselves are formed by three or more strong
sticks about the size of a man's leg or arm and twelve feet long, which
are attached at the top by a withe of small willows, and spread out so
as to form at the base a circle of ten to fourteen feet in
diameter. Against these are placed pieces of driftwood and fallen
timber, usually in three ranges, one on the other; the interstices are
covered with leaves, bark, and straw, so as to form a conical figure
about ten feet high, with a small aperture in one side for the door. It
is, however, at best a very imperfect shelter against the inclemencies of the
seasons."
Wolves were very abundant along the route of the explorers, the
most numerous species being the common kind, now known as the
coyote (pronounced kyote), and named by science the canis latrans. These
animals are cowardly and sly creatures, of an intermediate size between the
fox and dog, very delicately formed, fleet and active.
"The ears are large, erect, and pointed; the head is long and pointed,
like that of the fox; the tail long and bushy; the hair and fur are of a pale
reddish-brown color, though much coarser than that of the fox; the eye is of
a deep sea-green color, small and piercing; the talons are rather longer than
those of the wolf of the Atlantic States, which animal, as far as we can
perceive, is not to be found on this side of the Platte. These wolves
usually associate in bands of ten or twelve, and are rarely, if ever, seen
alone, not being able, singly, to attack a deer or antelope. They live and
rear their young in burrows, which they fix near some pass or spot much
frequented by game, and sally out in a body against any animal which they
think they can overpower; but on the slightest alarm retreat to their
burrows, making a noise exactly like that of a small dog.
"A second species is lower, shorter in the legs, and thicker than
the Atlantic wolf; the color, which is not affected by the seasons, is of
every variety of shade, from a gray or blackish-brown to a cream-colored
white. They do not burrow, nor do they bark, but howl; they frequent the
woods and plains, and skulk along the skirts of the buffalo herds, in
order to attack the weary or wounded."
Under date of May 5, the journal has an interesting story of an
encounter with a grizzly bear, which, by way of variety, is here called
"brown," instead of "white." It is noticeable that the explorers dwelt
with much minuteness upon the peculiar characteristics of the
grizzly; this is natural enough when we consider that they were the
first white men to form an intimate acquaintance with "Ursus
horribilis." The account says:--
"Captain Clark and one of the hunters met, this evening, the
largest brown bear we have seen. As they fired he did not attempt to
attack, but fled with a most tremendous roar; and such was his
extraordinary tenacity of life, that, although he had five balls
passed through his lungs, and five other wounds, he swam more than
half across the river to a sand-bar, and survived twenty minutes. He
weighed between five and six hundred pounds at least, and measured eight feet
seven inches and a half from the nose to the extremity of the hind feet, five
feet ten inches and a half round the breast, three feet eleven inches round
the neck, one foot eleven inches round the middle of the fore leg, and his
claws five on each foot, were four inches and three-eighths in
length. This animal differs from the common black bear in having his claws
much longer and more blunt; his tail shorter; his hair of a reddish or bay
brown, longer, finer, and more abundant; his liver, lungs, and heart much
larger even in proportion to his size, the heart, particularly, being equal
to that of a large ox; and his maw ten times larger. Besides fish and
flesh, he feeds on roots and every kind of wild fruit."
On May 8 the party discovered the largest and most important of the
northern tributaries of the Upper Missouri. The journal thus describes
the stream:--
"Its width at the entrance is one hundred and fifty yards; on going
three miles up, Captain Lewis found it to be of the same breadth and
sometimes more; it is deep, gentle, and has a large quantity of water; its
bed is principally of mud; the banks are abrupt, about twelve feet in height,
and formed of a dark, rich loam and blue clay; the low grounds near it are
wide and fertile, and possess a considerable proportion of cottonwood and
willow. It seems to be navigable for boats and canoes; by this
circumstance, joined to its course and quantity of water, which indicates
that it passes through a large extent of country, we are led to
presume that it may approach the Saskaskawan [Saskatchewan] and afford a
communication with that river. The water has a peculiar whiteness, such
as might be produced by a tablespoonful of milk in a dish of tea, and this
circumstance induced us to call it Milk River."
Modern geography shows that the surmise of Captain Lewis was
correct. Some of the tributaries of Milk River (the Indian name of which
signifies "The River that Scolds at all Others") have their rise near St.
Mary's River, which is one of the tributaries of the Saskatchewan, in British
America.
The explorers were surprised to find the bed of a dry river, as deep and
as wide as the Missouri itself, about fifteen miles above Milk River.
Although it had every appearance of a water-course, it did not discharge a
drop of water. Their journal says:--
"It passes through a wide valley without timber; the surrounding
country consists of waving low hills, interspersed with some handsome level
plains; the banks are abrupt, and consist of a black or yellow clay, or of a
rich sandy loam; though they do not rise more than six or eight feet above
the bed, they exhibit no appearance of being overflowed; the bed is
entirely composed of a light brown sand, the particles of which, like those
of the Missouri, are extremely fine. Like the dry rivers we passed
before, this seemed to have discharged its waters recently, but the
watermark indicated that its greatest depth had not been more than two
feet. This stream, if it deserve the name, we called Bigdry [Big Dry]
River."
And Big Dry it remains on the maps unto this day. In this region the
party recorded this observation:--
"The game is now in great quantities, particularly the elk and
buffalo, which last is so gentle that the men are obliged to drive them out
of the way with sticks and stones. The ravages of the beaver are very
apparent; in one place the timber was entirely prostrated for a space of
three acres in front on the river and one in depth, and great part of it
removed, though the trees were in large quantities, and some of them as
thick as the body of a man.
Yet so great have been the ravages of man among these gentle
creatures, that elk are now very rarely found in the region, and the
buffalo have almost utterly disappeared from the face of the earth. Just
after the opening of the Northern Pacific Railway, in 1883, a band of sixty
buffaloes were heard of, far to the southward of Bismarck, and a party was
organized to hunt them. The BOLD hunters afterwards boasted that they killed
every one of this little band of survivors of their race.
The men were now (in the middle of May) greatly troubled with
boils, abscesses, and inflamed eyes, caused by the poison of the
alkali that covered much of the ground and corrupted the water. Here is an
entry in the journal of May 11:--
"About five in the afternoon one of our men [Bratton], who had
been afflicted with boils and suffered to walk on shore, came running
to the boats with loud cries, and every symptom of terror and
distress. For some time after we had taken him on board he was so much
out of breath as to be unable to describe the cause of his anxiety; but he
at length told us that about a mile and a half below he had shot a brown
bear, which immediately turned and was in close pursuit of him; but the bear
being badly wounded could not overtake him. Captain Lewis, with seven men,
immediately went in search of him; having found his track they followed him
by the blood for a mile, found him concealed in some thick brushwood, and
shot him with two balls through the skull. Though somewhat smaller than
that killed a few days ago, he was a monstrous animal, and a most terrible
enemy. Our man had shot him through the centre of the lungs; yet he had
pursued him furiously for half a mile, then returned more than twice that
distance, and with his talons prepared himself a bed in the earth two
feet deep and five feet long; he was perfectly alive when they found
him, which was at least two hours after he had received the wound. The
wonderful power of life which these animals possess renders them dreadful;
their very track in the mud or sand, which we have sometimes found eleven
inches long and seven and one-fourth wide, exclusive of the talons, is
alarming; and we had rather encounter two Indians than meet a single brown
bear. There is no chance of killing them by a single shot unless the
ball goes through the brain, and this is very difficult on account of two
large muscles which cover the side of the forehead and the sharp projection
of the centre of the frontal bone, which is also thick.
"Our camp was on the south, at the distance of sixteen miles from that
of last night. The fleece and skin of the bear were a heavy burden for
two men, and the oil amounted to eight gallons."
The name of the badly-scared Bratton was bestowed upon a creek which
discharges into the Missouri near the scene of this encounter. Game continued
to be very abundant. On the fourteenth, according to the journal, the
hunters were hunted, to their great discomfiture. The account says:--
"Toward evening the men in the hindmost canoes discovered a large brown
[grizzly] bear lying in the open grounds, about three hundred paces from the
river. Six of them, all good hunters, immediately went to attack him,
and concealing themselves by a small eminence came unperceived within forty
paces of him. Four of the hunters now fired, and each lodged a ball in his
body, two of them directly through the lungs. The furious animal sprang up
and ran open-mouthed upon them.
"As he came near, the two hunters who had reserved their fire gave him
two wounds, one of which, breaking his shoulder, retarded his motion for a
moment; but before they could reload he was so near that they were obliged to
run to the river, and before they had reached it he had almost overtaken
them. Two jumped into the canoe; the other four separated, and,
concealing themselves in the willows, fired as fast as they could
reload. They struck him several times, but, instead of weakening the
monster, each shot seemed only to direct him towards the hunters, till at
last he pursued two of them so closely that they threw aside their guns and
pouches, and jumped down a perpendicular bank of twenty feet into the
river: the bear sprang after them, and was within a few feet of the
hindmost, when one of the hunters on shore shot him in the head, and finally
killed him. They dragged him to the shore, and found that eight balls had
passed through him in different directions. The bear was old, and the
meat tough, so that they took the skin only, and rejoined us at camp, where
we had been as much terrified by an accident of a different kind.
"This was the narrow escape of one of our canoes, containing all our
papers, instruments, medicine, and almost every article indispensable for the
success of our enterprise. The canoe being under sail, a sudden squall
of wind struck her obliquely and turned her considerably. The man at the
helm, who was unluckily the worst steersman of the party, became alarmed,
and, instead of putting her before the wind, luffed her up into it. The
wind was so high that it forced the brace of the square-sail out of the hand
of the man who was attending it, and instantly upset the canoe, which would
have been turned bottom upward but for the resistance made by the
awning. Such was the confusion on board, and the waves ran so
high, that it was half a minute before she righted, and then nearly full of
water, but by bailing her out she was kept from sinking until they rowed
ashore. Besides the loss of the lives of three men, who, not being able to
swim, would probably have perished, we should have been deprived of
nearly everything necessary for our purposes, at a distance of between two
and three thousand miles from any place where we could supply the
deficiency."
Fortunately, there was no great loss from this accident, which was
caused by the clumsiness and timidity of the steersman, Chaboneau.
Captain Lewis's account of the incident records that the conduct of
Chaboneau's wife, Sacagawea, was better than that of her cowardly
husband. He says:--
"The Indian woman, to whom I ascribe equal fortitude and resolution with
any person on board at the time of the accident, caught and preserved most of
the light articles which were washed overboard."
Chapter IX
In the Solitudes of the Upper Missouri
Under date of May 17, the journal of the party has the following
interesting entries:--
"We set out early and proceeded on very well; the banks being firm and
the shore bold, we were enabled to use the towline, which, whenever the banks
will permit it, is the safest and most expeditious mode of ascending the
river, except under sail with a steady breeze. At the distance of ten
and one-half miles we came to the mouth of a small creek on the south, below
which the hills approach the river, and continue near it during the
day. Three miles further is a large creek on the north; and again, six
and three-quarters miles beyond this, is another large creek, to the
south; both containing a small quantity of running water, of a brackish
taste. The last we called Rattlesnake Creek, from our seeing that animal near
it. Although no timber can be observed on it from the Missouri, it throws
out large quantities of driftwood, among which were some pieces of coal
brought down by the stream. . . . . . . . . .
The game is in great quantities, but the buffalo are not so numerous as
they were some days ago; two rattlesnakes were seen to-day, and one of them
was killed. It resembles those of the Middle Atlantic States, being
about thirty inches long, of a yellowish brown on the back and
sides, variegated with a row of oval dark brown spots lying
transversely on the back from the neck to the tail, and two other rows of
circular spots of the same color on the sides along the edge of the
scuta; there are one hundred and seventy-six scuta on the belly, and
seventeen on the tail."
Two days later, the journal records that one of the party killed a
grizzly bear, "which, though shot through the heart, ran at his usual pace
nearly a quarter of a mile before he fell."
The mouth of the Musselshell River, which was one of the notable points
that marked another stage in the journey, was reached on the twentieth of
May. This stream empties into the Missouri two thousand two hundred and
seventy miles above its mouth, and is still known by the name given it by its
discoverers. The journal says:
"It is one hundred and ten yards wide, and contains more water than
streams of that size usually do in this country; its current is by no means
rapid, and there is every appearance of its being susceptible of navigation
by canoes for a considerable distance. Its bed is chiefly formed of coarse
sand and gravel, with an occasional mixture of black mud; the banks are
abrupt and nearly twelve feet high, so that they are secure from being
overflowed; the water is of a greenish-yellow cast, and much more
transparent than that of the Missouri, which itself, though clearer than
below, still retains its whitish hue and a portion of its
sediment. Opposite the point of junction the current of the Missouri is
gentle, and two hundred and twenty-two yards in width; the bed is
principally of mud, the little sand remaining being wholly confined to the
points, and the water is still too deep to use the setting-pole.
"If this be, as we suppose, the Musselshell, our Indian information is
that it rises in the first chain of the Rocky mountains not far from the
sources of the Yellowstone, whence in its course to this place it waters a
high broken country, well timbered, particularly on its borders, and
interspersed with handsome fertile plains and meadows. We have reason,
however, to believe, from their giving a similar account of the timber where
we now are, that the timber of which they speak is similar to that which we
have seen for a few days past, which consists of nothing more than a few
straggling small pines and dwarf cedars on the summits of the hills,
nine-tenths of the ground being totally destitute of wood, and covered with
short grass, aromatic herbs, and an immense quantity of prickly-pear; though
the party who explored it for eight miles represented the low grounds on the
river to be well supplied with cottonwood of a tolerable size, and of an
excellent soil. They also report that the country is broken and irregular,
like that near our camp; and that about five miles up, a handsome
river, about fifty yards wide, which we named after Chaboneau's
wife, Sacagawea's or the Bird-woman's River, discharges into the
Musselshell on the north or upper side."
Later explorations have shown that the Musselshell rises in the Little
Belt Mountains, considerably to the north of the sources of the
Yellowstone. Modern geography has also taken from the good Sacagawea
the honor of having her name bestowed on one of the branches of the
Musselshell. The stream once named for her is now known as Crooked
Creek: it joins the river near its mouth, in the central portion of
Montana. The journal, under date of May 22, has this entry:--
"The river [the Missouri] continues about two hundred and fifty yards
wide, with fewer sand-bars, and the current more gentle and regular.
Game is no longer in such abundance since leaving the Musselshell. We
have caught very few fish on this side of the Mandans, and these were the
white catfish, of two to five pounds. We killed a deer and a bear. We
have not seen in this quarter the black bear, common in the United States and
on the lower parts of the Missouri, nor have we discerned any of their
tracks. They may easily be distinguished by the shortness of the
talons from the brown, grizzly, or white bear, all of which seem to be of
the same species, which assumes those colors at different seasons of the
year. We halted earlier than usual, and camped on the north, in a point
of woods, at the distance of sixteen and one half miles [thus past the site
of Fort Hawley, on the south]."
Notwithstanding the advance of the season, the weather in those great
altitudes grew more and more cold. Under date of May 23, the journal
records the fact that ice appeared along the edges of the river, and water
froze upon their oars. But notwithstanding the coolness of the nights and
mornings, mosquitoes were very troublesome.
The explorers judged that the cold was somewhat unusual for that
locality, inasmuch as the cottonwood trees lost their leaves by the
frost, showing that vegetation, generally well suited to the temperature
of its country, or habitat, had been caught by an unusual nip of the
frost. The explorers noticed that the air of those highlands was so pure
and clear that objects appeared to be much nearer than they really were. A
man who was sent out to explore the country attempted to reach a ridge (now
known as the Little Rocky Mountains), apparently about fifteen miles from the
river. He travelled about ten miles, but finding himself not halfway to
the object of his search, he returned without reaching it.
The party was now just westward of the site of the present town of
Carroll, Montana, on the Missouri. Their journal says:--
"The low grounds are narrow and without timber; the country is high and
broken; a large portion of black rock and brown sandy rock appears in the
face of the hills, the tops of which are covered with scattered pine, spruce,
and dwarf cedar; the soil is generally poor, sandy near the tops of the
hills, and nowhere producing much grass, the low grounds being covered with
little else than the hyssop, or southernwood, and the pulpy-leaved
thorn. Game is more scarce, particularly beaver, of which we have seen but
few for several days, and the abundance or scarcity of which seems to depend
on the greater or less quantity of timber. At twenty-four and one-half miles
we reached a point of woodland on the south, where we observed that the trees
had no leaves, and camped for the night."
The "hyssop, or southernwood," the reader now knows to be the wild sage,
or sage-brush. The "pulpy-leaved thorn" mentioned in the journal is the
greasewood ; and both of these shrubs flourish in the poverty-stricken,
sandy, alkaline soil of the far West and Northwest. The woody
fibre of these furnished the only fuel available for early
overland emigrants to the Pacific.
The character of this country now changed considerably as the
explorers turned to the northward, in their crooked course, with the
river. On the twenty-fifth of May the journal records this:--
"The country on each side is high, broken, and rocky; the rock being
either a soft brown sandstone, covered with a thin stratum of limestone, or
else a hard, black, rugged granite, both usually in horizontal strata, and
the sand-rock overlaying the other. Salts and quartz, as well as some coal
and pumice-stone, still appear. The bars of the river are composed
principally of gravel; the river low grounds are narrow, and afford scarcely
any timber; nor is there much pine on the hills. The buffalo have now
become scarce; we saw a polecat [skunk] this evening, which was the first
for several days; in the course of the day we also saw several herds of
the bighorned animals among the steep cliffs on the north, and killed several
of them."
The bighorned animals, the first of which were killed here, were
sometimes called "Rocky Mountain sheep." But sheep they were not,
bearing hair and not wool. As we have said, they are now more commonly
known as bighorns.
The patience of the explorers was rewarded, on Sunday, May 26, 1806, by
their first view of the Rocky Mountains. Here is the journal's record
on that date:--
"It was here [Cow Creek, Mont.] that, after ascending the highest
summit of the hills on the north side of the river, Captain Lewis first
caught a distant view of the Rock mountains--the object of all our
hopes, and the reward of all our ambition. On both sides of the
river, and at no great distance from it, the mountains followed its
course. Above these at the distance of fifty miles from us, an
irregular range of mountains spread from west to northwest from his
position. To the north of these, a few elevated points, the most
remarkable of which bore N. 65'0 W., appeared above the horizon; and as the
sun shone on the snows of their summits, he obtained a clear and
satisfactory view of those mountains which close on the Missouri the
passage to the Pacific."
As they continued to ascend the Missouri they found themselves
confronted by many considerable rapids which sometimes delayed their
progress. They also set forth this observation: "The only animals we
have observed are the elk, the bighorn, and the hare common to this
country." Wayfarers across the plains now call this hare the jack-rabbit. The
river soon became very rapid with a marked descent, indicating their
nearness to its mountain sources. The journal says:--
"Its general width is about two hundred yards; the shoals are more
frequent, and the rocky points at the mouths of the gullies more troublesome
to pass. Great quantities of stone lie in the river and on its bank, and
seem to have fallen down as the rain washed away the clay and sand in
which they were imbedded. The water is bordered by high, rugged
bluffs, composed of irregular but horizontal strata of yellow and brown or
black clay, brown and yellowish-white sand, soft yellowish-white
sandstone, and hard dark brown freestone; also, large round kidney-formed
irregular separate masses of a hard black ironstone, imbedded in the clay and
sand; some coal or carbonated wood also makes its appearance in the
cliffs, as do its usual attendants, the pumice-stone and burnt earth.
The salts and quartz are less abundant, and, generally speaking, the country
is, if possible, more rugged and barren than that we passed yesterday; the
only growth of the hills being a few pine, spruce, and dwarf
cedar, interspersed with an occasional contrast, once in the course of some
miles, of several acres of level ground, which supply a scanty
subsistence for a few little cottonwoods."
But, a few days later, the party passed out of this inhospitable region,
and, after passing a stream which they named Thompson's (now Birch) Creek,
after one of their men, they were glad to make this entry in their
diary:
"Here the country assumed a totally different aspect: the hills
retired on both sides from the river, which spreads to more than three
times its former size, and is filled with a number of small handsome
islands covered with cottonwood. The low grounds on its banks are again
wide, fertile, and enriched with trees: those on the north are
particularly wide, the hills being comparatively low, and opening into three
large valleys, which extend themselves for a considerable distance towards
the north. These appearances of vegetation are delightful after the dreary
hills among which we have passed; and we have now to congratulate
ourselves at having escaped from the last ridges of the Black
Mountains. On leaving Thompson's Creek we passed two small islands, and
at twenty-three miles' distance encamped among some timber; on the north,
opposite to a small creek, which we named Bull Creek. The bighorn are
in great quantities, and must bring forth their young at a very early season,
as they are now half grown. One of the party saw a large bear also; but,
being at a distance from the river, and having no timber to conceal him, he
would not venture to fire."
A curious adventure happened on the twenty-eighth, of which the
journal, next day, makes this mention:--
"Last night we were alarmed by a new sort of enemy. A buffalo swam over
from the opposite side, and to the spot where lay one of our canoes, over
which he clambered to the shore: then, taking fright, he ran full speed up
the bank towards our fires, and passed within eighteen inches of the heads of
some of the men before the sentinel could make him change his
course. Still more alarmed, he ran down between four fires, and within a
few inches of the heads of a second row of the men, and would have broken
into our lodge if the barking of the dog had not stopped him. He
suddenly turned to the right, and was out of sight in a moment, leaving us
all in confusion, every one seizing his rifle and inquiring the cause of the
alarm. On learning what had happened, we had to rejoice at suffering no
more injury than some damage to the guns that were in the canoe which the
buffalo crossed.
..."We passed an island and two sand-bars, and at the distance of
two and a half miles came to a handsome river, which discharges itself
on the South, and which we ascended to the distance of a mile and a
half: we called it Judith's River. It rises in the Rocky
Mountains, in about the same place with the Musselshell, and near
the Yellowstone River. Its entrance is one hundred yards wide from one
bank to the other, the water occupying about seventy-five yards, and
being in greater quantity than that of the Musselshell River. . . .
There were great numbers of the argalea, or bighorned animals, in the
high country through which it passes, and of beaver in its waters. Just
above the entrance of it we saw the ashes of the fires of one hundred and
twenty-six lodges, which appeared to have been deserted about twelve or
fifteen days."
Leaving Judith's River, named for a sweet Virginia lass, the explorers
sailed, or were towed, seventeen miles up the river, where they camped at the
mouth of a bold, running river to which they gave the name of Slaughter
River. The stream is now known as the Arrow; the appropriateness of the
title conferred on the stream by Lewis and Clark appears from the story which
they tell of their experience just below "Slaughter River," as follows:
"On the north we passed a precipice about one hundred and twenty feet
high, under which lay scattered the fragments of at least one
hundred carcasses of buffaloes, although the water which had washed
away the lower part of the hill must have carried off many of the
dead. These buffaloes had been chased down the precipice in a way very
common on the Missouri, by which vast herds are destroyed in a moment. The
mode of hunting is to select one of the most active and fleet young men, who
is disguised by a buffalo-skin round his body; the skin of the head with the
ears and horns being fastened on his own head in such a way as to deceive the
buffalo. Thus dressed, he fixes himself at a convenient distance
between a herd of buffalo and any of the river precipices, which sometimes
extend for some miles. His companions in the mean time get in the rear and
side of the herd, and at a given signal show themselves and advance toward
the buffaloes. These instantly take the alarm, and finding the hunters beside
them, they run toward the disguised Indian or decoy, who leads them on at
full speed toward the river; when, suddenly securing himself in some crevice
of the cliff which he had previously fixed on, the herd is left on the brink
of the precipice. It is then in vain for the foremost buffaloes to
retreat or even to stop; they are pressed on by the hindmost rank, which,
seeing no danger but from the hunters, goad on those before them till the
whole are precipitated, and the shore is strewn with their dead
bodies. Sometimes, in this perilous seduction, the Indian is himself
either trodden under foot by the rapid movements of the buffaloes, or
missing his footing in the cliff is urged down the precipice by the falling
herd. The Indians then select as much meat as they wish; the rest is
abandoned to the wolves, and creates a most dreadful stench. The wolves which
had been feasting on these carcasses were very fat, and so gentle that one of
them was killed with an espontoon."[1]
[1] A short spear.
The dryness and purity of the air roused the admiration of the
explorers, who noticed that the woodwork of the cases of their instruments
shrank, and the joints opened, although the wood was old and perfectly
seasoned. A tablespoonful of water, exposed to the air in an open
saucer, would wholly evaporate in thirty-six hours, when the thermometer did
not mark higher than the "Temperate" point at the warmest hour of the
day. Contrary to their expectations, they had not yet met with any
Indians, although they saw many signs of their having recently been in that
vicinity. The journal says:
"In the course of the day [May 30] we passed several encampments of
Indians, the most recent of which seemed to have been evacuated about five
weeks since; and, from the several apparent dates, we supposed that they were
formed by a band of about one hundred lodges, who were travelling slowly up
the river. Although no part of the Missouri from the Minnetarees to
this place exhibits signs of permanent settlements, yet none seem exempt
from the transient visits of hunting-parties. We know that the Minnetarees of
the Missouri extend their excursions on the south side of the river as high
as the Yellowstone, and the Assiniboins visit the northern side, most
probably as high as Porcupine River. All the lodges between that
place and the Rocky Mountains we supposed to belong to the Minnetarees of
Fort de Prairie, who live on the south fork of the Saskashawan."
The party now entered upon some of the natural wonders of the
West, which have since become famous. Their journal says:--
"These hills and river-cliffs exhibit a most extraordinary and romantic
appearance. They rise in most places nearly perpendicular from the
water, to the height of between two hundred and three hundred feet, and are
formed of very white sandstone, so soft as to yield readily to the impression
of water, in the upper part of which lie imbedded two or three thin
horizontal strata of white freestone, insensible to the rain; on the top is a
dark rich loam, which forms a gradually ascending plain, from a mile to a
mile and a half in extent, when the hills again rise abruptly to the height
of about three hundred feet more. In trickling down the cliffs, the water has
worn the soft sandstone into a thousand grotesque figures, among which, with
a little fancy, may be discerned elegant ranges of freestone buildings, with
columns variously sculptured, and supporting long and elegant
galleries, while the parapets are adorned with statuary. On a nearer
approach they represent every form of elegant ruins--columns, some with
pedestals and capitals entire, others mutilated and prostrate, and some
rising pyramidally over each other till they terminate in a sharp
point. These are varied by niches, alcoves, and the customary
appearances of desolated magnificence. The illusion is increased by the
number of martins, which have built their globular nests in the
niches, and hover over these columns, as in our country they are
accustomed to frequent large stone structures. As we advance there
seems no end to the visionary enchantment which surrounds us.
"In the midst of this fantastic scenery are vast ranges of walls, which
seem the productions of art, so regular is the workmanship. They rise
perpendicularly from the river, sometimes to the height of one hundred feet,
varying in thickness from one to twelve feet, being as broad at the top as
below. The stones of which they are formed are black, thick, durable,
and composed of a large portion of earth, intermixed and cemented with a
small quantity of sand and a considerable proportion of talk [talc] or
quartz. These stones are almost invariably regular parallelopipeds of
unequal sizes in the wall, but equally deep and laid regularly in
ranges over each other like bricks, each breaking and covering the
interstice of the two on which it rests; but though the perpendicular
interstice be destroyed, the horizontal one extends entirely through the
whole work. The stones are proportioned to the thickness of the wall
in which they are employed, being largest in the thickest walls. The
thinner walls are composed of a single depth of the parallelopiped, while the
thicker ones consist of two or more depths. These walls pass the river at
several places, rising from the water's edge much above the sandstone bluffs,
which they seem to penetrate; thence they cross in a straight line, on either
side of the river, the plains, over which they tower to the height of from
ten to seventy feet, until they lose themselves in the second range of
hills. Sometimes they run parallel in several ranges near to each
other, sometimes intersect each other at right angles, and have the
appearance of walls of ancient houses or gardens."
The wall-like, canyon formations were charted by Lewis and Clark as "The
Stone Walls." Their fantastic outlines have been admired and described
by modern tourists, and some of them have been named "Cathedral Rocks,"
"Citadel Rock," "Hole in the Wall," and so on.
Passing out of this wonderful region, the expedition entered upon a more
level country, here and there broken by bluffy formations which extended
along the river, occasionally interspersed with low hills. Their journal
says:
"In the plains near the river are the choke-cherry, yellow and
red currant bushes, as well as the wild rose and prickly pear, both of which
are now in bloom. From the tops of the river-hills, which are lower
than usual, we enjoyed a delightful view of the rich, fertile plains on both
sides, in many places extending from the river-cliffs to a great distance
back. In these plains we meet, occasionally, large banks of pure
sand, which were driven apparently by the southwest winds and there
deposited. The plains are more fertile some distance from the river than near
its banks, where the surface of the earth is very generally strewed with
small pebbles, which appear to be smoothed and worn by the agitation of the
waters with which they were, no doubt, once covered."
Under date of June 2d, the journal says:--
"The current of the river is strong but regular, the timber increases in
quantity, the low grounds become more level and extensive, and the bluffs are
lower than before. As the game is very abundant, we think it necessary
to begin a collection of hides for the purpose of making a leathern boat,
which we intend constructing shortly. The hunters, who were out the greater
part of the day, brought in six elk, two buffalo, two mule-deer, and a
bear. This last animal had nearly cost us the lives of two of our
hunters, who were together when he attacked them. One of them narrowly
escaped being caught, and the other, after running a considerable
distance, concealed himself in some thick bushes, and, while the bear was
in quick pursuit of his hiding-place, his companion came up, and fortunately
shot the animal through the head."
Here the party came to the mouth of a large river which entered the
Missouri from the northwest, at the site of the latter-day town of Ophir,
Montana. This stream they named Maria's River, in honor of another
Virginia damsel. So large and important in appearance was Maria's River
that the explorers were not certain which was the main stream, that which
came in from the north, or that which, flowing here in a general course from
southwest to northeast, was really the true Missouri. The journal
says:
"It now became an interesting question, which of these two streams is
what the Minnetarees call Ahmateahza, or Missouri, which they describe as
approaching very near to the Columbia. On our right decision much of
the fate of the expedition depends; since if, after ascending to the Rocky
Mountains or beyond them, we should find that the river we were following did
not come near the Columbia, and be obliged to return, we should not only lose
the travelling season, two months of which have already elapsed, but probably
dishearten the men so much as to induce them either to abandon the
enterprise, or yield us a cold obedience, instead of the warm and
zealous support which they have hitherto afforded us. We
determined, therefore, to examine well before we decided on our future
course. For this purpose we despatched two canoes with three men up each
of the streams, with orders to ascertain the width, depth, and rapidity of
the current, so as to judge of their comparative bodies of water. At the same
time parties were sent out by land to penetrate the country, and discover
from the rising grounds, if possible, the distant bearings of the two rivers;
and all were directed to return toward evening. . . . . . . . . .
Both parties returned without bringing any information that would
settle the point. Which was the true Missouri still remained
uncertain. Under these circumstances, it became necessary that
there should be a more thorough exploration, and the next morning Captains
Lewis and Clark set out at the head of two separate parties, the former to
examine the north, and the latter the south fork. In his progress Captain
Lewis and his party were frequently obliged to quit the course of the river
and cross the plains and hills, but he did not lose sight of its general
direction, and carefully took the bearings of the distant mountains. On
the morning of the third day he became convinced that this river pursued a
course too far north for his contemplated route to the Pacific, and he
accordingly determined to return, but judged it advisable to wait till noon,
that he might obtain a meridian altitude. In this, however, he was
disappointed, owing to the state of the weather. Much rain had fallen, and
their return was somewhat difficult, and not unattended with danger, as the
following incident, which occurred on June 7th, will show:
"In passing along the side of a bluff at a narrow pass thirty yards in
length, Captain Lewis slipped, and, but for a fortunate recovery by means of
his spontoon, would have been precipitated into the river over a precipice of
about ninety feet. He had just reached a spot where, by the assistance of his
spontoon, he could stand with tolerable safety, when he heard a
voice behind him cry out, `Good God, captain, what shall I do?' He turned
instantly, and found it was Windsor, who had lost his foothold about the
middle of the narrow pass, and had slipped down to the very verge of the
precipice, where he lay on his belly, with his right arm and leg over
it, while with the other leg and arm he was with difficulty holding on, to
keep himself from being dashed to pieces below. His dreadful situation was
instantly perceived by Captain Lewis, who, stifling his alarm, calmly told
him that he was in no danger; that he should take his knife out of his belt
with his right hand, and dig a hole in the side of the bluff to receive his
right foot. With great presence of mind he did this, and then
raised himself on his knees. Captain Lewis then told him to take off
his moccasins and come forward on his hands and knees, holding the knife in
one hand and his rifle in the other. He immediately crawled in this way till
he came to a secure spot. The men who had not attempted this passage were
ordered to return and wade the river at the foot of the bluff, where they
found the water breast-high. This adventure taught them the danger of
crossing the slippery heights of the river; but as the plains were
intersected by deep ravines, almost as difficult to pass, they continued down
the river, sometimes in the mud of the low grounds, sometimes up to
their arms in the water; and when it became too deep to wade, they cut
footholds with their knives in the sides of the banks. In this way they
travelled through the rain, mud, and water, and having made only eighteen
miles during the whole day, camped in an old Indian lodge of sticks, which
afforded them a dry shelter. Here they cooked part of six deer they had
killed in the course of their walk, and having eaten the only morsel they had
tasted during the whole day, slept comfortably on some willow-boughs."
Chapter X
To the Great Falls of the Missouri
Next day, June 8, the Lewis party returned to the main body of the
expedition. They reported that timber was scarce along the
river, except in the lowlands, where there were pretty groves and
thickets. These trees, the journal says, were the haunts of innumerable
birds, which, as the sun rose, sung delightfully:--
"Among these birds they distinguished the brown thrush,
robin, turtle-dove, linnet, gold-finch, large and small blackbird, wren,
and some others. As they came along, the whole party were of opinion
that this river was the true Missouri; but Captain Lewis, being fully
persuaded that it was neither the main stream, nor that which it would be
advisable to ascend, gave it the name of Maria's River. After
travelling all day they reached camp about five o'clock in the afternoon, and
found Captain Clark and the party very anxious for their safety. As they
had stayed two days longer than had been expected, and as Captain Clark had
returned at the appointed time, it was feared that they had met with some
accident."
As we now know, the stream that came in from the north was that which is
still called Maria's (or Marais) River, and the so-called branch from the
southwest was the Missouri River. Lewis and Clark, however, were in the
dark as to the relations of the two streams. Which was the
parent? Which was the branch? After pondering all the evidence that
could be collected to bear on the important question, the two captains agreed
that the southern stream was the true Missouri, and the northern stream was
an important branch. The journal says:
"These observations, which satisfied our minds completely, we
communicated to the party; but every one of them was of a contrary
opinion. Much of their belief depended on Crusatte, an experienced waterman
on the Missouri, who gave it as his decided judgment that the north fork
was the genuine Missouri. The men, therefore, mentioned that, although
they would most cheerfully follow us wherever we should direct, yet they
were afraid that the south fork would soon terminate in the Rocky
Mountains, and leave us at a great distance from the Columbia. In order
that nothing might be omitted which could prevent our falling into an
error, it was agreed that one of us should ascend the southern branch by
land, until we reached either the falls or the mountains. In the
meantime, in order to lighten our burdens as much as possible, we
determined to deposit here one of the pirogues, and all the heavy baggage
which we could possibly spare, as well as some provision, salt, powder, and
tools. This would at once lighten the other boats, and give them the
crew which had been employed on board the pirogue."
On the tenth of June, the weather being fair and pleasant, they dried
all their baggage and merchandise and secreted them in places of deposits,
called caches, as follows:--
"These deposits--or caches, as they are called by the Missouri
traders--are very common, particularly among those who deal with the Sioux,
as the skins and merchandise will keep perfectly sound for years, and are
protected from robbery. Our cache was built in the usual manner. In
the high plain on the north side of the Missouri, and forty yards from a
steep bluff, we chose a dry situation, and then, describing a small circle of
about twenty inches diameter, removed the sod as gently and carefully as
possible: the hole was then sunk perpendicularly for a foot deep. It was
now worked gradually wider as it descended, till at length it became six or
seven feet deep, shaped nearly like a kettle, or the lower part of a large
still with the bottom somewhat sunk at the centre. As the earth was dug
it was handed up in a vessel, and carefully laid on a skin or cloth, in which
it was carried away and thrown into the river, so as to leave no trace of
it. A floor of three or four inches in thickness was then made of dry
sticks, on which was placed a hide perfectly dry. The goods, being well aired
and dried, were laid on this floor, and prevented from touching the wall by
other dried sticks, as the merchandise was stowed away. When the hole
was nearly full, a skin was laid over the goods, and on this earth was
thrown and beaten down, until, with the addition of the sod first removed,
the whole was on a level with the ground, and there remained not the
slightest appearance of an excavation. In addition to this, we made another
of smaller dimensions, in which we placed all the baggage, some powder, and
our blacksmith's tools, having previously repaired such of the tools as we
carry with us that require mending. To guard against accident, we had
two parcelss of lead and powder in the two places. The red pirogue was drawn
up on the middle of a small island, at the entrance of Maria's River, and
secured, by being fastened to the trees, from the effects of any
floods. We now took another observation of the meridian altitude of the
sun, and found that the mean latitude of Maria's River, as deduced from three
observations, is 49'0 25' 17.2" N."
In order to make assurance doubly sure, Captain Lewis resolved to take
four men with him and ascend the south branch (that is, the true Missouri),
before committing the expedition to that route as the final one. His
proposition was that his party should proceed up the river as rapidly as
possible in advance of the main party. On the second day out, says the
journal:--
"Captain Lewis left the bank of the river in order to avoid the steep
ravines, which generally run from the shore to the distance of one or two
miles in the plain. Having reached the open country he went for
twelve miles in a course a little to the W. of S.W.; when, the sun
becoming warm by nine o'clock, he returned to the river in quest of
water, and to kill something for breakfast; there being no water in the
plain, and the buffalo, discovering them before they came within
gunshot, took to flight. They reached the banks in a handsome open low
ground with cottonwood, after three miles' walk. Here they saw two
large brown bears, and killed them both at the first fire--a
circumstance which has never before occurred since we have seen that
animal. Having made a meal of a part, and hung the remainder on a
tree, with a note for Captain Clark, they again ascended the bluffs
into the open plains. Here they saw great numbers of the
burrowing-squirrel, also some wolves, antelopes, mule-deer, and vast herds of
buffalo. They soon crossed a ridge considerably higher than the surrounding
plains, and from its top had a beautiful view of the Rocky Mountains, which
are now completely covered with snow. Their general course is from S.E.
to N. of N.W., and they seem to consist of several ranges which
successively rise above each other, till the most distant mingles with the
clouds. After travelling twelve miles they again met the river, where
there was a handsome plain of cottonwood."
Again leaving the river, Captain Lewis bore off more to the north, the
stream here bearing considerably to the south, with difficult bluffs along
its course. But fearful of passing the Great Falls before reaching the
Rocky Mountains, he again changed his course and, leaving the bluffs to his
right he turned towards the river.
The journal gives this description of what followed:--
"In this direction Captain Lewis had gone about two miles, when his ears
were saluted with the agreeable sound of a fall of water, and as he advanced
a spray, which seemed driven by the high southwest wind, arose above the
plain like a column of smoke, and vanished in an instant. Toward this point
he directed his steps; the noise increased as he approached, and soon became
too tremendous to be mistaken for anything but the Great Falls of the
Missouri. Having travelled seven miles after first hearing the
sound, he reached the falls about twelve o'clock. The hills as he
approached were difficult of access and two hundred feet high. Down
these he hurried with impatience; and, seating himself on some rocks under
the centre of the falls, enjoyed the sublime spectacle of this stupendous
object, which since the creation had been lavishing its magnificence upon the
desert, unknown to civilization.
"The river immediately at this cascade is three hundred yards wide, and
is pressed in by a perpendicular cliff on the left, which rises to about one
hundred feet and extends up the stream for a mile; on the right the bluff is
also perpendicular for three hundred yards above the falls. For ninety
or one hundred yards from the left cliff, the water falls in one smooth, even
sheet, over a precipice of at least eighty feet. The remaining
part of the river precipitates itself with a more rapid current, but being
received as it falls by the irregular and somewhat projecting rocks below,
forms a splendid prospect of perfectly white foam, two hundred yards in
length and eighty in perpendicular elevation. This spray is dissipated into a
thousand shapes, sometimes flying up in columns of fifteen or twenty feet,
which are then oppressed by larger masses of the white foam, on all of which
the sun impresses the brightest colors of the rainbow. Below the fall
the water beats with fury against a ledge of rocks, which extends
across the river at one hundred and fifty yards from the precipice. From
the perpendicular cliff on the north to the distance of one hundred and
twenty yards, the rocks are only a few feet above the water; and, when the
river is high, the stream finds a channel across them forty yards wide, and
near the higher parts of the ledge, which rise about twenty feet, and
terminate abruptly within eighty or ninety yards of the southern
side. Between them and the perpendicular cliff on the south, the
whole body of water runs with great swiftness. A few small cedars
grow near this ridge of rocks, which serves as a barrier to defend a small
plain of about three acres, shaded with cottonwood; at the lower extremity of
which is a grove of the same trees, where are several deserted Indian cabins
of sticks; below which the river is divided by a large rock, several feet
above the surface of the water, and extending down the stream for twenty
yards. At the distance of three hundred yards from the same ridge is a
second abutment of solid perpendicular rock, about sixty feet high,
projecting at right angles from the small plain on the north for one hundred
and thirty-four yards into the river. After leaving this, the Missouri again
spreads itself to its previous breadth of three hundred yards, though with
more than its ordinary rapidity."
One of Lewis's men was sent back to inform Captain Clark of
this momentous discovery, which finally settled all doubt as to which was
the true Missouri. The famous Great Falls of the river had been finally
reached. Captain Lewis next went on to examine the rapids above the
falls. The journal says:--
"After passing one continued rapid and three cascades, each three or
four feet high, he reached, at the distance of five miles, a second
fall. The river is here about four hundred yards wide, and for the
distance of three hundred rushes down to the depth of nineteen feet, and so
irregularly that he gave it the name of the Crooked Falls. From the
southern shore it extends obliquely upward about one hundred and fifty yards,
and then forms an acute angle downward nearly to the commencement of four
small islands close to the northern side. From the perpendicular pitch
to these islands, a distance of more than one hundred yards, the water glides
down a sloping rock with a velocity almost equal to that of its
fall: above this fall the river bends suddenly to the northward. While
viewing this place, Captain Lewis heard a loud roar above him, and, crossing
the point of a hill a few hundred yards, he saw one of the most beautiful
objects in nature: the whole Missouri is suddenly stopped by one
shelving rock, which, without a single niche, and with an edge as straight
and regular as if formed by art, stretches itself from one side of the river
to the other for at least a quarter of a mile. Over this it
precipitates itself in an even, uninterrupted sheet, to the perpendicular
depth of fifty feet, whence, dashing against the rocky bottom, it rushes
rapidly down, leaving behind it a sheet of the purest foam across the
river. The scene which it presented was indeed singularly
beautiful; since, without any of the wild, irregular sublimity of the lower
falls, it combined all the regular elegancies which the fancy of a
painter would select to form a beautiful waterfall. The eye had
scarcely been regaled with this charming prospect, when at the distance of
half a mile Captain Lewis observed another of a similar kind. To this he
immediately hastened, and found a cascade stretching across the whole river
for a quarter of a mile, with a descent of fourteen feet, though the
perpendicular pitch was only six feet. This, too, in any other
neighborhood, would have been an object of great magnificence; but after what
he had just seen, it became of secondary interest. His curiosity being,
however, awakened, he determined to go on, even should night overtake him, to
the head of the falls.
"He therefore pursued the southwest course of the river, which was one
constant succession of rapids and small cascades, at every one of which the
bluffs grew lower, or the bed of the river became more on a level with the
plains. At the distance of two and one-half miles he arrived at another
cataract, of twenty-six feet. The river is here six hundred yards
wide, but the descent is not immediately perpendicular, though the
river falls generally with a regular and smooth sheet; for about one-third
of the descent a rock protrudes to a small distance, receives the water in
its passage, and gives it a curve. On the south side is a beautiful plain, a
few feet above the level of the falls; on the north, the country is more
broken, and there is a hill not far from the river. Just below the
falls is a little island in the middle of the river, well covered with
timber. Here on a cottonwood tree an eagle had fixed her nest, and
seemed the undisputed mistress of a spot, to contest whose dominion
neither man nor beast would venture across the gulfs that surround it, and
which is further secured by the mist rising from the falls. This solitary
bird could not escape the observation of the Indians, who made the eagle's
nest a part of their description of the falls, which now proves to be correct
in almost every particular, except that they did not do justice to the
height.
"Just above this is a cascade of about five feet, beyond which, as far
as could be discerned, the velocity of the water seemed to abate. Captain
Lewis now ascended the hill which was behind him, and saw from its top a
delightful plain, extending from the river to the base of the Snowy [Rocky]
Mountains to the south and southwest. Along this wide, level country the
Missouri pursued its winding course, filled with water to its smooth, grassy
banks, while about four miles above, it was joined by a large
river flowing from the northwest, through a valley three miles in
width, and distinguished by the timber which adorned its shores. The
Missouri itself stretches to the south, in one unruffled stream of water, as
if unconscious of the roughness it must soon encounter, and bearing on its
bosom vast flocks of geese, while numerous herds of buffalo are feeding on
the plains which surround it.
"Captain Lewis then descended the hill, and directed his course towards
the river falling in from the west. He soon met a herd of at least a thousand
buffalo, and, being desirous of providing for supper, shot one of
them. The animal immediately began to bleed, and Captain Lewis, who had
forgotten to reload his rifle, was intently watching to see him fall, when he
beheld a large brown bear which was stealing on him unperceived, and was
already within twenty steps. In the first moment of surprise he lifted his
rifle; but, remembering instantly that it was not charged, and that he had
no time to reload, he felt that there was no safety but in flight. It was
in the open, level plain; not a bush nor a tree within three hundred yards;
the bank of the river sloping, and not more than three feet high, so that
there was no possible mode of concealment. Captain Lewis, therefore,
thought of retreating with a quick walk, as fast as the bear
advanced, towards the nearest tree; but, as soon as he turned, the bear
rushed open-mouthed, and at full speed, upon him. Captain Lewis ran about
eighty yards, but finding that the animal gained on him fast, it flashed on
his mind that, by getting into the water to such a depth that the bear would
be obliged to attack him swimming, there was still some chance of his
life; he therefore turned short, plunged into the river about
waist-deep, and facing about presented the point of his espontoon. The
bear arrived at the water's edge within twenty feet of him; but as soon as he
put himself in this posture of defence, the bear seemed frightened, and
wheeling about, retreated with as much precipitation as he had pursued.
Very glad to be released from this danger, Captain Lewis returned to the
shore, and observed him run with great speed, sometimes looking back as if
he expected to be pursued, till he reached the woods. He could not conceive
the cause of the sudden alarm of the bear, but congratulated himself on his
escape when he saw his own track torn to pieces by the furious animal, and
learned from the whole adventure never to suffer his rifle to be a moment
unloaded."
Captain Lewis now resumed his progress towards the western, or Sun,
River, then more commonly known among the Indians as Medicine River. In
going through the lowlands of this stream, he met an animal which he
thought was a wolf, but which was more likely a wolverine, or
carcajou. The journal says:--
"It proved to be some brownish yellow animal, standing near its
burrow, which, when he came nigh, crouched, and seemed as if about to spring
on him. Captain Lewis fired, and the beast disappeared in its burrow. From
the track, and the general appearance of the animal, he supposed it to be of
the tiger kind. He then went on; but, as if the beasts of the forest
had conspired against him, three buffalo bulls, which were feeding with a
large herd at the distance of half a mile, left their companions, and ran at
full speed towards him. He turned round, and, unwilling to give up the field,
advanced to meet them: when they were within a hundred yards they stopped,
looked at him for some time, and then retreated as they came. He now
pursued his route in the dark, reflecting on the strange adventures and
sights of the day, which crowded on his mind so rapidly, that he should have
been inclined to believe it all enchantment if the thorns of the prickly
pear, piercing his feet, had not dispelled at every moment the
illusion. He at last reached the party, who had been very anxious for his
safety, and who had already decided on the route which each should take in
the morning to look for him. Being much fatigued, he supped, and slept
well during the night."
On awaking the next morning, Captain Lewis found a large
rattlesnake coiled on the trunk of a tree under which he had been
sleeping. He killed it, and found it like those he had seen
before, differing from those of the Atlantic States, not in its
colors, but in the form and arrangement of them. Information
was received that Captain Clark had arrived five miles below, at a rapid
which he did not think it prudent to ascend, and that he was waiting there
for the party above to rejoin him.
After the departure of Captain Lewis, Captain Clark had remained a day
at Maria's River, to complete the deposit of such articles as they could
dispense with, and started on the twelfth of June.
Four days later, Captain Clark left the river, having sent his messenger
to Captain Lewis, and began to search for a proper portage to convey the
pirogue and canoes across to the Columbia River, leaving most of the men to
hunt, make wheels and draw the canoes up a creek which they named Portage
Creek, as it was to be the base of their future operations. The stream is
now known as Belt Mountain Creek. But the explorers soon found that
although the pirogue was to be left behind, the way was too difficult for a
portage even for canoes. The journal says:--
"We found great difficulty and some danger in even ascending the creek
thus far, in consequence of the rapids and rocks of the channel of the creek,
which just above where we brought the canoes has a fall of five feet, with
high steep bluffs beyond it. We were very fortunate in finding, just below
Portage Creek, a cottonwood tree about twenty-two inches in diameter, large
enough to make the carriage-wheels. It was, perhaps, the only one of the
same size within twenty miles; and the cottonwood which we are obliged to
employ in the other parts of the work is extremely soft and brittle. The mast
of the white pirogue, which we mean to leave behind, supplied us with two
axle-trees.
"There are vast quantities of buffalo feeding on the plains or
watering in the river, which is also strewed with the floating carcasses and
limbs of these animals. They go in large herds to water about the
falls, and as all the passages to the river near that place are narrow and
steep, the foremost are pressed into the river by the impatience of those
behind. In this way we have seen ten or a dozen disappear over the falls in
a few minutes. They afford excellent food for the wolves, bears, and
birds of prey; which circumstance may account for the reluctance of the
bears to yield their dominion over the neighborhood.
"The pirogue was drawn up a little below our camp, and secured in a
thick copse of willow-bushes. We now began to form a cache or place of
deposit, and to dry our goods and other articles which required
inspection. The wagons are completed. Our hunters brought us ten
deer, and we shot two out of a herd of buffalo that came to water at Sulphur
Spring. There is a species of gooseberry, growing abundantly among the
rocks on the sides of the cliffs. It is now ripe, of a pale red color, about
the size of the common gooseberry, and like it is an ovate pericarp of soft
pulp enveloping a number of small whitish seeds, and consisting of a
yellowish, slimy, mucilaginous substance, with a sweet taste; the surface of
the berry is covered glutinous, adhesive matter, and its fruit, though ripe,
retains its withered corolla. The shrub itself seldom rises more than two
feet high, is much branched, and has no thorns. The leaves resemble
those of the common gooseberry, except in being smaller, and the berry is
supported by separate peduncles or foot-stalks half an inch long. There
are also immense quantities of grasshoppers, of a brown color, on the plains;
they, no doubt, contribute to the lowness of the grass, which is not
generally more than three inches high, though it is soft, narrow-leaved, and
affords a fine pasture for the buffalo."
Chapter XI
A the Heart of the Continent
Captain Clark continued his observations up the long series of rapids
and falls until he came to a group of three small islands to which he gave
the name of White Bear Islands, from his having seen numerous white, or
grizzly, bears on them. On the nineteenth of June, Captain Clark, after a
careful survey of the country on both sides of the stream, decided that the
best place for a portage was on the south, or lower, side of the
river, the length of the portage being estimated to be about
eighteen miles, over which the canoes and supplies must be carried. Next
day he proceeded to mark out the exact route of the portage, or carry, by
driving stakes along its lines and angles. From the survey and drawing which
he made, the party now had a clear and accurate view of the falls, cascades,
and rapids of the Missouri; and, it may be added, this draught, which
is reproduced on another page of this book, is still so correct in all its
measurements that when a Montana manufacturing company undertook to build a
dam at Black Eagle Falls, nearly one hundred years afterwards, they
discovered that their surveys and those of Captain Clark were precisely
alike. The total fall of the river, from the White Bear Islands, as Lewis
and Clark called them, to the foot of the Great Falls, is four hundred twelve
and five-tenths feet; the sheer drop of the Great Fall is seventy-five and
five-tenths feet. The wild, trackless prairie of Lewis and Clark's time
is now the site of the thriving town of Great Falls, which has a
population of ten thousand.
Here is a lucid and connected account of the falls and
rapids, discovered and described by Lewis and Clark:
"This river is three hundred yards wide at the point where it receives
the waters of Medicine [Sun] River, which is one hundred and thirty-seven
yards in width. The united current continues three hundred and
twenty-eight poles to a small rapid on the north side, from which it
gradually widens to fourteen hundred yards, and at the distance of five
hundred and forty-eight poles reaches the head of the rapids, narrowing as it
approaches them. Here the hills on the north, which had withdrawn from
the bank, closely border the river, which, for the space of three hundred and
twenty poles, makes its way over the rocks, with a descent of thirty
feet. In this course the current is contracted to five hundred and eighty
yards, and after throwing itself over a small pitch of five feet, forms
a beautiful cascade of twenty-six feet five inches; this does
not, however, fall immediately or perpendicularly, being stopped by a
part of the rock, which projects at about one-third of the distance. After
descending this fall, and passing the cottonwood island on which the eagle
has fixed her nest, the river goes on for five hundred and thirty-two poles
over rapids and little falls, the estimated descent of which is thirteen and
one-half feet, till it is joined by a large fountain boiling up underneath
the rocks near the edge of the river, into which it falls with a cascade of
eight feet. The water of this fountain is of the most perfect
clearness, and of rather a bluish cast; and, even after falling into the
Missouri, it preserves its color for half a mile. From the fountain the
river descends with increased rapidity for the distance of two hundred and
fourteen poles, during which the estimated descent is five feet; and from
this, for a distance of one hundred and thirty-five poles, it descends
fourteen feet seven inches, including a perpendicular fall of six feet seven
inches. The Missouri has now become pressed into a space of four
hundred and seventy-three yards, and here forms a grand cataract, by falling
over a plain rock the whole distance across the river, to the depth of
forty-seven feet eight inches. After recovering itself, it then proceeds with
an estimated descent of three feet, till, at the distance of one hundred and
two poles, it is precipitated down the Crooked Falls nineteen feet
perpendicular. Below this, at the mouth of a deep ravine, is a fall of five
feet; after which, for the distance of nine hundred and seventy poles, the
descent is much more gradual, not being more than ten feet, and then succeeds
a handsome level plain for the space of one hundred and seventy-eight poles,
with a computed descent of three feet, the river making a bend towards the
north. Thence it descends, for four hundred and eighty poles, about
eighteen and one-half feet, when it makes a perpendicular fall of two feet,
which is ninety poles beyond the great cataract; in approaching which, it
descends thirteen feet within two hundred yards, and, gathering strength from
its confined channel, which is only two hundred and eighty yards
wide, rushes over the fall to the depth of eighty-seven feet.
"After raging among the rocks, and losing itself in foam, it
is compressed immediately into a bed of ninety-three yards in width: it
continues for three hundred and forty poles to the entrance of a run or deep
ravine, where there is a fall of three feet, which, added to the decline
during that distance, makes the descent six feet. As it goes on, the descent
within the next two hundred and forty poles is only four feet; from this,
passing a run or deep ravine, the descent in four hundred poles is thirteen
feet; within two hundred and forty poles, another descent of eighteen feet;
thence, in one hundred and sixty poles, a descent of six feet; after which,
to the mouth of Portage Creek, a distance of two hundred and eighty poles,
the descent is ten feet. From this survey and estimate, it results that the
river experiences a descent of three hundred and fifty-two feet in the
distance of two and three quarter miles, from the commencement of the rapids
to the mouth of Portage Creek, exclusive of the almost impassable rapids
which extend for a mile below its entrance."
On the twenty-first of the month, all the needed preparations
having been finished, the arduous work of making the portage, or
carry, was begun. All the members of the expedition were now
together, and the two captains divided with their men the labor of
hunting, carrying luggage, boat-building, exploring, and so on. They made
three camps, the lower one on Portage Creek, the next at Willow Run [see
map], and a third at a point opposite White Bear Islands. The portage
was not completed until July second. They were often delayed by the breaking
down of their rude carriages, and during the last stage of their
journey much of their luggage was carried on the backs of the men. They
were also very much annoyed with the spines of the prickly pear, a species of
cactus, which, growing low on the ground, is certain to be trampled upon by
the wayfarer. The spines ran through the moccasins of the men and
sorely wounded their feet. Thus, under date of June twenty-fourth, the
journal says (It should be understood that the portage was worked from
above and below the rapids):--
"On going down yesterday Captain Clark cut off several angles of the
former route, so as to shorten the portage considerably, and marked it with
stakes. He arrived there in time to have two of the canoes carried up
in the high plain, about a mile in advance. Here they all repaired their
moccasins, and put on double soles to protect them from the prickly pear, and
from the sharp points of earth which have been formed by the trampling of the
buffalo during the late rains. This of itself is sufficient to render the
portage disagreeable to one who has no burden; but as the men are loaded as
heavily as their strength will permit, the crossing is really
painful. Some are limping with the soreness of their feet; others are
scarcely able to stand for more than a few minutes, from the heat and
fatigue. They are all obliged to halt and rest frequently; at almost
every stopping-place they fall, and many of them are asleep in an
instant; yet no one complains, and they go on with great cheerfulness. At
the camp, midway in the portage, Drewyer and Fields joined them; for, while
Captain Lewis was looking for them at Medicine River, they returned to report
the absence of Shannon, about whom they had been very uneasy. They had
killed several buffalo at the bend of the Missouri above the falls, dried
about eight hundred pounds of meat, and got one hundred pounds of tallow;
they had also killed some deer, but had seen no elk."
Under this date, too, Captain Lewis, who was with another branch of the
expedition, makes this note: "Such as were able to shake a foot amused
themselves in dancing on the green to the music of the violin which Cruzatte
plays extremely well."
The journal continues:--
"We were now occupied [at White Bear camp] in fitting up a boat of
skins, the frame of which had been prepared for the purpose at Harper's
Ferry in Virginia. It was made of iron, thirty-six feet long, four
and one-half feet in the beam, and twenty-six inches wide in the
bottom. Two men had been sent this morning for timber to complete it, but
they could find scarcely any even tolerably straight sticks four and one-half
feet long; and as the cottonwood is too soft and brittle, we were obliged to
use willow and box-elder."
On the twenty-seventh, the main party, which was working on the
upper part of the portage, joined that of Captain Clark at the lower
camp, where a second cache, or place of deposit, had been formed, and
where the boat-swivel was now hidden under the rocks. The journal
says:--
"The party were employed in preparing timber for the boat, except
two who were sent to hunt. About one in the afternoon a cloud arose
from the southwest, and brought with it violent thunder, lightning, and
hail. Soon after it passed, the hunters came in, from about four miles above
us. They had killed nine elk and three bears. As they were hunting
on the river they saw a low ground covered with thick brushwood, where
from the tracks along shore they thought a bear had probably taken
refuge. They therefore landed, without making a noise, and climbed a
tree about twenty feet above the ground. Having fixed themselves
securely, they raised a loud shout, and a bear instantly rushed toward
them. These animals never climb, and therefore when he came to the tree and
stopped to look at them, Drewyer shot him in the head. He proved to be
the largest we had yet seen; his nose appeared to be like that of a common
ox; his fore feet measured nine inches across; the hind feet were
seven inches wide and eleven and three quarters long, exclusive of the
talons. One of these animals came within thirty yards of the camp last
night, and carried off some buffalo-meat which we had placed on a
pole."
The party were very much annoyed here by the grizzlies which infested
their camp at night. Their faithful dog always gave warning of the
approach of one of these monsters; but the men were obliged to sleep with
their guns by their side, ready to repel the enemy at a moment's
notice.
Captain Clark finally broke up the camp on Portage Creek, June 28,
having deposited in his cache whatever could be left behind without
inconvenience. "On the following day," the journal says:--
"Finding it impossible to reach the upper end of the portage with the
present load, in consequence of the state of the road after the rain, he sent
back nearly all his party to bring on the articles which had been left
yesterday. Having lost some notes and remarks which he had made on
first ascending the river, he determined to go up to the Whitebear
Islands along its banks, in order to supply the deficiency. He there left
one man to guard the baggage, and went on to the falls, accompanied by his
servant York, Chaboneau, and his wife with her young child.
"On his arrival there he observed a very dark cloud rising in the
west, which threatened rain, and looked around for some shelter; but could
find no place where the party would be secure from being blown into the
river, if the wind should prove as violent as it sometimes does in the
plains. At length, about a quarter of a mile above the falls, he found
a deep ravine, where there were some shelving rocks, under which he took
refuge. They were on the upper side of the ravine near the
river, perfectly safe from the rain, and therefore laid down their
guns, compass, and other articles which they carried with them. The shower
was at first moderate; it then increased to a heavy rain, the effects of
which they did not feel; but soon after, a torrent of rain and hail
descended. The rain seemed to fall in a solid mass, and
instantly, collecting in the ravine, came rolling down in a dreadful
current, carrying the mud, rocks, and everything that opposed it. Captain
Clark fortunately saw it a moment before it reached them, and springing up
with his gun and shot-pouch in his left hand, with his right clambered up the
steep bluff, pushing on the Indian woman with her child in her arms; her
husband too had seized her hand and was pulling her tip the hill, but he was
so terrified at the danger that he remained frequently motionless; and but
for Captain Clark, himself and his wife and child would have been lost.
So instantaneous was the rise of the water that, before Captain Clark had
reached his gun and begun to ascend the bank, the water was up to his waist,
and he could scarcely get up faster than it rose, till it reached the height
of fifteen feet, with a furious current which, had they waited a moment
longer, would have swept them into the river just above the Great
Falls, down which they must inevitably have been precipitated. They
reached the plain in safety and found York, who had separated from them just
before the storm to hunt some buffalo, and was now returning to find his
master. They had been obliged to escape so rapidly that Captain Clark
lost his compass [that is, circumferentor] and umbrella, Chaboneau left his
gun, with Captain Lewis' wiping-rod, shot-pouch, and tomahawk, and the
Indian woman had just time to grasp her child, before the net in which it lay
at her feet was carried down the current."
Such a storm is known in the West as a cloud-burst. Overland emigrants
in the early rush to California often suffered loss from these sudden
deluges. A party of men, with wagons and animals, have been known to be swept
away and lost in a flood bursting in a narrow canyon in the mountains.
"Captain Clark now relinquished his intention of going up the river, and
returned to the camp at Willow Run. Here he found that the party sent
this morning for the baggage had all returned to camp in great confusion,
leaving their loads in the plain. On account of the heat, they generally go
nearly naked, and with no covering on their heads. The hail was so
large, and driven so furiously against them by the high wind, that it knocked
several of them down: one of them, particularly, was thrown on the ground
three times, and most of them were bleeding freely, and complained of being
much bruised. Willow Run had risen six feet since the rain; and, as the
plains were so wet that they could not proceed, they passed the night at
their camp.
"At the White Bear camp, also," (says Lewis), "we had not
been insensible to the hailstorm, though less exposed. In the
morning there had been a heavy shower of rain, after which it became
fair. After assigning to the men their respective employments, Captain
Lewis took one of them, and went to see the large fountain near the falls. .
. . It is, perhaps, the largest in America, and is situated in a pleasant
level plain, about twenty-five yards from the river, into which it falls over
some steep, irregular rocks, with a sudden ascent of about six feet in one
part of its course. The water boils up from among the rocks, and with such
force near the centre that the surface seems higher there than the earth
on the sides of the fountain, which is a handsome turf of fine green
grass. The water is extremely pure, cold, and pleasant to the taste, not
being impregnated with lime or any foreign substance. It is perfectly
transparent, and continues its bluish cast for half a mile down the Missouri,
notwithstanding the rapidity of the river. After examining it for some time,
Captain Lewis returned to the camp.
. . . "Two men were sent [June 30] to the falls to look for the articles
lost yesterday; but they found nothing but the compass, covered with mud and
sand, at the mouth of the ravine. The place at which Captain Clark had
been caught by the storm was filled with large rocks. The men complain much
of the bruises received yesterday from the hail. A more than usual number of
buffalo appeared about the camp to-day, and furnished plenty of meat.
Captain Clark thought that at one view he must have seen at least ten
thousand."
Of the party at the upper camp, opposite White Bear Islands, the journal
makes this observation:--
"The party continues to be occupied with the boat, the cross-bars for
which are now finished, and there remain only the strips to complete the
woodwork. The skins necessary to cover it have already been prepared;
they amount to twenty-eight elk-skins and four buffalo-skins. Among our game
were two beaver, which we have had occasion to observe are found wherever
there is timber. We also killed a large bull-bat or goatsucker, of which
there are many in this neighborhood, resembling in every respect those of
the same species in the United States. We have not seen the
leather-winged bat for some time, nor are there any of the small goatsucker
in this part of the Missouri. We have not seen that species of
goatsucker called the whippoorwill, which is commonly confounded in the
United States with the large goatsucker which we observe here. This
last prepares no nest, but lays its eggs on the open plains; they generally
begin to sit on two eggs, and we believe raise only one brood in a
season; at the present moment they are just hatching their young."
Dr. Coues says that we should bear in mind that this was written "when
bats were birds and whales were fishes for most persons." The journal
confounds bats, which are winged mammals, with goatsuckers, or whippoorwills,
which are birds.
The second of July was an interesting date for the explorers. On that
day we find the following entry in their journal:--
"A shower of rain fell very early this morning. We then despatched
some men for the baggage left behind yesterday, and the rest were engaged in
putting the boat together. This was accomplished in about three hours, and
then we began to sew on the leather over the crossbars of iron on the
inner side of the boat which form the ends of the sections. By two o'clock
the last of the baggage arrived, to the great delight of the party, who were
anxious to proceed. The mosquitoes we find very troublesome.
"Having completed our celestial observations, we went over to the
large island to make an attack upon its inhabitants, the bears, which have
annoyed us very much of late, and were prowling about our camp all last
night. We found that the part of the island frequented by the bears forms
an almost impenetrable thicket of the broad-leaved willow. Into this we
forced our way in parties of three; but could see only one bear, which
instantly attacked Drewyer. Fortunately, as he was rushing on, the
hunter shot him through the heart within twenty paces and he fell, which
enabled Drewyer to get out of his way. We then followed him one hundred
yards, and found that the wound had been mortal.
"Not being able to discover any more of these animals, we returned to
camp. Here, in turning over some of the baggage, we caught a
rat somewhat larger than the common European rat, and of a lighter
color; the body and outer parts of the legs and head of a light lead
color; the inner side of the legs, as well as the belly, feet, and ears,
white; the ears are not covered with hair, and are much larger than those
of the common rat; the toes also are longer; the eyes are black and
prominent, the whiskers very long and full; the tail is rather longer than
the body, and covered with fine fur and hair of the same size with that
on the back, which is very close, short, and silky in its texture. This
was the first we had met, although its nests are very frequent in the cliffs
of rocks and hollow trees, where we also found large quantities of the shells
and seed of the prickly-pear."
The queer rat discovered by Lewis and Clark was then unknown to
science. It is now known in the Far West as the pack-rat. It lives in holes
and crevices of the rocks, and it subsists on the shells and seeds of the
prickly pear, which is usually abundant in the hunting grounds of the little
animal. The explorers were now constantly in full view of the Rocky
Mountain, on which, however, their present title had not then been
conferred. Under date of July 2, the journal says:--
"The mosquitoes are uncommonly troublesome. The wind was again
high from the southwest. These winds are in fact always the
coldest and most violent which we experience, and the hypothesis which
we have formed on that subject is, that the air, coming in contact with
the Snowy Mountains, immediately becomes chilled and condensed, and being
thus rendered heavier than the air below, it descends into the rarefied air
below, or into the vacuum formed by the constant action of the sun on the
open unsheltered plains. The clouds rise suddenly near these mountains, and
distribute their contents partially over the neighboring plains. The same
cloud will discharge hail alone in one part, hail and rain in another, and
rain only in a third, all within the space of a few miles; while at the same
time there is snow falling on the mountains to the southeast of us.
There is at present no snow on those mountains; that which covered them on
our arrival, as well as that which has since fallen, having
disappeared. The mountains to the north and northwest of us are still
entirely covered with snow; indeed, there has been no
perceptible diminution of it since we first saw them, which induces a
belief either that the clouds prevailing at this season do not reach their
summits or that they deposit their snow only. They glisten with great beauty
when the sun shines on them in a particular direction, and most probably from
this glittering appearance have derived the name of the Shining
Mountains."
A mysterious noise, heard by the party, here engaged their attention, as
it did years afterwards the attention of other explorers. The journal
says:--
"Since our arrival at the falls we have repeatedly heard a strange
noise coming from the mountains in a direction a little to the north of
west. It is heard at different periods of the day and night (sometimes when
the air is perfectly still and without a cloud), and consists of one stroke
only, or of five or six discharges in quick succession. It is loud, and
resembles precisely the sound of a six-pound piece of ordnance at the
distance of three miles. The Minnetarees frequently mentioned this
noise, like thunder, which they said the mountains made; but we had paid no
attention to it, believing it to have been some superstition, or perhaps a
falsehood. The watermen also of the party say that the Pawnees and Ricaras
give the same account of a noise heard in the Black Mountains to the westward
of them. The solution of the mystery given by the philosophy of the watermen
is, that it is occasioned by the bursting of the rich mines of silver
confined within the bosom of the mountains."
Of these strange noises there are many explanations, the most
plausible being that they are caused by the explosion of the species of stone
known as the geode, fragments of which are frequently found among the
mountains. The geode has a hollow cell within, lined with beautiful
crystals of many colors.
Independence Day, 1805, was celebrated with becoming patriotism and
cheerfulness by these far-wandering adventurers. Their record says:--
"An elk and a beaver are all that were killed to-day; the buffalo seem
to have withdrawn from our neighborhood, though several of the men, who went
to-day to visit the falls for the first time, mention that they are still
abundant at that place. We contrived, however, to spread not a very sumptuous
but a comfortable table in honor of the day, and in the evening gave the
men a drink of spirits, which was the last of our stock. Some of them
appeared sensible to the effects of even so small a quantity; and as is usual
among them on all festivals, the fiddle was produced and a dance begun, which
lasted till nine o'clock, when it was interrupted by a heavy shower of
rain. They continued their merriment, however, till a late hour."
Their bill-of-fare, according to Captain Lewis, was bacon, beans, suet
dumplings, and buffalo meat, which, he says, "gave them no just cause to
covet the sumptuous feasts of our countrymen on this day." More than a year
passed before they again saw and tasted spirits.
Great expectations were entertained of the boat that was built here
on the iron frame brought all the way from Harper's Ferry, Virginia.
The frame was covered with dressed skins of buffalo and elk, the seams being
coated with a composition of powdered charcoal and beeswax, in default of tar
or pitch. This craft was well named the "Experiment," and a disappointing
experiment it proved to be. Here is Captain Lewis' account of her
failure:
"The boat having now become sufficiently dry, we gave her a coat of the
composition, which after a proper interval was repeated, and the next
morning, Tuesday, July 9th, she was launched into the water, and swam
perfectly well. The seats were then fixed and the oars fitted; but
after we had loaded her, as well as the canoes, and were on the point of
setting out, a violent wind caused the waves to wet the baggage, so that we
were forced to unload the boats. The wind continued high until evening,
when to our great disappointment we discovered that nearly all the
composition had separated from the skins and left the seams perfectly
exposed; so that the boat now leaked very much. To repair this misfortune
without pitch is impossible, and as none of that article is to be procured,
we therefore, however reluctantly, are obliged to abandon her, after having
had so much labor in the construction. We now saw that the section of the
boat covered with buffalo-skins on which hair had been left answered better
than the elk-skins, and leaked but little; while that part which was covered
with hair about one-eighth of an inch retained the composition
perfectly, and remained sound and dry. From this we perceived that had
we employed buffalo instead of elk skins, not singed them so closely as we
did, and carefully avoided cutting the leather in sewing, the boat
would have been sufficient even with the present composition; or had
we singed instead of shaving the elk-skins, we might have succeeded. But
we discovered our error too late; the buffalo had deserted us, and the
travelling season was so fast advancing that we had no time to spare for
experiments; therefore, finding that she could be no longer useful, she was
sunk in the water, so as to soften the skins, and enable us the more easily
to take her to pieces.
"It now became necessary to provide other means for transporting the
baggage which we had intended to stow in her. For this purpose we shall want
two more canoes; but for many miles-- from below the mouth of the Musselshell
River to this place-- we have not seen a single tree fit to be used in that
way. The hunters, however, who have hitherto been sent after
timber, mention that there is a low ground on the opposite side of the
river, about eight miles above us by land, and more than twice
that distance by water, in which we may probably find trees large enough
for our purposes. Captain Clark determined, therefore, to set out by
land for that place with ten of the best workmen, who would be occupied in
building the canoes till the rest of the party, after taking the boat to
pieces, and making the necessary deposits, should transport the baggage, and
join them with the other six canoes.
"He accordingly passed over to the opposite side of the river with his
party next day, and proceeded on eight miles by land, the distance by water
being twenty-three and three quarter miles. Here he found two cottonwood
trees; but, on cutting them down, one proved to be hollow, split at the top
in falling, and both were much damaged at the bottom. He searched the
neighborhood, but could find none which would suit better, and
therefore was obliged to make use of those which he had felled, shortening
them in order to avoid the cracks, and supplying the deficiency by making
them as wide as possible. They were equally at a loss for wood of which they
might make handles for their axes, the eyes of which not being round, they
were obliged to split the timber in such a manner that thirteen of the
handles broke in the course of the day, though made of the best wood they
could find for the purpose, which was the chokecherry.
"The rest of the party took the frame of the boat to pieces, deposited
it in a cache or hole, with a draught of the country from Fort Mandan to this
place, and also some other papers and small articles of less
importance."
High winds prevented the party from making rapid progress, and
notwithstanding the winds they were greatly troubled with mosquitoes. Lest
the reader should think the explorers too sensitive on the subject of these
troublesome pests, it should be said that only western travellers can realize
the numbers and venom of the mosquitoes of that region. Early emigrants
across the continent were so afflicted by these insects that the air at times
seemed full of gray clouds of them. It was the custom of the wayfarers to
build a "smudge," as it was called, a low, smouldering fire of green boughs
and brush, the dense smoke from which (almost as annoying as the
mosquitoes) would drive off their persecutors as long, as the victims sat in
the smoke. The sleeping tent was usually cleared in this way before "turning
in" at night, every opening of the canvas being afterwards closed.
Captain Lewis, on the thirteenth of July, followed Captain Clark up the
river; crossing the stream to the north bank, with his six canoes and all his
baggage, he overtook the other party on the same day and found them all
engaged in boat-building.
"On his way he passed a very large Indian lodge, which was
probably designed as a great council-house; but it differed in its
construction from all that we had seen, lower down the Missouri or
elsewhere. The form of it was a circle two hundred and sixteen feet in
circumference at the base; it was composed of sixteen large cottonwood poles
about fifty feet long and at their thicker ends, which touched the
ground, about the size of a man's body. They were distributed at equal
distances, except that one was omitted to the cast, probably for the
entrance. From the circumference of this circle the poles converged toward
the centre, where they were united and secured by large withes of
willow-brush. There was no covering over this fabric, in the centre of which
were the remains of a large fire, and around it the marks of about eighty
leathern lodges. He also saw a number of turtle-doves, and some pigeons, of
which he shot one, differing in no respect from the wild pigeon of the United
States. . . . . . . . . .
The buffalo have not yet quite gone, for the hunters brought in
three, in very good order. It requires some diligence to supply us
plentifully, for as we reserve our parched meal for the Rocky
Mountains, where we do not expect to find much game, our principal
article of food is meat, and the consumption of the whole thirty-two
persons belonging to the party amounts to four deer, an elk and a deer, or
one buffalo, every twenty-four hours. The mosquitoes and
gnats persecute us as violently as below, so that we can get no
sleep unless defended by biers [nets], with which we are all provided. We
here found several plants hitherto unknown to us, of which we preserved
specimens."
On the fourteenth of July, the boats were finally launched, and next day
the journal records this important event:
"We rose early, embarked all our baggage on board the canoes,
which, though eight in number, are heavily loaded, and at ten o'clock set
out on our journey. . . . At the distance of seven and a half miles we came
to the lower point of a woodland, at the entrance of a beautiful river,
which, in honor of the Secretary of the Navy, we called Smith's River.
This stream falls into a bend on the south side of the Missouri, and is
eighty yards wide. As far as we could discern its course, it wound through a
charming valley towards the southeast, in which many herds of buffalo were
feeding, till, at the distance of twenty-five miles, it entered the Rocky
Mountains and was lost from our view. . . .
"We find the prickly pear, one of the greatest beauties as well as
greatest inconveniences of the plains, now in full bloom. The sunflower, too,
a plant common on every part of the Missouri from its entrance to this place,
is here very abundant, and in bloom. The lamb's-quarter, wild cucumber,
sand-rush, and narrow dock, are also common."
The journal here records the fact that the great river had now become so
crooked that it was expedient to note only its general course, leaving out
all description of its turns and windings. The Missouri was now flowing due
north, leaving its bends out of account, and the explorers, ascending the
river, were therefore travelling south; and although the journal sets forth
"the north bank" and "the south bank," it should be understood that west is
meant by the one, and east by the other. Buffalo were observed in great
numbers. Many obstacles to navigating the river were encountered. Under
date of July 17, the journal says:
"The navigation is now very laborious. The river is deep, but with
little current, and from seventy to one hundred yards wide; the low grounds
are very narrow, with but little timber, and that chiefly the aspen
tree. The cliffs are steep, and hang over the river so much that often
we could not cross them, but were obliged to pass and repass from one side of
the river to the other, in order to make our way. In some places the banks
are formed of dark or black granite rising perpendicularly to a great height,
through which the river seems, in the progress of time, to have worn its
channel. On these mountains we see more pine than usual, but it is
still in small quantities. Along the bottoms, which have a covering of high
grass, we observed the sunflower blooming in great abundance. The
Indians of the Missouri, more especially those who do not cultivate maize,
make great use of the seed of this plant for bread, or in thickening their
soup. They first parch and then pound it between two stones, until it
is reduced to a fine meal. Sometimes they add a portion of water, and drink
it thus diluted; at other times they add a sufficient proportion of
marrow-grease to reduce it to the consistency of common dough, and eat it in
that manner. This last composition we preferred to all the rest, and thought
it at that time a very palatable dish."
They also feasted on a great variety of wild berries, purple,
yellow, and black currants, which were delicious and more pleasant to the
palate than those grown in their Virginia home-gardens; also service-berries,
popularly known to later emigrants as "sarvice-berries." These grow on small
bushes, two or three feet high; and the fruit is purple-skinned, with a white
pulp, resembling a ripe gooseberry.
The journal, next day, has the following entry:--
"This morning early, before our departure, we saw a large herd of the
big-horned animals, which were bounding among the rocks on the opposite cliff
with great agility. These inaccessible spots secure them from all their
enemies, and their only danger is in wandering among these
precipices, where we would suppose it scarcely possible for any animal to
stand; a single false step would precipitate them at least five
hundred feet into the water.
"At one and one fourth miles we passed another single cliff on the
left; at the same distance beyond which is the mouth of a large
river emptying from the north. It is a handsome, bold, and clear
stream, eighty yards wide--that is, nearly as broad as the Missouri--with
a rapid current, over a bed of small smooth stones of various figures. The
water is extremely transparent; the low grounds are narrow, but possess as
much wood as those of the Missouri. The river has every appearance of
being navigable, though to what distance we cannot ascertain, as the country
which it waters is broken and mountainous. In honor of the Secretary of War
we called it Dearborn's River."
General Henry Dearborn, who was then Secretary of War, in Jefferson's
administration, gave his name, a few years later, to a collection of camps
and log-cabins on Lake Michigan; and in due time Fort Dearborn became the
great city of Chicago. Continuing, the journal says:
"Being now very anxious to meet with the Shoshonees or Snake
Indians, for the purpose of obtaining the necessary information of our
route, as well as to procure horses, it was thought best for one of us to
go forward with a small party and endeavor to discover them, before the daily
discharge of our guns, which is necessary for our subsistence, should give
them notice of our approach. If by an accident they hear us, they will most
probably retreat to the mountains, mistaking us for their enemies, who
usually attack them on this side." . . . . . . . . .
Captain Clark was now in the lead with a small party, and he came upon
the remains of several Indian camps formed of willow-brush, Traces of Indians
became more plentiful. The journal adds:--
"At the same time Captain Clark observed that the pine trees had been
stripped of their bark about the same season, which our Indian woman says her
countrymen do in order to obtain the sap and the soft parts of the wood and
bark for food. About eleven o'clock he met a herd of elk and killed two of
them; but such was the want of wood in the neighborhood that he was
unable to procure enough to make a fire, and was therefore obliged to
substitute the dung of the buffalo, with which he cooked his
breakfast. They then resumed their course along an old Indian road. In the
afternoon they reached a handsome valley, watered by a large creek, both of
which extended a considerable distance into the mountain. This they crossed,
and during the evening travelled over a mountainous country covered with
sharp fragments of flint rock; these bruised and cut their feet very much,
but were scarcely less troublesome than the prickly-pear of the open plains,
which have now become so abundant that it is impossible to avoid them, and
the thorns are so strong that they pierce a double sole of dressed
deer-skin; the best resource against them is a sole of buffalo-hide
in parchment [that is, hard dried]. At night they reached the river much
fatigued, having passed two mountains in the course of the day, and travelled
thirty miles. Captain Clark's first employment, on lighting a fire, was
to extract from his feet the thorns, which he found seventeen in
number."
The dung of the buffalo, exposed for many years to the action of
sun, wind, and rain, became as dry and firm as the finest compressed
hay. As "buffalo chips," in these treeless regions, it was the overland
emigrants' sole dependence for fuel.
The explorers now approached a wonderful pass in the Rocky
Mountains which their journal thus describes:
"A mile and a half beyond this creek [Cottonwood Creek] the rocks
approach the river on both sides, forming a most sublime and extraordinary
spectacle. For five and three quarter miles these rocks rise
perpendicularly from the water's edge to the height of nearly twelve hundred
feet. They are composed of a black granite near their base, but from the
lighter color above, and from the fragments, we suppose the upper part to be
flint of a yellowish brown and cream color.
"Nothing can be imagined more tremendous than the frowning darkness
of these rocks, which project over the river and menace us with
destruction. The river, one hundred and fifty yards in width, seems to have
forced its channel down this solid mass; but so reluctantly has it given
way, that during the whole distance the water is very deep even at the
edges, and for the first three miles there is not a spot, except one of a few
yards, in which a man could stand between the water and the towering
perpendicular of the mountain. The convulsion of the passage must have
been terrible, since at its outlet there are vast columns of rock torn from
the mountain, which are strewed on both sides of the river, the trophies, as
it were, of its victory. Several fine springs burst out from the chasms
of the rock, and contribute to increase the river, which has a strong
current, but, very fortunately, we were able to overcome it with our
oars, since it would have been impossible to use either the cord or the
pole. We were obliged to go on some time after dark, not being able to
find a spot large enough to encamp on; but at length, about two miles
above a small island in the middle of the river, we met with a place
on the left side, where we procured plenty of light wood and pitch
pine. This extraordinary range of rocks we called the Gates of the Rocky
Mountains."
Some of Captain Clark's men, engaged in hunting, gave the alarm to
roving bands of Shoshonee Indians, hunting in that vicinity. The noise of
their guns attracted the attention of the Indians, who, having set fire to
the grass as a warning to their comrades, fled to the mountains. The
whole country soon appeared to have taken fright, and great clouds of smoke
were observed in all directions. Falling into an old Indian trail, Captain
Clark waited, with his weary and footsore men, for the rest of the party to
come up with them.
The explorers had now passed south, between the Big Belt range of
mountains on the cast and the main chain of the Rocky Mountains on the
west. Meagher County, Montana, now lies on the cast of their trail, and on
the west side of that route is the county of Lewis and Clark. They were
now-- still travelling southward--approaching the ultimate sources of
the great Missouri. The journal says:--
"We are delighted to find that the Indian woman recognizes the
country; she tells us that to this creek her countrymen make excursions to
procure white paint on its banks, and we therefore call it Whiteearth
Creek. She says also that the Three Forks of the Missouri are at no
great distance--a piece of intelligence which has cheered the spirits of us
all, as we hope soon to reach the head of that river. This is the warmest
day, except one, we have experienced this summer. In the shade the mercury
stood at eighty degrees, which is the second time it has reached that height
during this season. We camped on an island, after making nineteen and three
quarters miles.
"In the course of the day we saw many geese, cranes, small birds common
to the plains, and a few pheasants. We also observed a small plover or
curlew of a brown color, about the size of a yellow-legged plover or
jack-curlew, but of a different species. It first appeared near the mouth of
Smith's River, but is so shy and vigilant that we were unable to shoot
it. Both the broad and narrow-leaved willow continue, though the
sweet willow has become very scarce. The rosebush, small
honeysuckle, pulpy-leaved thorn, southernwood, sage, box-elder,
narrow-leaved cottonwood, redwood, and a species of sumach, are all
abundant. So, too, are the red and black gooseberries,
service-berry, choke-cherry, and the black, yellow, red, and purple
currants, which last seems to be a favorite food of the bear. Before
camping we landed and took on board Captain Clark, with the meat he had
collected during this day's hunt, which consisted of one deer and an elk; we
had, ourselves, shot a deer and an antelope."
The party found quantities of wild onions of good flavor and size. They
also observed wild flax, garlic, and other vegetable products of value. The
journal adds:--
"We saw many otter and beaver to-day [July 24th]. The latter seem to
contribute very much to the number of islands, and the widening of the
river. They begin by damming up the small channels of about twenty
yards between the islands: this obliges the river to seek another
outlet, and, as soon as this is effected, the channel stopped by the beaver
becomes filled with mud and sand. The industrious animal is then driven
to another channel, which soon shares the same fate, till the river spreads
on all sides, and cuts the projecting points of the land into islands.
We killed a deer, and saw great numbers of antelopes, cranes, some geese, and
a few red-headed ducks. The small birds of the plains and the curlew are
still abundant: we saw a large bear, but could not come within gunshot of
him. There are numerous tracks of the elk, but none of the animals
themselves; and, from the appearance of bones and old excrement, we suppose
that buffalo sometimes stray into the valley, though we have as yet seen
no recent sign of them. Along the water are a number of snakes, some of
a uniform brown color, others black, and a third speckled on the
abdomen, and striped with black and a brownish yellow on the back and
sides. The first, which is the largest, is about four feet long; the
second is of the kind mentioned yesterday; and the third resembles in
size and appearance the garter-snake of the United States. On
examining the teeth of all these several kinds, we found them free from
poison: they are fond of the water, in which they take shelter on being
pursued. The mosquitoes, gnats, and prickly pear, our three
persecutors, still continue with us, and, joined with the labor of working
the canoes, have fatigued us all excessively."
On Thursday, July 25, Captain Clark, who was in the lead, as
usual, arrived at the famous Three Forks of the Missouri. The
stream flowing in a generally northeastern direction was the true, or
principal Missouri, and was named the Jefferson. The middle branch was
named the Madison, in honor of James Madison, then Secretary of State, and
the fork next to the eastward received the name of Albert Gallatin, then
Secretary of the Treasury; and by these titles the streams are known to this
day. The explorers had now passed down to their furthest southern
limit, their trail being to the eastward of the modern cities of Helena
and Butte, and separated only by a narrow divide (then unknown to them) from
the sources of some of the streams that fall into the Pacific Ocean.
Under the date of July 27, the journal says:--
"We are now very anxious to see the Snake Indians. After
advancing for several hundred miles into this wild and mountainous
country, we may soon expect that the game will abandon us. With no
information of the route, we may be unable to find a passage across the
mountains when we reach the head of the river--at least, such a pass as will
lead us to the Columbia. Even are we so fortunate as to find a
branch of that river, the timber which we have hitherto seen in these
mountains does not promise us any fit to make canoes, so that our
chief dependence is on meeting some tribe from whom we may procure
horses. Our consolation is that this southwest branch can scarcely head
with any other river than the Columbia; and that if any nation of
Indians can live in the mountains we are able to endure as much as they
can, and have even better means of procuring subsistence."
Chapter XII
At the Sources of the Missouri
The explorers were now (in the last days of July, 1805) at the head of
the principal sources of the great Missouri River, in the fastnesses of the
Rocky Mountains, at the base of the narrow divide that separates Idaho from
Montana in its southern corner. Just across this divide are the springs
that feed streams falling into the majestic Columbia and then to the Pacific
Ocean. As has been already set forth, they named the Three Forks for
President Jefferson and members of his cabinet. These names still survive,
although Jefferson River is the true Missouri and not a fork of that
stream. Upon the forks of the Jefferson Lewis bestowed the titles of
Philosophy, Wisdom, and Philanthropy, each of these gifts and graces being,
in his opinion, "an attribute of that illustrious personage, Thomas
Jefferson," then President of the United States. But alas for the
fleeting greatness of geographical honor! Philosophy River is now known as
Willow Creek, and at its mouth, a busy little railroad town, is Willow
City. The northwest fork is no longer Wisdom, but Big Hole River; deep
valleys among the mountains are known as holes; and the stream called by that
name, once Wisdom, is followed along its crooked course by a railroad that
connects Dillon, Silver Bow, and Butte City, Montana. Vulgarity does
its worst for Philanthropy; its modern name on the map is Stinking
Water.
On the thirtieth of July, the party, having camped long enough to
unpack and dry their goods, dress their deerskins and make them into
leggings and moccasins, reloaded their canoes and began the toilsome
ascent of the Jefferson. The journal makes this record:--
"Sacagawea, our Indian woman, informs us that we are encamped on the
precise spot where her countrymen, the Snake Indians, had their huts five
years ago, when the Minnetarees of Knife River first came in sight of them,
and from whom they hastily retreated three miles up the Jefferson, and
concealed themselves in the woods. The Minnetarees, however, pursued and
attacked them, killed four men, as many women, and a number of boys; and made
prisoners of four other boys and all the females, of whom Sacagawea was
one. She does not, however, show any distress at these recollections, nor
any joy at the prospect of being restored to her country; for she seems to
possess the folly, or the philosophy, of not suffering her feelings to extend
beyond the anxiety of having plenty to eat and a few trinkets to wear.
"This morning the hunters brought in some fat deer of the
long-tailed red kind, which are quite as large as those of the United
States, and are, indeed, the only kind we have found at this place. There
are numbers of the sand-hill cranes feeding in the meadows: we caught a young
one of the same color as the red deer, which, though it had nearly attained
its full growth, could not fly; it is very fierce, and strikes a severe blow
with its beak. . . .
"Captain Lewis proceeded after dinner through an extensive low ground of
timber and meadow-land intermixed; but the bayous were so obstructed by
beaver-dams that, in order to avoid them, he directed his course toward the
high plain on the right. This he gained with some difficulty, after wading up
to his waist through the mud and water of a number of beaver-dams. When he
desired to rejoin the canoes he found the underbrush so thick, and the river
so crooked, that this, joined to the difficulty of passing the beaver-dams,
induced him to go on and endeavor to intercept the river at some point where
it might be more collected into one channel, and approach nearer the high
plain. He arrived at the bank about sunset, having gone only six miles in
a direct course from the canoes; but he saw no traces of the men, nor did he
receive any answer to his shouts and the firing of his gun. It was now nearly
dark; a duck lighted near him, and he shot it. He then went on the head of a
small island, where he found some driftwood, which enabled him to cook his
duck for supper, and laid down to sleep on some willow-brush. The night was
cool, but the driftwood gave him a good fire, and he suffered no
inconvenience, except from the mosquitoes."
The easy indifference to discomfort with which these
well-seasoned pioneers took their hardships must needs impress the
reader. It was a common thing for men, or for a solitary man, to be caught
out of camp by nightfall and compelled to bivouac, like Captain Lewis, in the
underbrush, or the prairie-grass. As they pressed on, game began to fail
them. Under date of July 31, they remark that the only game seen that
day was one bighorn, a few antelopes, deer, and a brown bear, all of which
escaped them. "Nothing was killed to-day," it is recorded, "nor have
we had any fresh meat except one beaver for the last two days; so that we
are now reduced to an unusual situation, for we have hitherto always had a
great abundance of flesh." Indeed, one reason for this is found in Captain
Lewis's remark: "When we have plenty of fresh meat, I find it impossible to
make the men take any care of it, or use it with the least
frugality, though I expect that necessity will shortly teach them this
art." We shall see, later on, that the men, who were really as
improvident of food as the Indians, had hard lessons from necessity.
Anxious to reach the Indians, who were believed to be somewhere ahead of
them, Captain Lewis and three men went on up the Jefferson, Captain Clark and
his party following with the canoes and luggage in a more leisurely
manner. The advance party were so fortunate as to overtake a herd of
elk, two of which they killed; what they did not eat they left secured for
the other party with the canoes. Clark's men also had good luck in
hunting, for they killed five deer and one bighorn. Neither party found
fresh tracks of Indians, and they were greatly discouraged thereat. The
journal speaks of a beautiful valley, from six to eight miles wide, where
they saw ancient traces of buffalo occupation, but no buffalo. These animals
had now completely disappeared; they were seldom seen in those
mountains. The journal says of Lewis:--
"He saw an abundance of deer and antelope, and many tracks of elk and
bear. Having killed two deer, they feasted sumptuously, with a dessert
of currants of different colors--two species red, others yellow, deep
purple, and black; to these were added black gooseberries and deep
purple service-berries, somewhat larger than ours, from which they differ
also in color, size, and the superior excellence of their flavor. In
the low grounds of the river were many beaver-dams formed of willow-brush,
mud, and gravel, so closely interwoven that they resist the water
perfectly; some of them were five feet high, and caused the river to overflow
several acres of land."
Meanwhile, the party with the canoes were having a fatiguing time as
they toiled up the river. On the fourth of August, after they had made
only fifteen miles, the journal has this entry:--
"The river is still rapid, and the water, though clear, is very
much obstructed by shoals or ripples at every two hundred or three hundred
yards. At all these places we are obliged to drag the canoes over the
stones, as there is not a sufficient depth of water to float them, and
in the other parts the current obliges us to have recourse to the
cord. But as the brushwood on the banks will not permit us to walk on
shore, we are under the necessity of wading through the river as we drag the
boats. This soon makes our feet tender, and sometimes occasions severe
falls over the slippery stones; and the men, by being constantly wet, are
becoming more feeble. In the course of the day the hunters killed two
deer, some geese and ducks, and the party saw some antelopes, cranes, beaver,
and otter."
Captain Lewis had left a note for Captain Clark at the forks of the
Jefferson and Wisdom rivers. Clark's journal says:--
"We arrived at the forks about four o'clock, but, unluckily, Captain
Lewis's note had been attached to a green pole, which the beaver had cut
down, and carried off with the note on it: an accident which deprived
us of all information as to the character of the two branches of the
river. Observing, therefore, that the northwest fork was most in our
direction, we ascended it. We found it extremely rapid, and its waters
were scattered in such a manner that for a quarter of a mile we were
forced to cut a passage through the willow-brush that leaned over the
little channels and united at the top. After going up it for a mile, we
encamped on an island which had been overflowed, and was still so wet that
we were compelled to make beds of brush to keep ourselves out of the
mud. Our provision consisted of two deer which had been killed in the
morning."
It should be borne in mind that this river, up which the party were
making their way, was the Wisdom (now Big Hole), and was the northwest fork
of the Jefferson, flowing from southeast to northwest; and near the point
where it enters the Jefferson, it has a loop toward the northeast; that is to
say, it comes from the southwest to a person looking up its mouth.
After going up the Wisdom River, Clark's party were overtaken by
Drewyer, Lewis's hunter, who had been sent across between the forks to notify
Clark that Lewis regarded the other fork-- the main Jefferson--as the right
course to take. The party, accordingly, turned about and began to
descend the stream, in order to ascend the Jefferson. The journal
says:--
"On going down, one of the canoes upset and two others filled with
water, by which all the baggage was wet and several articles
were irrecoverably lost. As one of them swung round in a rapid
current, Whitehouse was thrown out of her; while down, the canoe passed over
him, and had the water been two inches shallower would have crushed him to
pieces; but he escaped with a severe bruise of his leg. In order to repair
these misfortunes we hastened [down] to the forks, where we were joined by
Captain Lewis. We then passed over to the left [east] side, opposite
the entrance of the rapid fork, and camped on a large gravelly bar, near
which there was plenty of wood. Here we opened, and exposed to dry, all the
articles which had suffered from the water; none of them were completely
spoiled except a small keg of powder; the rest of the powder, which was
distributed in the different canoes, was quite safe, although it had been
under the water for upward of an hour. The air is indeed so pure and
dry that any wood-work immediately shrinks, unless it is kept filled with
water; but we had placed our powder in small canisters of lead, each
containing powder enough for the canister when melted into bullets, and
secured with cork and wax, which answered our purpose perfectly. . . . . . .
. .
In the evening we killed three deer and four elk, which furnished us
once more with a plentiful supply of meat. Shannon, the same man who
had been lost for fifteen days [August 28 to Sept. 11, 1804], was sent out
this morning to hunt, up the northwest fork. When we decided on returning,
Drewyer was directed to go in quest of him, but be returned with information
that he had gone several miles up the [Wisdom] river without being able to
find Shannon. We now had the trumpet sounded, and fired several guns;
but he did not return, and we fear he is again lost."
This man, although an expert hunter, had an unlucky habit of losing
himself in the wilderness, as many another good man has lost himself among
the mountains or the great plains. This time, however, he came into camp
again, after being lost three days.
On the eighth of August the party reached a point now known by its
famous landmark, Beaver Head, a remarkable rocky formation which gives its
name to Beaverhead County, Montana. The Indian woman, Sacagawea,
recognized the so-called beaver-head, which, she said, was not far from the
summer retreat of her countrymen, living on the other side of the
mountains. The whole party were now together again, the men with the
canoes having come up; and the journal says:--
"Persuaded of the absolute necessity of procuring horses to cross the
mountains, it was determined that one of us should proceed in the morning to
the head of the river, and penetrate the mountains till he found the
Shoshonees or some other nation who can assist us in transporting our
baggage, the greater part of which we shall be compelled to leave without the
aid of horses.". . .
Early the next day Captain Lewis took Drewyer, Shields, and M'Neal,
and, slinging their knapsacks, they set out with a resolution to meet some
nation of Indians before they returned, however long they might be
separated from the party.
The party in the canoes continued to ascend the river, which was so
crooked that they advanced but four miles in a direct line from their
starting-place in a distance of eleven miles. In this manner, the party on
foot leading those with the canoes, they repeatedly explored the various
forks of the streams, which baffled them by their turnings and
windings. Lewis was in the advance, and Clark brought up the rear with
the main body. It was found necessary for the leading party to wade the
streams, and occasionally they were compelled by the roughness of the way
to leave the water-course and take to the hills, where great vigilance was
required to keep them in sight of the general direction in which they must
travel. On the 11th of August, 1805, Captain Lewis came in sight of the
first Indian encountered since leaving the country of the Minnetarees, far
back on the Missouri. The journal of that date says:
"On examining him with the glass Captain Lewis saw that he was of a
different nation from any Indians we had hitherto met. He was armed with a
bow and a quiver of arrows, and mounted on an elegant horse without a saddle;
a small string attached to the under jaw answered as a bridle.
"Convinced that he was a Shoshonee, and knowing how much our success
depended on the friendly offices of that nation, Captain Lewis was full of
anxiety to approach without alarming him, and endeavor to convince him that
he [Lewis] was a white man. He therefore proceeded toward the Indian at his
usual pace. When they were within a mile of each other the Indian suddenly
stopped. Captain Lewis immediately followed his example, took his blanket
from his knapsack, and, holding it with both hands at the two corners, threw
it above his head, and unfolded it as he brought it to the ground, as if in
the act of spreading it. This signal, which originates in the practice of
spreading a robe or skin as a seat for guests to whom they wish to show a
distinguished kindness, is the universal sign of friendship among the Indians
on the Missouri and the Rocky Mountains. As usual, Captain Lewis
repeated this signal three times: still the Indian kept his position,
and looked with an air of suspicion on Drewyer and Shields, who were now
advancing on each side. Captain Lewis was afraid to make any signal for them
to halt, lest he should increase the distrust of the Indian, who began to
be uneasy, and they were too distant to hear his voice. He therefore took
from his pack some beads, a looking-glass, and a few trinkets, which he bad
brought for the purpose, and, leaving his gun, advanced unarmed towards the
Indian. He remained in the same position till Captain Lewis came within
two hundred yards of him, when he turned his horse and began to move off
slowly. Captain Lewis then called out to him in as loud a voice as he
could, repeating the words tabba bone, which in the Shoshonee
language mean white man. But, looking over his shoulder, the
Indian kept his eyes on Drewyer and Shields, who were still
advancing, without recollecting the impropriety of doing so at such a
moment, till Captain Lewis made a signal to them to halt: this Drewyer
obeyed, but Shields did not observe it, and still went forward. Seeing
Drewyer halt, the Indian turned his horse about as if to wait for Captain
Lewis, who now reached within one hundred and fifty paces, repeating the
words tabba bone, and holding up the trinkets in his hand, at the same time
stripping up the sleeve of his shirt to show the color of his skin. The
Indian suffered him to advance within one hundred paces, then suddenly turned
his horse, and, giving him the whip, leaped across the creek, and disappeared
in an instant among the willow bushes: with him vanished all the hopes which
the sight of him had inspired, of a friendly introduction to his
countrymen."
Sadly disappointed by the clumsy imprudence of his men, Captain
Lewis now endeavored to follow the track of the retreating Indian, hoping
that this might lead them to an encampment, or village, of the
Shoshonees. He also built a fire, the smoke of which might attract the
attention of the Indians. At the same time, be placed on a pole near
the fire a small assortment of beads, trinkets, awls, and paints, in order
that the Indians, if they returned that way, might discover them and
be thereby assured the strangers were white men and friends. Next morning,
while trying to follow the trail of the lone Indian, they found traces of
freshly turned earth where people had been digging for roots; and, later on,
they came upon the fresh track of eight or ten horses. But these were
soon scattered, and the explorers only found that the general direction
of the trails was up into the mountains which define the boundary between
Montana and Idaho. Skirting the base of these mountains (the Bitter
Root), the party endeavored to find a plain trail, or Indian road, leading up
to a practicable pass. Travelling in a southwesterly direction along the main
stream, they entered a valley which led into the mountains. Here they ate
their last bit of fresh meat, the remainder of a deer they had killed a day
or two before; they reserved for their final resort, in case of famine, a
small piece of salt pork. The journal says:--
"They then continued through the low bottom, along the main stream, near
the foot of the mountains on their right. For the first five miles, the
valley continues toward the southwest, being from two to three miles in
width; then the main stream, which had received two small branches from the
left in the valley, turned abruptly to the west through a narrow bottom
between the mountains. The road was still plain, and, as it led them directly
on toward the mountain, the stream gradually became smaller, till, after
going two miles, it had so greatly diminished in width that one of the
men, in a fit of enthusiasm, with one foot on each side of the
river, thanked God that he had lived to bestride the Missouri. As
they went along their hopes of soon seeing the Columbia [that is, the
Pacific watershed] arose almost to painful anxiety, when after four miles
from the last abrupt turn of the river [which turn had been to the west],
they reached a small gap formed by the high mountains, which recede on each
side, leaving room for the Indian road. From the foot of one of the lowest of
these mountains, which rises with a gentle ascent of about half a mile,
issues the remotest water of the Missouri.
"They had now reached the hidden sources of that river, which had never
yet been seen by civilized man. As they quenched their thirst at the
chaste and icy fountain--as they sat down by the brink of that little
rivulet, which yielded its distant and modest tribute to the parent
ocean--they felt themselves rewarded for all their labors and all their
difficulties.
"They left reluctantly this interesting spot, and, pursuing the
Indian road through the interval of the hills, arrived at the top of a
ridge, from which they saw high mountains, partially covered with
snow, still to the west of them.
"The ridge on which they stood formed the dividing line between the
waters of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. They followed a descent much
steeper than that on the eastern side, and at the distance of three-quarters
of a mile reached a handsome, bold creek of cold, clear water running to the
westward. They stopped to taste, for the first time, the waters of the
Columbia; and, after a few minutes, followed the road across steep hills
and low hollows, when they came to a spring on the side of a
mountain. Here they found a sufficient quantity of dry willow-brush for
fuel, and therefore halted for the night; and, having killed nothing in
the course of the day, supped on their last piece of pork, and trusted to
fortune for some other food to mix with a little flour and parched meal,
which was all that now remained of their provisions."
Chapter XIII
From the Minnetarees to the Shoshonees
Travelling in a westerly direction, with a very gradual descent, Captain
Lewis, on the thirteenth of August, came upon two Indian women, a man, and
some dogs. The Indians sat down when the strangers first came in sight,
as if to wait for their coming; but, soon taking alarm, they all fled, much
to the chagrin of the white men. Now striking into a well-worn Indian
road, they found themselves surely near a village. The journal says:--
"They had not gone along the road more than a mile, when on a sudden
they saw three female Indians, from whom they had been concealed by the
deep ravines which intersected the road, till they were now within thirty
paces of each other. One of them, a young woman, immediately took to
flight; the other two, an elderly woman and a little girl, seeing they were
too near for them to escape, sat on the ground, and holding down their
heads seemed as if reconciled to the death which they supposed awaited
them. The same habit of holding down the head and inviting the enemy to
strike, when all chance of escape is gone, is preserved in Egypt to this
day.
"Captain Lewis instantly put down his rifle, and advancing toward them,
took the woman by the hand, raised her up, and repeated the words `tabba
bone!' at the same time stripping up his shirt-sleeve to prove that he was a
white man-- for his hands and face had become by constant exposure quite as
dark as their own. She appeared immediately relieved from her
alarm; and Drewyer and Shields now coming up, Captain Lewis gave them some
beads, a few awls, pewter mirrors, and a little paint, and told Drewyer to
request the woman to recall her companion, who had escaped to some distance
and, by alarming the Indians, might cause them to attack him without any time
for explanation. She did as she was desired, and the young woman returned
almost out of breath. Captain Lewis gave her an equal portion of
trinkets, and painted the tawny checks of all three of them with
vermilion,-- a ceremony which among the Shoshonees is emblematic of
peace.
"After they had become composed, he informed them by signs of his wishes
to go to their camp, in order to see their chiefs and warriors; they readily
obeyed, and conducted the party along the same road down the river. In
this way they marched two miles, when they met a troop of nearly sixty
warriors, mounted on excellent horses, riding at full speed toward
them. As they advanced Captain Lewis put down his gun, and went with the
flag about fifty paces in advance. The chief, who with two men was
riding in front of the main body, spoke to the women, who now explained that
the party was composed of white men, and showed exultingly the presents they
had received. The three men immediately leaped from their horses, came
up to Captain Lewis, and embraced him with great cordiality, putting their
left arm over his right shoulder, and clasping his back, applying at the same
time their left cheek to his, and frequently vociferating ah hi e! ah hi e!
`I am much pleased, I am much rejoiced.' The whole body of
warriors now came forward, and our men received the caresses, and no small
share of the grease and paint, of their new friends. After this fraternal
embrace, of which the motive was much more agreeable than the manner, Captain
Lewis lighted a pipe, and offered it to the Indians, who had now seated
themselves in a circle around the party. But, before they would
receive this mark of friendship, they pulled off their moccasins: a
custom, as we afterward learned, which indicates the sacred sincerity of
their professions when they smoke with a stranger, and which imprecates on
themselves the misery of going barefoot forever if they prove faithless to
their words-- a penalty by no means light for those who rove over the
thorny plains of this country. . . .
"After smoking a few pipes, some trifling presents were distributed
among them, with which they seemed very much pleased, particularly with the
blue beads and the vermilion. Captain Lewis then stated to the chief that the
object of his visit was friendly, and should be explained as soon as he
reached their camp; and that, as the sun was oppressive, and no water near,
he wished to go there as soon as possible. They now put on their moccasins,
and their chief, whose name was Cameahwait, made a short speech to the
warriors. Captain Lewis then gave him the flag, which he informed him was
among white men the emblem of peace; and, now that he had received it, was to
be in future the bond of union between them. The chief then moved on; our
party followed him; and the rest of the warriors, in a squadron, brought up
the rear."
Arriving at the village, the ceremony of smoking the pipe of peace was
solemnly observed; and the women and children of the tribe were permitted to
gaze with wonder on the first white men they had ever seen. The Indians were
not much better provided with food than were their half-famished
visitors. But some cakes made of service-berries and choke-berries
dried in the sun were presented to the white men "on which," says Captain
Lewis, "we made a hearty meal." Later in the day, however, an Indian
invited Captain Lewis into his wigwam and treated him to a small morsel of
boiled antelope and a piece of fresh salmon roasted. This was the first
salmon he had seen, and the captain was now assured that he was on the
headwaters of the Columbia. This stream was what is now known as the
Lemhi River. The water was clear and limpid, flowing down a bed of
gravel; its general direction was a little north of west. The journal
says:--
"The chief informed him that this stream discharged, at the distance of
half a day's march, into another [Salmon River] of twice its size, coming
from the southwest; but added, on further inquiry, that there was scarcely
more timber below the junction of those rivers than in this neighborhood, and
that the river was rocky, rapid, and so closely confined between high
mountains that it was impossible to pass down it either by land or water to
the great lake [Pacific Ocean], where, as he had understood, the white men
lived.
"This information was far from being satisfactory, for there was no
timber here that would answer the purpose of building canoes,-- indeed not
more than just sufficient for fuel; and even that consisted of the
narrow-leaved cottonwood, the red and the narrow-leaved willow, chokecherry,
service-berry, and a few currant bushes, such as are common on the
Missouri. The prospect of going on by land is more pleasant, for there
are great numbers of horses feeding in every direction round the camp, which
will enable us to transport our stores, if necessary, over the
mountains."
While Captain Lewis was thus engaged, his companions in the canoes
were slowly and laboriously ascending the river on the other side of the
divide. The character of the stream was much as it had been for several
days, and the men were in the water three-fourths of the time, dragging the
boats over the shoals. They had but little success in killing game, but
caught, as they had done for some days before, numbers of fine trout.
"August 14. In order to give time for the boats to reach the forks
of Jefferson River," proceeds the narrative, "Captain Lewis determined to
remain where he was, and obtain all the information he could collect in
regard to the country. Having nothing to eat but a little flour and parched
meal, with the berries of the Indians, he sent out Drewyer and
Shields, who borrowed horses from the natives, to hunt for a few
hours. About the same time the young warriors set out for the same
purpose. There are but few elk or black tailed deer in this
neighborhood; and as the common red deer secrete themselves in the
bushes when alarmed, they are soon safe from the arrows, which are but
feeble weapons against any animals which the huntsmen cannot
previously run down with their horses. The chief game of the
Shoshonees, therefore, is the antelope, which, when pursued, retreats
to the open plains, where the horses have full room for the chase. But
such is its extraordinary fleetness and wind, that a single horse has no
possible chance of outrunning it or tiring it down, and the hunters are
therefore obliged to resort to stratagem.
"About twenty Indians, mounted on fine horses, and armed with bows and
arrows, left the camp. In a short time they descried a herd of ten
antelope: they immediately separated into little squads of two or three, and
formed a scattered circle round the herd for five or six miles, keeping at
a wary distance, so as not to alarm them till they were perfectly
enclosed, and selecting, as far as possible, some commanding eminence as a
stand. Having gained their positions, a small party rode towards the
animals, and with wonderful dexterity the huntsmen preserved their
seats, and the horses their footing, as they ran at full speed over the
hills, down the steep ravines, and along the borders of the
precipices. They were soon outstripped by the antelopes, which, on gaining
the other extremity of the circle, were driven back and pursued by the fresh
hunters. They turned and flew, rather than ran, in another direction; but
there, too, they found new enemies. In this way they were alternately
pursued backward and forward, till at length, notwithstanding the skill of
the hunters, they all escaped and the party, after running for two hours,
returned without having caught anything, and their horses foaming with
sweat. This chase, the greater part of which was seen from the camp,
formed a beautiful scene; but to the hunters it is exceedingly laborious, and
so unproductive, even when they are able to worry the animal down and shoot
him, that forty or fifty hunters will sometimes be engaged for half a day
without obtaining more than two or three antelope.
"Soon after they returned, our two huntsmen came in with no better
success. Captain Lewis therefore made a little paste with the flour, and
the addition of some berries formed a very palatable repast. Having now
secured the good will of Cameahwait, Captain Lewis informed him of his wish
that he would speak to the warriors, and endeavor to engage them to accompany
him to the forks of Jefferson River; where by this time another chief
[Clark], with a large party of white men, was awaiting his [Lewis'] return;
that it would be necessary to take about thirty horses to transport the
merchandise; that they should be well rewarded for their trouble; and
that, when all the party should have reached the Shoshonee camp, they
would remain some time among them to trade for horses, as well as concert
plans for furnishing them in future with regular supplies of
merchandise. He readily consented to do so, and after collecting the tribe
together, he made a long harangue. In about an hour and a half he
returned, and told Captain Lewis that they would be ready to accompany
him in the morning."
But the Indians were suspicious and reluctant to take the word of the
white man. Captain Lewis, almost at his wits' end, appealed to their
courage. He said that if they were afraid of being led into a trap, he
was sure that some among them were not afraid.
"To doubt the courage of an Indian is to touch the tenderest string
of his mind, and the surest way to rouse him to any dangerous
achievement. Cameahwait instantly replied that he was not afraid to
die, and mounting his horse, for the third time harangued the warriors. He
told them that he was resolved to go if he went alone, or if he were sure of
perishing; that he hoped there were among those who heard him some who were
not afraid to die, and who would prove it by mounting their horses and
following him. This harangue produced an effect on six or eight only of the
warriors, who now joined their chief. With these Captain Lewis smoked a
pipe; and then, fearful of some change in their capricious temper, set out
immediately."
The party now retraced the steps so lately taken by Captain Lewis and
his men. On the second day out, one of the spies sent forward by the
Indians came madly galloping back, much to the alarm of the white men. It
proved, however, that the spy had returned to tell his comrades that one of
the white hunters [Drewyer] had killed a deer. An Indian riding behind
Captain Lewis, fearful that he should not get his share of the spoil, jumped
off the horse and ran for a mile at full speed. The journal says:--
"Captain Lewis slackened his pace, and followed at a sufficient distance
to observe them. When they reached the place where Drewyer had thrown
out the intestines, they all dismounted in confusion and ran tumbling over
each other like famished dogs. Each tore away whatever part he could, and
instantly began to eat it. Some had the liver, some the kidneys--in short, no
part on which we are accustomed to look with disgust escaped them. One of
them, who had seized about nine feet of the entrails, was chewing at one end,
while with his hand he was diligently clearing his way by discharging the
contents at the other. It was indeed impossible to see these wretches
ravenously feeding on the filth of animals, the blood streaming from their
mouths, without deploring how nearly the condition of savages
approaches that of the brute creation. Yet, though suffering with
hunger, they did not attempt, as they might have done, to take by
force the whole deer, but contented themselves with what had been
thrown away by the hunter. Captain Lewis now had the deer
skinned, and after reserving a quarter of it gave the rest of the
animal to the chief, to be divided among the Indians, who
immediately devoured nearly the whole of it without cooking. They now
went toward the [Prairie] creek, where there was some brushwood to make a
fire, and found Drewyer, who had killed a second deer. The same struggle for
the entrails was renewed here, and on giving nearly the whole deer to the
Indians, they devoured it even to the soft part of the hoofs. A fire
being made, Captain Lewis had his breakfast, during which Drewyer brought in
a third deer. This too, after reserving one-quarter, was given to the
Indians, who now seemed completely satisfied and in good humor."
They now approached the forks of the Jefferson, where they had expected
to meet Clark and his party with the canoes. Not seeing any signs of them,
the Lewis party were placed in a critical position. The Indians were
again alarmed and suspicious. Here Captain Clark's journal says:--
"As they went on towards the point, Captain Lewis, perceiving
how critical his situation had become, resolved to attempt a
stratagem, which his present difficulty seemed completely to
justify. Recollecting the notes he had left at the point for us, he sent
Drewyer for them with an Indian, who witnessed his taking them from the
pole. When they were brought, Captain Lewis told Cameahwait that, on
leaving his brother chief at the place where the river issues from the
mountains, it was agreed that the boats should not be brought higher than the
next forks we should meet; but that, if the rapid water prevented the
boats from coming on as fast as they expected, his brother chief was to
send a note to the first forks above him, to let him know where they
were: that this note had been left this morning at the forks, and
mentioned that the canoes were just below the mountains, and coming up
slowly in consequence of the current. Captain Lewis added that he would
stay at the forks for his brother chief, but would send a man down the
river; and that if Cameahwait doubted what he said, one of their young
men could go with him, while he and the other two remained at the
forks. This story satisfied the chief and the greater part of the
Indians; but a few did not conceal their suspicions, observing that we
told different stories, and complaining that their chief exposed them
to danger by a mistaken confidence. Captain Lewis now wrote, by the
light of some willow-brush, a note to Captain Clark, which he gave to
Drewyer, with an order to use all possible expedition in descending the
river, and engaged an Indian to accompany him by the promise of a
knife and some beads.
"At bedtime the chief and five others slept round the fire of Captain
Lewis, and the rest hid themselves in different parts of the
willow-brush to avoid the enemy, who, they feared, would attack them in the
night. Captain Lewis endeavored to assume a cheerfulness he did not
feel, to prevent the despondency of the savages. After conversing
gayly with them he retired to his mosquito-bier, by the side of which the
chief now placed himself. He lay down, yet slept but little, being in
fact scarcely less uneasy than his Indian companions. He was
apprehensive that, finding the ascent of the river impracticable, Captain
Clark might have stopped below Rattlesnake bluff, and the messenger would not
meet him. The consequence of disappointing the Indians at this moment would
most probably be that they would retire and secrete themselves in the
mountains, so as to prevent our having an opportunity of recovering their
confidence. They would also spread a panic through all the neighboring
Indians, and cut us off from the supply of horses so useful and almost so
essential to our success. He was at the same time consoled by
remembering that his hopes of assistance rested on better foundations than
their generosity-- their avarice and their curiosity. He had promised
liberal exchanges for their horses; but what was still more seductive, he had
told them that one of their countrywomen, who had been taken with the
Minnetarees, accompanied the party below; and one of the men had spread the
report of our having with us a man [York] perfectly black, whose hair was
short and curled. This last account had excited a great degree of curiosity,
and they seemed more desirous of seeing this monster than of obtaining the
most favorable barter for their horses."
On the following day, August 17, the two parties of explorers finally
met. Under that date the journal has this interesting entry:--
"Captain Lewis rose very early and despatched Drewyer and the Indian
down the river in quest of the boats. Shields was sent out at the same time
to hunt, while M'Neal prepared a breakfast out of the remainder of the
meat. Drewyer had been gone about two hours, and the Indians were all
anxiously waiting for some news, when an Indian, who had straggled a short
distance down the river, returned with a report that he had seen the white
men, who were only a short distance below, and were coming on. The Indians
were transported with joy, and the chief, in the warmth of his satisfaction,
renewed his embrace to Captain Lewis, who was quite as much delighted as the
Indians themselves. The report proved most agreeably true.
"On setting out at seven o'clock, Captain Clark, with Chaboneau and his
wife, walked on shore; but they had not gone more than a mile before Captain
Clark saw Sacagawea, who was with her husband one hundred yards ahead, begin
to dance and show every mark of the most extravagant joy, turning round to
him and pointing to several Indians, whom he now saw advancing on horseback,
sucking her fingers at the same time, to indicate that they were of her
native tribe. As they advanced, Captain Clark discovered among them Drewyer
dressed like an Indian, from whom be learned the situation of the
party. While the boats were performing the circuit, he went toward the
forks with the Indians, who, as they went along, sang aloud with the
greatest appearance of delight.
"We soon drew near the camp, and just as we approached it a woman made
her way through the crowd toward Sacagawea; recognizing each other, they
embraced with the most tender affection. The meeting of these two young women
had in it something peculiarly touching, not only from the ardent manner in
which their feelings were expressed, but also from the real interest of their
situation. They had been companions in childhood; in the war with
the Minnetarees they had both been taken prisoners in the same
battle; they had shared and softened the rigors of their captivity
till one of them had escaped from their enemies with scarce a hope of ever
seeing her friend rescued from their hands.
"While Sacagawea was renewing among the women the friendships of former
days, Captain Clark went on, and was received by Captain Lewis and the chief,
who, after the first embraces and salutations were over, conducted him to a
sort of circular tent or shade of willows. Here he was seated on a
white robe; and the chief immediately tied in his hair six small
shells resembling pearls, an ornament highly valued by these people, who
procure them in the course of trade from the seacoast. The moccasins of the
whole party were then taken off, and, after much ceremony, the smoking
began. After this the conference was to be opened; and, glad of an
opportunity of being able to converse more intelligibly, Sacagawea was sent
for: she came into the tent, sat down, and was beginning to
interpret, when in the person of Cameahwait she recognized her
brother. She instantly jumped up, and ran and embraced him, throwing over
him her blanket, and weeping profusely: the chief was himself moved, though
not in the same degree. After some conversation between them she resumed her
seat, and attempted to interpret for us; but her new situation seemed to
overpower her, and she was frequently interrupted by her tears. After the
council was finished, the unfortunate woman learned that all her family were
dead except two brothers, one of whom was absent, and a son of her eldest
sister, a small boy, who was immediately adopted by her."
The two parties, Indian and white, now went into a conference, the white
chiefs explaining that it would be needful for their Indian friends to
collect all their horses and help to transport the goods of the explorers
over the Great Divide. The journal says:--
"The speech made a favorable impression. The chief, in
reply, thanked us for our expressions of friendship toward himself and his
nation, and declared their willingness to render us every service. He
lamented that it would be so long before they should be supplied with
firearms, but that till then they could subsist as they had heretofore
done. He concluded by saying that there were not horses enough here to
transport our goods, but that he would return to the village to-morrow, bring
all his own horses, and encourage his people to come over with theirs.
The conference being ended to our satisfaction, we now inquired of Cameahwait
what chiefs were among the party, and he pointed out two of them. We
then distributed our presents: to Cameahwait we gave a medal of small size,
with the likeness of President Jefferson, and on the reverse a figure of
hands clasped with a pipe and tomahawk; to this was added an uniform
coat, a shirt, a pair of scarlet leggings, a carrot [or twist] of
tobacco, and some small articles. Each of the other chiefs
received a small medal struck during the presidency of General
Washington, a shirt, handkerchief, leggings, knife, and some
tobacco. Medals of the same sort were also presented to two young
warriors, who, though not chiefs, were promising youths and very much
respected in the tribe. These honorary gifts were followed by
presents of paint, moccasins, awls, knives, beads, and looking-glasses. We
also gave them all a plentiful meal of Indian corn, of which the hull is
taken off by being boiled in lye; as this was the first they had ever tasted,
they were very much pleased with it. They had, indeed, abundant sources of
surprise in all they saw-- the appearance of the men, their arms, their
clothing, the canoes, the strange looks of the negro, and the sagacity of our
dog, all in turn shared their admiration, which was raised to
astonishment by a shot from the air-gun. This operation was instantly
considered `great medicine,' by which they, as well as the other
Indians, mean something emanating directly from the Great Spirit, or
produced by his invisible and incomprehensible agency. . . .
"After the council was over we consulted as to our future
operations. The game did not promise to last here for many days; and this
circumstance combined with many others to induce our going on as soon as
possible. Our Indian information as to the state of the Columbia was of a
very alarming kind; and our first object was, of course, to ascertain the
practicability of descending it, of which the Indians discouraged our
expectations. It was therefore agreed that Captain Clark should set off in
the morning with eleven men, furnished, besides their arms, with tools for
making canoes: that he should take Chaboneau and his wife to the camp of the
Shoshonees, where he was to leave them, in order to hasten the collection of
horses; that he should then lead his men down to the Columbia, and if be
found it navigable, and the timber in sufficient quantity, begin to build
canoes. As soon as he had decided as to the propriety of proceeding down the
Columbia or across the mountains, be was to send back one of the men with
information of it to Captain Lewis, who by that time would have brought up
the whole party, and the rest of the baggage, as far as the Shoshonee
village. Preparations were accordingly made at once to carry out the
arrangement. . . . . . . . . .
"In order to relieve the men of Captain Clark's party from the heavy
weight of their arms, provisions, and tools, we exposed a few articles to
barter for horses, and soon obtained three very good ones, in exchange for
which we gave a uniform coat, a pair of leggings, a few
handkerchiefs, three knives, and some other small articles, the whole of
which did not, in the United States, cost more than twenty dollars; a
fourth was purchased by the men for an old checkered shirt, a pair of old
leggings, and a knife. The Indians seemed to be quite as well pleased
as ourselves at the bargain they had made. We now found that the two inferior
chiefs were somewhat displeased at not having received a present equal to
that given to the great chief, who appeared in a dress so much finer than
their own. To allay their discontent, we bestowed on them two old
coats, and promised them if they were active in assisting us across the
mountains they should have an additional present. This treatment completely
reconciled them, and the whole Indian party, except two men and two women,
set out in perfect good humor to return to their home with Captain
Clark."
Chapter XIV
Across the Great Divide
Captain Clark had now left the water-shed of the Missouri behind
him, and was pressing on, over a broken, hilly country, to the lands from
which issue the tributaries of the Columbia. The Indian village which
Captain Lewis had previously visited had been removed two miles up the stream
on which it was situated, and was reached by Clark on August 20. The party
was very ceremoniously received by Chief Cameahwait, and all hands began to
explain to the white men the difficulties of the situation. How to transport
the canoes and baggage over the mountains to some navigable stream leading
into the Columbia was now the serious problem. The Indian chief and his old
men dwelt on the obstacles in the way and argued that it was too late in the
season to make the attempt. They even urged the white men to stay with them
until another spring, when Indian guides would be furnished them to proceed
on their journey westward.
On the twenty-first, Clark passed the junction of two streams, the
Salmon and the Lemhi, which is now the site of Salmon City, Idaho. As
Captain Lewis was the first white man who had seen these waters, Clark gave
to the combined water-course the name of Lewis' River. The mountains
here assumed a formidable aspect, and the stream was too narrow, rapid, and
rock-bound to admit of navigation. The journal says of Captain
Clark:--
He soon began to perceive that the Indian accounts had not been
exaggerated. At the distance of a mile he passed a small creek [on the
right], and the points of four mountains, which were rocky, and so high that
it seemed almost impossible to cross them with horses. The road lay over the
sharp fragments of rocks which had fallen from the mountains, and were
strewed in heaps for miles together; yet the horses, altogether unshod,
travelled across them as fast as the men, without detaining them a
moment. They passed two bold running streams, and reached the entrance
of a small river, where a few Indian families resided, who had not been
previously acquainted with the arrival of the whites; the guide was
behind, and the woods were so thick that we came upon them
unobserved, till at a very short distance. As soon as they saw us the
women and children fled in great consternation; the men offered
us everything they had--the fish on the scaffolds, the dried berries, and
the collars of elks' tushes worn by the children. We took only a small
quantity of the food, and gave them in return some small articles which
conduced very much to pacify them. The guide now coming up, explained to them
who we were and the object of our visit, which seemed to relieve their
fears; still a number of the women and children did not recover from their
fright, but cried during our stay, which lasted about an hour. The guide,
whom we found a very intelligent, friendly old man, informed us that up this
river there was a road which led over the mountains to the Missouri."
To add to their difficulties, game had almost entirely disappeared, and
the abundant fish in the river could not be caught for lack of proper
fishing-tackle. Timber from which canoes could be made, there was none, and
the rapids in the rivers were sharp and violent. With his Indian guide and
three men, Captain Clark now pressed on his route of survey, leaving the
remainder of his men behind to hunt and fish. He went down the Salmon River
about fifty-two miles, making his way as best he could along its banks.
Finding the way absolutely blocked for their purposes, Captain Clark returned
on the twenty-fifth of August and rejoined the party that he had left
behind. These had not been able to kill anything, and for a time
starvation stared them in the face. Under date of August 27, the journal
says:--
"The men, who were engaged last night in mending their moccasins, all
except one, went out hunting, but no game was to be procured. One of the men,
however, killed a small salmon, and the Indians made a present of another, on
which the whole party made a very slight breakfast. These Indians, to whom
this life is familiar, seem contented, although they depend for subsistence
on the scanty productions of the fishery. But our men, who are used to
hardships, but have been accustomed to have the first wants of nature
regularly supplied, feel very sensibly their wretched situation; their
strength is wasting away; they begin to express their apprehensions of being
without food in a country perfectly destitute of any means of supporting
life, except a few fish. In the course of the day an Indian brought into the
camp five salmon, two of which Captain Clark bought and made a supper for the
party."
Two days later, Captain Clark and his men joined the main party, having
met the only repulse that was suffered by the expedition from first to
last. Eluding the vigilance of the Indians, caches, or hiding-places,
for the baggage were constructed, filled, and concealed, the work being
done after dark. The weather was now very cold, although August had not
passed. Ink froze in the pen during the night, and the meadows were white
with frost; but the days were warm, even hot.
In the absence of Captain Clark, his colleague and party had been
visited by Cameahwait and about fifty of his band, with their women and
children. Captain Lewis' journal says:--
"After they had camped near us and turned loose their horses, we called
a council of all the chiefs and warriors, and addressed them in a
speech. Additional presents were then distributed, particularly to the
two second chiefs, who had, agreeably to their promises, exerted themselves
in our favor. The council was then adjourned, and all the Indians
were treated with an abundant meal of boiled Indian corn and beans. The
poor wretches, who had no animal food and scarcely anything but a few fish,
had been almost starved, and received this new luxury with great
thankfulness. Out of compliment to the chief, we gave him a few dried
squashes, which we had brought from the Mandans, and he declared it was the
best food he had ever tasted except sugar, a small lump of which he had
received from his sister Sacagawea. He now declared how happy they
should all be to live in a country which produced so many good things; and
we told him that it would not be long before the white men would put it in
their power to live below the mountains, where they might themselves
cultivate all these kinds of food, instead of wandering in the
mountains. He appeared to be much pleased with this information, and
the whole party being now in excellent temper after their repast, we began
our purchase of horses. We soon obtained five very good ones, on very
reasonable terms-- that is, by giving for each horse merchandise which cost
us originally about $6. We have again to admire the perfect decency and
propriety of the Indians; for though so numerous, they do not attempt to
crowd round our camp or take anything which they see lying about, and
whenever they borrow knives or kettles or any other article from the men,
they return them with great fidelity."
Captain Lewis anxiously wished to push on to meet Clark, who, as we have
seen, was then far down on the Salmon River. Lewis was still at the
forks of Jefferson River, it should be borne in mind; and their objective
point was the upper Shoshonee village on the Lemhi River, across the
divide. While on the way over the divide, Lewis was greatly troubled by the
freaks of the Indians, who, regardless of their promises, would propose to
return to the buffalo country on the eastern side of the mountains. Learning
that Cameahwait and his chiefs had sent a messenger over to the Lemhi to
notify the village to come and join an expedition of this sort, Captain Lewis
was dismayed. His journal says:--
"Alarmed at this new caprice of the Indians, which, if not
counteracted, threatened to leave ourselves and our baggage on the mountains,
or even if we reached the waters of the Columbia, to prevent our obtaining
horses to go on further, Captain Lewis immediately called the three chiefs
together. After smoking a pipe he asked them if they were men of their word,
and if we could rely on their promises. They readily answered in the
affirmative. He then asked if they had not agreed to assist us in carrying
our baggage over the mountains. To this they also answered yes.
`Why, then,' said he, `have you requested your people to meet us to-morrow
where it will be impossible for us to trade for horses, as you promised we
should? If,' he continued, `you had not promised to help us in
transporting our goods over the mountains, we should not have attempted it,
but have returned down the river; after which no white men would ever have
come into your country. If you wish the whites to be your friends, to
bring you arms, and to protect you from your enemies, you should never
promise what you do not mean to perform. When I first met you, you doubted
what I said, yet you afterward saw that I told you the truth. How,
therefore, can you doubt what I now tell you? You see that I divide amongst
you the meat which my hunters kill, and I promise to give all who assist us a
share of whatever we have to eat. If, therefore, you intend to keep your
promise, send one of the young men immediately, to order the people to remain
at the village till we arrive.' The two inferior chiefs then said that they
had wished to keep their word and to assist us; that they had not sent for
the people, but on the contrary had disapproved of that measure, which was
done wholly by the first chief. Cameahwait remained silent for some time; at
last he said that he knew he had done wrong, but that, seeing his people all
in want of provisions, he had wished to hasten their departure for the
country where their wants might be supplied. He, however, now declared
that, having passed his word, he would never violate it, and counter-orders
were immediately sent to the village by a young man, to whom we gave a
handkerchief in order to ensure despatch and fidelity. . . .
"This difficulty being now adjusted, our march was resumed with
an unusual degree of alacrity on the part of the Indians. We
passed a spot where, six years ago, the Shoshonees had suffered a very
severe defeat from the Minnetarees; and late in the evening we reached the
upper part of the cove, where the creek enters the mountains. The part of the
cove on the northeast side of the creek has lately been burned, most probably
as a signal on some occasion. Here we were joined by our hunters with a
single deer, which Captain Lewis gave, as a proof of his sincerity, to the
women and children, and remained supperless himself. As we came along we
observed several large hares, some ducks, and many of the cock of the
plains: in the low grounds of the cove were also considerable
quantities of wild onions."
Arriving at the Shoshonee village on the Lemhi, Captain Lewis found a
note from Captain Clark, sent back by a runner, informing him of the
difficulty and impossibility of a water route to the Columbia.
Cameahwait, being told that his white friends would now need twenty more
horses, said that he would do what he could to help them. The journal
here adds:--
"In order not to lose the present favorable moment, and to keep the
Indians as cheerful as possible, the violins were brought out and our men
danced, to the great diversion of the Indians. This mirth was the more
welcome because our situation was not precisely that which would most dispose
us to gayety; for we have only a little parched corn to eat, and our
means of subsistence or of success depend on the wavering temper of the
natives, who may change their minds to-morrow. . . .
"The Shoshonees are a small tribe of the nation called the Snake
Indians, a vague appellation, which embraces at once the inhabitants of the
southern parts of the Rocky Mountains and of the plains on either
side. The Shoshonees with whom we now were amount to about one hundred
warriors, and three times that number of women and children. Within
their own recollection they formerly lived in the plains, but they have
been driven into the mountains by the Pahkees, or the roving Indians
of the Sascatchawan, and are now obliged to visit occasionally, and by
stealth, the country of their ancestors. Their lives, indeed, are
migratory. From the middle of May to the beginning of September they reside
on the headwaters of the Columbia, where they consider themselves
perfectly secure from the Pahkees, who have never yet found their way to that
retreat. During this time they subsist chiefly on salmon, and, as that fish
disappears on the approach of autumn, they are driven to seek subsistence
elsewhere. They then cross the ridge to the waters of the Missouri, down
which they proceed slowly and cautiously, till they are joined near the Three
Forks by other bands, either of their own nation or of the Flatheads, with
whom they associate against the common enemy. Being now strong in
numbers, they venture to hunt the buffalo in the plains eastward of the
mountains, near which they spend the winter, till the return of the salmon
invites them to the Columbia. But such is their terror of the Pahkees,
that, so long as they can obtain the scantiest subsistence, they do not leave
the interior of the mountains; and, as soon as they have collected a large
stock of dried meat, they again retreat, thus alternately obtaining their
food at the hazard of their lives, and hiding themselves to consume it.
"In this loose and wandering life they suffer the extremes of want; for
two thirds of the year they are forced to live in the mountains, passing
whole weeks without meat, and with nothing to eat but a few fish and
roots. Nor can anything be imagined more wretched than their condition
at the present time, when the salmon is fast retiring, when roots are
becoming scarce, and they have not yet acquired strength to hazard an
encounter with their enemies. So insensible are they, however, to these
calamities, that the Shoshonees are not only cheerful, but even gay; and
their character, which is more interesting than that of any Indians we have
seen, has in it much of the dignity of misfortune. In their intercourse with
strangers they are frank and communicative; in their dealings they are
perfectly fair; nor have we, during our stay with them, had any reason to
suspect that the display of all our new and valuable wealth has tempted them
into a single act of dishonesty. While they have generally shared with us the
little they possess, they have always abstained from begging anything from
us. With their liveliness of temper, they are fond of gaudy dresses and
all sorts of amusements, particularly games of hazard; and, like most
Indians, delight in boasting of their warlike exploits, either real or
fictitious. In their conduct towards us they have been kind and
obliging; and though on one occasion they seemed willing to neglect us, yet
we scarcely knew how to blame the treatment by which we were to
suffer, when we recollected how few civilized chiefs would have hazarded the
comforts or the subsistence of their people for the sake of a few
strangers. . . . . . . . . .
"As war is the chief occupation, bravery is the first virtue among the
Shoshonees. None can hope to be distinguished without having given
proofs of it, nor can there be any preferment or influence among the nation,
without some warlike achievement. Those important events which give
reputation to a warrior, and entitle him to a new name, are: killing a
white [or grizzly] bear, stealing individually the horses of the
enemy, leading a party who happen to be successful either in
plundering horses or destroying the enemy, and lastly, scalping a
warrior. These acts seem of nearly equal dignity, but the last, that of
taking an enemy's scalp, is an honor quite independent of the act of
vanquishing him. To kill your adversary is of no importance unless the
scalp is brought from the field of battle; were a warrior to slay any number
of his enemies in action, and others were to obtain the scalps or first touch
the dead, they would have all the honors, since they have borne off the
trophy. . . . . . . . . .
"The names of these Indians vary in the course of their life. Originally
given in childhood, from the mere necessity of distinguishing objects, or
from some accidental resemblance to external objects, the young warrior is
impatient to change it by some achievement of his own. Any important
event--the stealing of horses, the scalping of an enemy, or the killing of a
brown bear--entitles him at once to a new name, which he then selects for
himself, and it is confirmed by the nation. Sometimes the two names subsist
together; thus, the chief Cameahwait, which means `One Who Never Walks,' has
the war-name of Tooettecone, or `Black Gun,' which he acquired when he first
signalized himself. As each new action gives a warrior a right to change his
name, many of them have several in the course of their lives. To
give to a friend one's own name is an act of high courtesy, and a
pledge, like that of pulling off the moccasin, of sincerity and
hospitality. The chief in this way gave his name to Captain Clark when he
first arrived, and he was afterward known among the Shoshonees by the name of
Cameahwait."
On the thirtieth of August, the whole expedition being now reunited, and
a sufficient number of horses having been purchased of the Shoshonees, the
final start across the mountains was begun. The journal says:
"The greater part of the band, who had delayed their journey on our
account, were also ready to depart. We took leave of the Shoshonees,
who set out on their visit to the Missouri at the same time that we,
accompanied by the old guide, his four sons, and another Indian, began the
descent of the Lemhi River, along the same road which Captain Clark had
previously pursued. After riding twelve miles we camped on the south bank of
this river, and as the hunters had brought in three deer early in the
morning, we did not feel the want of provisions."
Three days later, all the Indians, except the old guide, left them. They
now passed up Fish Creek, and finding no track leading over the mountains
they cut their way. Their journal says:--
"This we effected with much difficulty; the thickets of trees and
brush through which we were obliged to cut our way required great
labor; the road itself was over the steep and rocky sides of the
hills, where the horses could not move without danger of slipping
down, while their feet were bruised by the rocks and stumps of
trees. Accustomed as these animals were to this kind of life, they
suffered severely; several of them fell to some distance down the sides of
the hills, some turned over with the baggage, one was crippled, and two gave
out, exhausted with fatigue. After crossing the creek several times we at
last made five miles, with great fatigue and labor, and camped on the left
side of the creek in a small stony low ground. It was not, however,
till after dark that the whole party was collected; and then, as it
rained and we had killed nothing, we passed an uncomfortable night. The
party had been too busily occupied with the horses to make any hunting
excursion; and though, as we came along Fish Creek, we saw many beaver-dams,
we saw none of the animals themselves."
The Indian guide appears here to have lost his way; but, not dismayed,
he pushed on through a trackless wilderness, sometimes travelling on the snow
that now covered the mountains. On the fourth of September, the party came
upon a large encampment of Indians, who received them with much
ceremony. The journal says:--
"September 5, we assembled the chiefs and warriors, and informed
them who we were, and the purpose for which we had visited their
country. All this was, however, conveyed to them through so many different
languages, that it was not comprehended without difficulty. We
therefore proceeded to the more intelligible language of presents, and made
four chiefs by giving a medal and a small quantity of tobacco to each. We
received in turn from the principal chief a present consisting of the skins
of a blaireau (badger), an otter, and two antelopes, and were treated by the
women to some dried roots and berries. We then began to traffic for horses,
and succeeded in exchanging seven and purchasing eleven, for which we gave a
few articles of merchandise.
"This encampment consists of thirty-three tents, in which were about
four hundred souls, among whom eighty were men. They are called Ootlashoots,
and represent themselves as one band of a nation called Tushepaws, a numerous
people of four hundred and fifty tents, residing on the head-waters of the
Missouri and Columbia rivers, and some of them lower down the latter
river. In person these Indians are stout, and their complexion
lighter than that common among Indians. The hair of the men is
worn in queues of otter skin, falling in front over the shoulders. A shirt
of dressed skin covers the body to the knee, and over this is worn
occasionally a robe. To these are added leggings and moccasins. The
women suffer their hair to fall in disorder over the face and shoulders, and
their chief article of covering is a long shirt of skin, reaching down to the
ankles, and tied round the waist. In other respects, as also in the few
ornaments which they possess, their appearance is similar to that of the
Shoshonees: there is, however, a difference between the languages of
these two people, which is still farther increased by the very
extraordinary pronunciation of the Ootlashoots. Their words have all a
remarkably guttural sound, and there is nothing which seems to
represent the tone of their speaking more exactly than the clucking of a
fowl or the noise of a parrot. This peculiarity renders their
voices scarcely audible, except at a short distance; and, when many of
them are talking, forms a strange confusion of sounds. The common
conversation that we overheard consisted of low, guttural sounds,
occasionally broken by a low word or two, after which it would relapse, and
could scarcely be distinguished. They seemed kind and friendly, and willingly
shared with us berries and roots, which formed their sole stock of
provisions. Their only wealth is their horses, which are very fine, and
so numerous that this party had with them at least five hundred."
These Indians were on their way to join the other bands who were
hunting buffalo on the Jefferson River, across the Great Divide. They
set out the next morning, and the explorers resumed their toilsome
journey, travelling generally in a northwesterly direction and looking for
a pass across the Bitter Root Mountains. Very soon, all
indications of game disappeared, and, September 14, they were forced to kill
a colt, their stock of animal food being exhausted. They pressed on,
however, through a savage wilderness, having frequent need to recur to
horse-flesh. Here is an entry under date of September 18, in the
journal: "We melted some snow, and supped on a little portable soup, a
few canisters of which, with about twenty pounds' weight of bear's
oil, are our only remaining means of subsistence. Our guns are
scarcely of any service, for there is no living creature in these
mountains, except a few small pheasants, a small species of gray squirrel,
and a blue bird of the vulture kind, about the size of a turtle-dove, or
jay. Even these are difficult to shoot."
"A bold running creek," up which Captain Clark passed on September 19,
was appropriately named by him "Hungry Creek," as at that place they had
nothing to eat. But, at about six miles' distance from the head of the
stream, "he fortunately found a horse, on which he breakfasted, and hung the
rest on a tree for the party in the rear." This was one of the wild
horses, strayed from Indian bands, which they found in the wilderness, too
wild to be caught and used, but not too wild to shoot and eat. Later, on the
same day, this entry is made in the journal:
"The road along the creek is a narrow rocky path near the borders of
very high precipices, from which a fall seems almost inevitable
destruction. One of our horses slipped and rolled over with his load down the
hillside, which was nearly perpendicular and strewed with large irregular
rocks, nearly one hundred yards, and did not stop till he fell into the
creek. We all expected he was killed, but to our astonishment, on
taking off his load he rose, seemed but little injured, and in
twenty minutes proceeded with his load. Having no other
provision, we took some portable soup, our only refreshment during the
day. This abstinence, joined with fatigue, has a visible effect on our
health. The men are growing weak and losing their flesh very fast; several
are afflicted with dysentery, and eruptions of the skin are very
common."
Next day, the party descended the last of the Bitter Root range and
reached level country. They were at last over the Great Divide.
Three Indian boys were discovered hiding in the grass, in great alarm.
Captain Clark at once dismounted from his horse, and, making signs of amity,
went after the boys. He calmed their terrors, and, giving them some bits of
ribbon, sent them home.
"Soon after the boys reached home, a man came out to meet the
party, with great caution; but he conducted them to a large tent in the
village, and all the inhabitants gathered round to view with a mixture of
fear and pleasure these wonderful strangers. The conductor now informed
Captain Clark, by signs, that the spacious tent was the residence of the
great chief, who had set out three days ago with all the warriors to
attack some of their enemies toward the southwest; that he would
not return before fifteen or eighteen days, and that in the mean
time there were only a few men left to guard the women and children. They
now set before them a small piece of buffalo-meat, some dried salmon,
berries, and several kinds of roots. Among these last is one which is round,
much like an onion in appearance, and sweet to the taste. It is called
quamash, and is eaten either in its natural state, or boiled into a
kind of soup, or made into a cake, which is then called pasheco. After the
long abstinence this was a sumptuous treat. They returned the kindness of the
people by a few small presents, and then went on in company with one of the
chiefs to a second village in the same plain, at the distance of two
miles. Here the party were treated with great kindness, and passed the
night. The hunters were sent out, but, though they saw some tracks of
deer, were not able to procure anything."
The root which the Indians used in so many ways is now known as
camas; it is still much sought for by the Nez Perces and other wandering
tribes in the Northwest, and Camas Prairie, in that region, derives its
name from the much-sought-for vegetable.
Captain Clark and his men stayed with these hospitable Indians several
days. The free use of wholesome food, to which he had not lately been
accustomed, made Clark very ill, and he contented himself with staying in the
Indian villages, of which. there were two. These Indians called
themselves Chopunnish, or Pierced Noses; this latter name is now more
commonly rendered Nez Perces, the French voyageurs having given it that
translation into their own tongue. But these people, so far as known, did not
pierce their noses. After sending a man back on the trail to notify Captain
Lewis of his progress, Captain Clark went on to the village of Chief
Twisted-hair. Most of the women and children, though notified of the coming
of the white man, were so scared by the appearance of the strangers that they
fled to the woods. The men, however, received them without fear and gave them
a plentiful supply of food. They were now on one of the upper
branches of the Kooskooskee River, near what is the site of Pierce
City, county seat of Shoshonee County, Idaho. The Indians
endeavored, by means of signs, to explain to their visitors the
geography of the country beyond.
"Among others, Twisted-hair drew a chart of the river on a white
elk-skin. According to this, the Kooskooskee forks [confluence of its North
fork] a few miles from this place; two days toward the south is another and
larger fork [confluence of Snake River], on which the Shoshonee or Snake
Indians fish; five days' journey further is a large river from the
northwest [that is, the Columbia itself] into which Clark's River
empties; from the mouth of that river [that is, confluence of the
Snake with the Columbia] to the falls is five days' journey further; on
all the forks as well as on the main river great numbers of Indians
reside."
On the twenty-third of September, Captain Lewis and his party
having come up, the white men assembled the Indians and explained to
them where they came from and what was their errand across the
continent. The Indians appeared to be entirely satisfied, and they sold
their visitors as much provisions as their half-famished horses could
carry. The journal here says:--
"All around the village the women are busily employed in gathering and
dressing the pasheco-root, of which large quantities are heaped in piles over
the plain. We now felt severely the consequence of eating heartily
after our late privations. Captain Lewis and two of the men were taken very
ill last evening; to-day he could hardly sit on his horse, while others were
obliged to be put on horseback, and some, from extreme weakness and
pain, were forced to lie down alongside of the road for some time. At
sunset we reached the island where the hunters had been left on the
22d. They had been unsuccessful, having killed only two deer since that
time, and two of them were very sick. A little below this island is a larger
one on which we camped, and administered Rush's pills to the sick."
The illness of the party continued for several days, and not
much progress was made down-stream. Having camped, on the
twenty-seventh of September, in the Kooskooskee River, at a place where
plenty of good timber was found, preparations for building five canoes were
begun. From this time to the fifth of October, all the men capable of
labor were employed in preparing the canoes. The health of the
party gradually recruited, though they still suffered severely from
want of food; and, as the hunters had but little success in procuring
game, they were obliged on the second to kill one of their horses. Indians
from different quarters frequently visited them, but all that could be
obtained from them was a little fish and some dried roots. This diet was not
only unnutritious, but in many cases it caused dysentery and nausea.
Chapter XV
Down the Pacific Slope
The early days of October were spent in making preparations for
the descent of the river,--the Kooskooskee. Here they made their
canoes, and they called their stopping-place Canoe Camp. This was
at the junction of the north fork of the river with the main stream; and
all below that point is called the Lower Kooskooskee, while that above is
known as the upper river. The latitude of the camp, according to the
journal of the explorers, was 46'0 34' 56" north. Here they buried in a cache
their saddles, horse-gear, and a small supply of powder and musket balls for
possible emergencies. The Kooskooskee, it should be borne in mind, is now
better known as the Clearwater; it empties into the Snake River, and that
into the Columbia. As far as the explorers knew the water-course
down which they were to navigate, they called it Clark's River, in
honor of Captain Clark. But modern geographers have displaced the
name of that eminent explorer and map-maker and have divided the
stream, or streams, with other nomenclature.
On the eighth of October the party set out on their long water journey
in five canoes, one of which was a small craft intended to go on ahead and
pilot the way (which, of course, was unknown) for the four larger ones, in
which travelled the main party with their luggage. They met with
disaster very soon after their start, one of the canoes having struck a rock,
which made a hole in its side and caused the sinking of the
craft. Fortunately, no lives were lost, but the voyage was
interrupted. The party went ashore and did not resume their journey until
their luggage was dried and the canoe repaired. On the ninth, says the
journal:--
"The morning was as usual cool; but as the weather both yesterday and
to-day was cloudy, our merchandise dried but slowly. The boat, though much
injured, was repaired by ten o'clock so as to be perfectly fit for service;
but we were obliged to remain during the day till the articles were
sufficiently dry to be reloaded. The interval we employed in purchasing fish
for the voyage, and conversing with the Indians. In the afternoon we
were surprised at hearing that our old Shoshonee guide and his son had left
us and had been seen running up the river several miles above. As he had
never given any notice of his intention, nor had even received his pay for
guiding us, we could not imagine the cause of his desertion; nor did he ever
return to explain his conduct. We requested the chief to send a horseman
after him to request that he would return and receive what we owed
him. From this, however, he dissuaded us, and said very frankly that his
nation, the Chopunnish, would take from the old man any presents that he
might have on passing their camp. The Indians came about our camp at night,
and were very gay and good-humored with the men. Among other
exhibitions was that of a squaw who appeared to be crazy. She sang in a
wild, incoherent manner, and offered to the spectators all the little
articles she possessed, scarifying herself in a horrid manner if anyone
refused her present. She seemed to be an object of pity among the Indians,
who suffered her to do as she pleased without interruption."
The river was full of rapids and very dangerous rocks and reefs, and the
voyagers were able to make only twenty miles a day for some distance along
the stream. At the confluence of the Kooskooskee and the Snake River
they camped for the night, near the present site of Lewiston, Idaho.
This city, first settled in May, 1861, and incorporated in 1863, was named
for Captain Lewis of our expedition. From this point the party crossed over
into the present State of Washington. Of their experience at their camp
here the journal says:--
"Our arrival soon attracted the attention of the Indians, who flocked in
all directions to see us. In the evening the Indian from the falls,
whom we had seen at Rugged rapid, joined us with his son in a small canoe,
and insisted on accompanying us to the falls. Being again reduced to fish and
roots, we made an experiment to vary our food by purchasing a few dogs, and
after having been accustomed to horse-flesh, felt no disrelish for this new
dish. The Chopunnish have great numbers of dogs, which they employ for
domestic purposes, but never eat; and our using the flesh of that animal soon
brought us into ridicule as dog-eaters."
When Fremont and his men crossed the continent to California, in 1842,
they ate the flesh of that species of marmot which we know as the
prairie-dog. Long afterwards, when Fremont was a candidate for the office of
President of the United States, this fact was recalled to the minds of men,
and the famous explorer was denounced as "a dog-eater."
The journal of the explorers gives this interesting account of the
Indians among whom they now found themselves:--
"The Chopunnish or Pierced-nose nation, who reside on the
Kooskooskee and Lewis' [Snake] rivers, are in person stout, portly,
well-looking men; the women are small, with good features and generally
handsome, though the complexion of both sexes is darker than that of the
Tushepaws. In dress they resemble that nation, being fond of displaying
their ornaments. The buffalo or elk-skin robe decorated with beads;
sea-shells, chiefly mother-of-pearl, attached to an otter-skin collar and
hung in the hair, which falls in front in two cues; feathers, paints of
different kinds, principally white, green, and light blue, all of which they
find in their own country; these are the chief ornaments they use. In the
winter they wear a short skirt of dressed skins, long painted leggings and
moccasins, and a plait of twisted grass round the neck. The dress of the
women is more simple, consisting of a long shirt of argalia [argali] or ibex
[bighorn] skin, reaching down to the ankles, without a girdle; to this are
tied little pieces of brass, shells, and other small articles; but the head
is not at all ornamented.
"The Chopunnish have very few amusements, for their life is painful and
laborious; all their exertions are necessary to earn even their precarious
subsistence. During the summer and autumn they are busily occupied in
fishing for salmon and collecting their winter store of roots. In winter they
hunt the deer on snow-shoes over the plains, and toward spring cross the
mountains to the Missouri for the purpose of rafficking for buffalo-robe. The
inconveniences of their comfortless life are increased by frequent encounters
with their enemies from the west, who drive them over the mountains with the
loss of their horses, and sometimes the lives of many of the nation."
After making a short stage on their journey, October 11, the
party stopped to trade with the Indians, their stock of provisions being
low. They were able to purchase a quantity of salmon and seven dogs. They
saw here a novel kind of vapor bath which is thus described in the
journal:--
"While this traffic was going on we observed a vapor bath or
sweating-house, in a different form from that used on the frontier of the
United States or in the Rocky Mountains. It was a hollow square six or
eight feet deep, formed in the river bank by damming up with mud the
other three sides and covering the whole completely, except an
aperture about two feet wide at the top. The bathers descend by this
hole, taking with them a number of heated stones and jugs of water; after
being seated round the room they throw the water on the stones till the steam
becomes of a temperature sufficiently high for their purposes. The baths of
the Indians in the Rocky Mountains are of different sizes, the most common
being made of mud and sticks like an oven, but the mode of raising the steam
is exactly the same. Among both these nations it is very uncommon for a
man to bathe alone; he is generally accompanied by one or sometimes several
of his acquaintances; indeed, it is so essentially a social amusement, that
to decline going in to bathe when invited by a friend is one of the highest
indignities which can be offered to him. The Indians on the frontier
generally use a bath which will accommodate only one person, formed of a
wicker-work of willows about four feet high, arched at the top, and covered
with skins. In this the patient sits, till by means of the heated
stones and water he has perspired sufficiently. Almost universally these
baths are in the neighborhood of running water, into which the Indians plunge
immediately on coming out of the vapor bath, and sometimes return again and
subject themselves to a second perspiration. This practice is, however, less
frequent among our neighboring nations than those to the westward. This
bath is employed either for pleasure or for health, and is used
indiscriminately for all kinds of diseases."
The expedition was now on the Snake River, making all possible speed
toward the Columbia, commonly known to the Indians as "The Great
River." The stream was crowded with dangerous rapids, and sundry
disasters were met with by the way; thus, on the fourteenth of October, a
high wind blowing, one of the canoes was driven upon a rock sidewise and
filled with water. The men on board got out and dragged the canoe upon the
rock, where they held her above water. Another canoe, having been
unloaded, was sent to the relief of the shipwrecked men, who, after being
left on the rock for some time, were taken off without any other loss than
the bedding of two of them. But accidents like this delayed the party, as
they were forced to land and remain long enough to dry the goods that had
been exposed to the water. Several such incidents are told in the journal of
the explorers. Few Indians were to be seen along the banks of the river, but
occasionally the party came to a pile of planks and timbers which were the
materials from which were built the houses of such Indians as came here in
the fishing season to catch a supply for the winter and for trading
purposes. Occasionally, the complete scarcity of fuel compelled the
explorers to depart from their general rule to avoid taking any Indian
property without leave; and they used some of these house materials for
firewood, with the intent to pay the rightful owners, if they should ever be
found. On the sixteenth of October, they met with a party of Indians, of
whom the journal gives this account:--
"After crossing by land we halted for dinner, and whilst we were eating
were visited by five Indians, who came up the river on foot in great
haste. We received them kindly, smoked with them, and gave them a piece
of tobacco to smoke with their tribe. On receiving the present they set out
to return, and continued running as fast as they could while they remained in
sight. Their curiosity had been excited by the accounts of our two chiefs,
who had gone on in order to apprise the tribes of our approach and of our
friendly disposition toward them. After dinner we reloaded the canoes and
proceeded. We soon passed a rapid opposite the upper point of a
sandy island on the left, which has a smaller island near it. At three
miles is a gravelly bar in the river; four miles beyond this the Kimooenim
[Snake] empties into the Columbia, and at its mouth has an island just below
a small rapid.
"We halted above the point of junction, on the Kimooenim, to confer with
the Indians, who had collected in great numbers to receive us. On landing we
were met by our two chiefs, to whose good offices we were indebted for this
reception, and also the two Indians who had passed us a few days since on
horseback; one of whom appeared to be a man of influence, and harangued the
Indians on our arrival. After smoking with the Indians, we formed a camp at
the point where the two rivers unite, near to which we found some
driftwood, and were supplied by our two old chiefs with the stalks of
willows and some small bushes for fuel.
"We had scarcely fixed the camp and got the fires prepared, when a chief
came from the Indian camp about a quarter of a mile up the Columbia, at the
head of nearly two hundred men. They formed a regular procession, keeping
time to the music, or, rather, noise of their drums, which they
accompanied with their voices; and as they advanced, they ranged
themselves in a semicircle around us, and continued singing for some
time. We then smoked with them all, and communicated, as well as we could
by signs, our friendly intentions towards every nation, and our joy at
finding ourselves surrounded by our children. After this we proceeded to
distribute presents among them, giving the principal chief a large medal, a
shirt, and a handkerchief; to the second chief, a medal of a smaller size;
and to a third, who had come down from some of the upper villages, a
small medal and a handkerchief. This ceremony being concluded, they
left us; but in the course of the afternoon several of them returned, and
remained with us till a late hour. After they had dispersed, we proceeded to
purchase provisions, and were enabled to collect seven dogs, to which some of
the Indians added small presents of fish, and one of them gave us
twenty pounds of fat dried horse-flesh."
The explorers were still in the country which is now the State of
Washington, at a point where the counties of Franklin, Yakima, and Walla
Walla come together, at the junction of the Snake and the Columbia. We
quote now from the journal:--
"From the point of junction the country is a continued plain, low
near the water, from which it rises gradually, and the only elevation to be
seen is a range of high country running from northeast to southwest, where
it joins a range of mountains from the southwest, and is on the
opposite side about two miles from the Columbia. There is on this plain
no tree, and scarcely any shrubs, except a few willow-bushes; even of smaller
plants there is not much more than the prickly-pear, which is in great
abundance, and is even more thorny and troublesome than any we have yet
seen. During this time the principal chief came down with several of his
warriors, and smoked with us. We were also visited by several men and
women, who offered dogs and fish for sale; but as the fish was out of
season, and at present abundant in the river, we contented ourselves with
purchasing all the dogs we could obtain.
"The nation among which we now are call themselves Sokulks; with them
are united a few of another nation, who reside on a western branch which
empties into the Columbia a few miles above the mouth of the latter river,
and whose name is Chimnapum. The languages of these two nations, of
each of which we obtained a vocabulary, differ but little from each other, or
from that of the Chopunnish who inhabit the Kooskooskee and Lewis'
rivers. In their dress and general appearance they also much resemble
those nations; the men wearing a robe of deer- or antelope-skin, under which
a few of them have a short leathern shirt. The most striking difference
is among the females, the Sokulk women being more inclined to
corpulency than any we have yet seen. Their stature is low, their faces
are broad, and their heads flattened in such a manner that the forehead is
in a straight line from the nose to the crown of the head. Their eyes are of
a dirty sable, their hair is coarse and black, and braided without ornament
of any kind. Instead of wearing, as do the Chopunnish, long leathern
shirts highly decorated with beads and shells, the Sokulk women have no other
covering but a truss or piece of leather tied round the hips, and drawn tight
between the legs. The ornaments usually worn by both sexes are large blue or
white beads, either pendant from their ears, or round the neck, wrists, and
arms; they have likewise bracelets of brass, copper, and born, and
some trinkets of shells, fishbones, and curious feathers.
"The houses of the Sokulks are made of large mats of rushes, and are
generally of a square or oblong form, varying in length from fifteen to sixty
feet, and supported in the inside by poles or forks about six feet
high. The top is covered with mats, leaving a space of twelve or
fifteen inches the whole length of the house, for the purpose of
admitting the light and suffering the smoke to escape. The roof is
nearly flat, which seems to indicate that rains are not common in this open
country; and the house is not divided into apartments, the fire being in
the middle of the enclosure, and immediately under the bole in the
roof. The interior is ornamented with their nets, gigs, and other
fishing-tackle, as well as the bow of each inmate, and a large quiver of
arrows, which are headed with flint.
"The Sokulks seem to be of a mild and peaceable disposition, and live in
a state of comparative happiness. The men, like those on the Kimooenim,
are said to content themselves with a single wife, with whom the husband, we
observe, shares the labors of procuring subsistence much more than is common
among savages. What may be considered an unequivocal proof of their good
disposition, is the great respect which is shown to old age. Among
other marks of it, we noticed in one of the houses an old woman perfectly
blind, and who, we were told, had lived more than a hundred winters. In
this state of decrepitude, she occupied the best position in the house,
seemed to be treated with great kindness, and whatever she said was listened
to with much attention. They are by no means obtrusive; and as their
fisheries supply them with a competent, if not an abundant subsistence,
although they receive thankfully whatever we choose to give, they do
not importune us by begging. Fish is, indeed, their chief
food, except roots and casual supplies of antelope, which latter, to those
who have only bows and arrows, must be very scanty. This diet may be the
direct or the remote cause of the chief disorder which prevails among them,
as well as among the Flatheads on the Kooskooskee and Lewis' rivers.
With all these Indians a bad soreness of the eyes is a very common disorder,
which is suffered to ripen by neglect, till many are deprived of one of
their eyes, and some have totally lost the use of both. This dreadful
calamity may reasonably, we think, be imputed to the constant reflection of
the sun on the waters, where they are constantly fishing in the spring,
summer, and fall, and during the rest of the year on the snows of a
country which affords no object to relieve the sight.
"Among the Sokulks, indeed among all the tribes whose chief
subsistence is fish, we have observed that bad teeth are very general; some
have the teeth, particularly those of the upper jaw, worn down to the
gums, and many of both sexes, even of middle age, have lost them almost
entirely. This decay of the teeth is a circumstance very unusual among
Indians, either of the mountains or the plains, and seems peculiar to the
inhabitants of the Columbia. We cannot avoid regarding as one principal
cause of it the manner in which they eat their food. The roots are
swallowed as they are dug from the ground, frequently covered with a gritty
sand; so little idea have they that this is offensive that all the roots
they offer us for sale are in the same condition."
The explorers were now at the entrance of the mighty Columbia,--"The
Great River" of which they had heard so much from the Indians. We might
suppose that when they actually embarked upon the waters of the famous
stream, variously known as "The River of the North" and "The Oregon," the
explorers would be touched with a little of the enthusiasm with which
they straddled the headwaters of the Missouri and gazed upon
the snow-covered peaks of the Rocky Mountains. But no such
kindling of the imagination seems to have been noted in their journal. In
this commonplace way, according to their own account, Captain Clark entered
upon the mighty Columbia:--
"In the course of the day [October 17, 1805], Captain Clark, in a small
canoe with two men, ascended the Columbia. At the distance of five
miles he passed an island in the middle of the river, at the head of which
was a small but not dangerous rapid. On the left bank, opposite to this
island, was a fishing-place consisting of three mat houses. Here were
great quantities of salmon drying on scaffolds; and, indeed, from the mouth
of the river upward, he saw immense numbers of dead salmon strewed along the
shore, or floating on the surface of the water, which is so clear that the
fish may be seen swimming at the depth of fifteen or twenty feet. The
Indians, who had collected on the banks to observe him, now joined him in
eighteen canoes, and accompanied him up the river. A mile above the rapids he
came to the lower point of an island, where the course of the stream, which
had been from its mouth north eighty-three degrees west, now became due
west. He proceeded in that direction, until, observing three house's of
mats at a short distance, he landed to visit them. On entering one of these
houses, he found it crowded with men, women, and children, who immediately
provided a mat for him to sit on, and one of the party undertook to prepare
something to eat. He began by bringing in a piece of pine wood that had
drifted down the river, which he split into small pieces with a wedge made of
elkhorn, by means of a mallet of stone curiously carved. The pieces of
wood were then laid on the fire, and several round stones placed upon
them. One of the squaws now brought a bucket of water, in which was a
large salmon about half dried, and, as the stones became heated, they
were put into the bucket till the salmon was sufficiently boiled for
use. It was then taken out, put on a platter of rushes neatly made, and
laid before Captain Clark, while another was boiled for each of his
men. During these preparations he smoked with such about him as
would accept of tobacco, but very few were desirous of smoking, a
custom which is not general among them, and chiefly used as a matter of
form in great ceremonies.
"After eating the fish, which was of an excellent flavor, Captain
Clark set out and, at the distance of four miles from the last
island, came to the lower point of another near the left shore, where he
halted at two large mat-houses. Here, as at the three houses below, the
inhabitants were occupied in splitting and drying salmon. The multitudes of
this fish are almost inconceivable. The water is so clear that they can
readily be seen at the depth of fifteen or twenty feet; but at this season
they float in such quantities down the stream, and are drifted ashore, that
the Indians have only to collect, split, and dry them on the
scaffolds. Where they procure the timber of which these scaffolds are
composed he could not learn; but as there is nothing but willow-bushes to
be seen for a great distance from this place, it rendered very probable what
the Indians assured him by signs, that they often used dried fish as fuel for
the common occasions of cooking. From this island they showed him the
entrance of the western branch of the Columbia, called the Tapteal, which, as
far as could be seen, bears nearly west and empties about eight miles above
into the Columbia, the general course of which is northwest."
The Tapteal, as the journal calls it, is now known as the Yakima, a
stream which has its source in the Cascade range of mountains,
Washington. The party tarried here long enough to secure from the
Indians a tolerably correct description of the river upon which they were
about to embark. One of the chiefs drew upon the skin-side of a buffalo robe
a sketch of the Columbia. And this was transferred to paper and put
into the journal. That volume adds here:--
"Having completed the purposes of our stay, we now began to lay in our
stores. Fish being out of season, we purchased forty dogs, for which
we gave small articles, such as bells, thimbles, knitting-needles, brass
wire, and a few beads, an exchange with which they all seemed perfectly
satisfied. These dogs, with six prairie-cocks killed this morning, formed a
plentiful supply for the present. We here left our guide and the two
young men who had accompanied him, two of the three being unwilling to go any
further, and the third being of no use, as he was not acquainted with the
river below. We therefore took no Indians but our two chiefs, and resumed our
journey in the presence of many of the Sokulks, who came to witness our
departure. The morning was cool and fair, and the wind from the
southeast."
They now began again to meet Indians who had never before seen white
men. On the nineteenth, says the journal:--
"The great chief, with two of his inferior chiefs and a third belonging
to a band on the river below, made us a visit at a very early hour. The
first of these was called Yelleppit,-- a handsome, well-proportioned man,
about five feet eight inches high, and thirty-five years of age, with a bold
and dignified countenance; the rest were not distinguished in their
appearance. We smoked with them, and after making a speech, gave a
medal, a handkerchief, and a string of wampum to Yelleppit, but a
string of wampum only to the inferior chiefs. He requested us to
remain till the middle of the day, in order that all his nation might come
and see us; but we excused ourselves by telling him that on our return we
would spend two or three days with him. This conference detained us till nine
o'clock, by which time great numbers of the Indians had come down to visit
us. On leaving them we went on for eight miles, when we came to an island
near the left shore, which continued six miles in length. At its lower
extremity is a small island on which are five houses, at present vacant,
though the scaffolds of fish are as usual abundant. A short distance
below are two more islands, one of them near the middle of the river. On
this there were seven houses, but as soon as the Indians, who were drying
fish, saw us, they fled to their houses, and not one of them appeared till we
had passed; when they came out in greater numbers than is usual for houses of
that size, which induced us to think that the inhabitants of the five
lodges had been alarmed at our approach and taken refuge with them. We
were very desirous of landing in order to relieve their apprehensions, but as
there was a bad rapid along the island all our care was necessary to prevent
injury to the canoes. At the foot of this rapid is a rock on the left
shore, which is fourteen miles from our camp of last night and resembles a
hat in shape."
Later in the day, Captain Clark ascended a bluff on the river
bank, where he saw "a very high mountain covered with snow." This
was Mount St. Helen's, in Cowlitz County, Washington. The
altitude of the peak is nine thousand seven hundred and fifty
feet. "Having arrived at the lower ends of the rapids below the
bluff before any of the rest of the party, be sat down on a rock to wait
for them, and, seeing a crane fly across the river, shot it, and it fell near
him. Several Indians had been before this passing on the opposite side
towards the rapids, and some who were then nearly in front of him, being
either alarmed at his appearance or the report of the gun, fled to their
houses. Captain Clark was afraid that these people had not yet heard that
the white men were coming, and therefore, in order to allay their uneasiness
before the rest of the party should arrive, he got into the small canoe with
three men, rowed over towards the houses, and, while crossing, shot a duck,
which fell into the water. As he approached no person was to be seen except
three men in the plains, and they, too, fled as he came near the shore. He
landed in front of five houses close to each other, but no one appeared, and
the doors, which were of mat, were closed. He went towards one of them with a
pipe in his hand, and, pushing aside the mat, entered the lodge, where he
found thirty-two persons, chiefly men and women, with a few children, all
in the greatest consternation; some hanging down their heads, others crying
and wringing their hands. He went up to them, and shook hands with each
one in the most friendly manner; but their apprehensions, which had for a
moment subsided, revived on his taking out a burning-glass, as there was
no roof to the house, and lighting his pipe: he then offered it to
several of the men, and distributed among the women and children some small
trinkets which he had with him, and gradually restored a degree of
tranquillity among them.
"Leaving this house, and directing each of his men to visit a house, he
entered a second. Here he found the inmates more terrified than those
in the first; but he succeeded in pacifying them, and afterward went into the
other houses, where the men had been equally successful. Retiring from the
houses, he seated himself on a rock, and beckoned to some of the men to come
and smoke with him; but none of them ventured to join him till the canoes
arrived with the two chiefs, who immediately explained our pacific intention
towards them. Soon after the interpreter's wife [Sacagawea] landed, and
her presence dissipated all doubts of our being well-disposed, since in
this country no woman ever accompanies a war party: they therefore all came
out, and seemed perfectly reconciled; nor could we, indeed, blame them for
their terrors, which were perfectly natural. They told the two chiefs
that they knew we were not men, for they had seen us fall from the
clouds. In fact, unperceived by them, Captain Clark had shot the white
crane, which they had seen fall just before he appeared to their eyes: the
duck which he had killed also fell close by him; and as there were some
clouds flying over at the moment, they connected the fall of the birds with
his sudden appearance, and believed that he had himself actually dropped from
the clouds; considering the noise of the rifle, which they had never heard
before, the sound announcing so extraordinary an event. This belief was
strengthened, when, on entering the room, he brought down fire from the
heavens by means of his burning-glass. We soon convinced them, however, that
we were merely mortals; and after one of our chiefs had explained our history
and objects, we all smoked together in great harmony.
Chapter XVI
Down the Columbia to Tidewater
The voyagers were now drifting down the Columbia River, and they found
the way impeded by many rapids, some of them very dangerous. But their skill
in the handling of their canoes seems to have been equal to the occasion,
although they were sometimes compelled to go around the more difficult
rapids, making a short land portage. When they had travelled about forty
miles down the river, they landed opposite an island on which were
twenty-four houses of Indians; the people, known as the Pishquitpahs, were
engaged in drying fish. No sooner had the white men landed than the Indians,
to the number of one hundred, came across the stream bringing with
them some firewood, a most welcome present in that treeless country. The
visitors were entertained with presents and a long smoke at the pipe of
peace. So pleased were they with the music of two violins played by
Cruzatte and Gibson, of the exploring party, that they remained by the fire
of the white men all night. The news of the arrival of the white strangers
soon spread, and next morning about two hundred more of the Indians
assembled to gaze on them. Later in the day, having gotten away from
their numerous inquisitive visitors, the explorers passed down-stream and
landed on a small island to examine a curious vault, in which were placed the
remains of the dead of the tribe. The journal says:--
"This place, in which the dead are deposited, is a building about sixty
feet long and twelve feet wide, formed by placing in the ground poles or
forks six feet high, across which a long pole is extended the whole length of
the structure; against this ridge-pole are placed broad boards and
pieces of canoes, in a slanting direction, so as to form a shed. It stands
cast and west, and neither of the extremities is closed. On entering the
western end we observed a number of bodies wrapped carefully in leather
robes, and arranged in rows on boards, which were then covered with a
mat. This was the part destined for those who had recently died; a
little further on, bones half decayed were scattered about, and in the centre
of the building was a large pile of them heaped promiscuously on each
other. At the eastern extremity was a mat, on which twenty-one skulls were
placed in a circular form; the mode of interment being first to wrap the body
in robes, then as it decays to throw the bones into the heap, and place the
skulls together. From the different boards and pieces of canoes which
form the vault were suspended, on the inside, fishing-nets,
baskets, wooden bowls, robes, skins, trenchers, and trinkets of various
kinds, obviously intended as offerings of affection to deceased
relatives. On the outside of the vault were the skeletons of several
horses, and great quantities of their bones were in the
neighborhood, which induced us to believe that these animals were most
probably sacrificed at the funeral rites of their masters."
Just below this stand the party met Indians who traded with
tribes living near the great falls of the Columbia. That place they
designated as "Tum-tum," a word that signifies the throbbing of the
heart. One of these Indians had a sailor's jacket, and others had a
blue blanket and a scarlet blanket. These articles had found their
way up the river from white traders on the seashore.
On the twenty-first of October the explorers discovered a
considerable stream which appeared to rise in the southeast and empty into
the Columbia on the left. To this stream they gave the name of Lepage
for Bastien Lepage, one of the voyageurs accompanying the party. The
watercourse, however, is now known as John Day's River. John Day was a
mighty hunter and backwoodsman from Kentucky who went across the continent,
six years later, with a party bound for Astoria, on the Columbia. From
the rapids below the John Day River the Lewis and Clark party caught their
first sight of Mount Hood, a famous peak of the Cascade range of mountains,
looming up in the southwest, eleven thousand two hundred and twenty-five feet
high. Next day they passed the mouth of another river entering the Columbia
from the south and called by the Indians the Towahnahiooks, but known to
modern geography as the Des Chutes, one of the largest southern tributaries
of the Columbia. Five miles below the mouth of this stream the party
camped. Near them was a party of Indians engaged in drying and packing
salmon. Their method of doing this is thus described:--
"The manner of doing this is by first opening the fish and exposing it
to the sun on scaffolds. When it is sufficiently dried it is pounded
between two stones till it is pulverized, and is then placed in a basket
about two feet long and one in diameter, neatly made of grass and rushes, and
lined with the skin of a salmon stretched and dried for the purpose.
Here the fish are pressed down as hard as possible, and the top is covered
with fish-skins, which are secured by cords through the holes of the
basket. These baskets are then placed in some dry situation, the corded
part upward, seven being usually placed as close as they can be put together,
and five on the top of these. The whole is then wrapped up in mats, and made
fast by cords, over which mats are again thrown. Twelve of these
baskets, each of which contains from ninety to one hundred pounds, form a
stack, which is left exposed till it is sent to market. The fish thus
preserved keep sound and sweet for several years, and great quantities, they
inform us, are sent to the Indians who live below the falls, whence it finds
its way to the whites who visit the mouth of the Columbia. We observe,
both near the lodges and on the rocks in the river, great numbers of
stacks of these pounded fish. Besides fish, these people supplied
us with filberts and berries, and we purchased a dog for supper; but it
was with much difficulty that we were able to buy wood enough to cook
it."
On the twenty-third the voyagers made the descent of the great falls
which had so long been an object of dread to them. The whole height of the
falls is thirty-seven feet, eight inches, in a distance of twelve hundred
yards. A portage of four hundred and fifty yards was made around the first
fall, which is twenty feet high, and perpendicular. By means of lines the
canoes were let down the rapids below. At the season of high water the falls
become mere rapids up which the salmon can pass. On this point the
journal says:--
"From the marks everywhere perceivable at the falls, it is obvious that
in high floods, which must be in the spring, the water below the falls rises
nearly to a level with that above them. Of this rise, which is occasioned by
some obstructions which we do not as yet know, the salmon must avail
themselves to pass up the river in such multitudes that this fish is almost
the only one caught in great abundance above the falls; but below that
place we observe the salmon-trout, and the heads of a species of
trout smaller than the salmon-trout, which is in great quantities, and
which they are now burying, to be used as their winter food. A hole of any
size being dug, the sides and bottom are lined with straw, over which skins
are laid; on these the fish, after being well dried, are laid, covered with
other skins, and the hole is closed with a layer of earth twelve or fifteen
inches deep. . . . . . . . . .
We saw no game except a sea-otter, which was shot in the narrow
channel as we were coming down, but we could not get it. Having,
therefore, scarcely any provisions, we purchased eight small fat dogs: a
food to which we were compelled to have recourse, as the Indians were very
unwilling to sell us any of their good fish, which they reserved for the
market below. Fortunately, however, habit had completely overcome the
repugnance which we felt at first at eating this animal, and the dog, if not
a favorite dish, was always an acceptable one. The meridian altitude of
to-day gave 45'0 42' 57.3" north as the latitude of our camp.
"On the beach, near the Indian huts, we observed two canoes of
a different shape and size from any which we had hitherto seen. One of
these we got by giving our smallest canoe a hatchet, and a few trinkets to
the owner, who said he had obtained it from a white man below the falls in
exchange for a horse. These canoes were very beautifully made: wide in
the middle, and tapering towards each end, with curious figures carved on the
bow. They were thin, but, being strengthened by crossbars about an inch in
diameter, tied with strong pieces of bark through holes in the sides, were
able to bear very heavy burdens, and seemed calculated to live in the
roughest water."
At this point the officers of the expedition observed signs of
uneasiness in the two friendly Indian chiefs who had thus far accompanied
them. They also heard rumors that the warlike Indians below them were
meditating an attack as the party went down. The journal says:--
"Being at all times ready for any attempt of that sort, we were not
under greater apprehensions than usual at this intelligence. We
therefore only re-examined our arms, and increased the ammunition to one
hundred rounds. Our chiefs, who had not the same motives of confidence, were
by no means so much at their ease, and when at night they saw the Indians
leave us earlier than usual, their suspicions of an intended attack were
confirmed, and they were very much alarmed.
"The Indians approached us with apparent caution, and behaved with more
than usual reserve. Our two chiefs, by whom these circumstances were
not observed, now told us that they wished to return home; that they could be
no longer of any service to us; that they could not understand the language
of the people below the falls; that those people formed a different nation
from their own; that the two people had been at war with each other; and
that as the Indians had expressed a resolution to attack us, they would
certainly kill them. We endeavored to quiet their fears, and requested
them to stay two nights longer, in which time we would see the Indians below,
and make a peace between the two nations. They replied that they were anxious
to return and see their horses. We however insisted on their remaining with
us, not only in hopes of bringing about an accommodation between them and
their enemies, but because they might be able to detect any hostile
designs against us, and also assist us in passing the next falls, which
are not far off, and represented as very difficult. They at length agreed to
stay with us two nights longer."
The explorers now arrived at the next fall of the Columbia. Here
was a quiet basin, on the margin of which were three Indian huts. The
journal tells the rest of the story:--
"At the extremity of this basin stood a high black rock, which,
rising perpendicularly from the right shore, seemed to run wholly across the
river: so totally, indeed, did it appear to stop the passage, that
we could not see where the water escaped, except that the current
was seemingly drawn with more than usual velocity to the left of the
rock, where was heard a great roaring. We landed at the huts of the
Indians, who went with us to the top of the rock, from which we had a
view of all the difficulties of the channel. We were now no longer at a
loss to account for the rising of the river at the falls; for this
tremendous rock was seen stretching across the river, to meet the high
hills on the left shore, leaving a channel of only forty-five yards
wide, through which the whole body of the Columbia pressed its way. The
water, thus forced into so narrow a passage, was thrown into whirls, and
swelled and boiled in every part with the wildest agitation. But the
alternative of carrying the boats over this high rock was almost impossible
in our present situation; and as the chief danger seemed to be, not from any
obstructions in the channel, but from the great waves and whirlpools, we
resolved to attempt the passage, in the hope of being able, by dexterous
steering, to descend in safety. This we undertook, and with great care were
able to get through, to the astonishment of the Indians in the huts we had
just passed, who now collected to see us from the top of the rock. The
channel continued thus confined for the space of about half a mile, when the
rock ceased. We passed a single Indian hut at the foot of it, where the
river again enlarges to the width of two hundred yards, and at the
distance of a mile and a half stopped to view a very bad rapid; this is
formed by two rocky islands which divide the channel, the lower and
larger of which is in the middle of the river. The appearance of this
place was so unpromising that we unloaded all the most valuable
articles, such as guns, ammunition, our papers,. etc., and sent them by
land, with all the men that could not swim, to the extremity of these
rapids. We then descended with the canoes, two at a time; though the
canoes took in some water, we all went through safely; after which we
made two miles, stopped in a deep bend of the river toward the right, and
camped a little above a large village of twenty-one houses. Here we landed;
and as it was late before all the canoes joined us, we were obliged to remain
this evening, the difficulties of the navigation having permitted us to make
only six miles."
They were then among the Echeloots, a tribe of the Upper Chinooks, now
nearly extinct. The white men were much interested in the houses of
these people, which, their journal set forth, were "the first wooden
buildings seen since leaving the Illinois country." This is the manner of
their construction:--
"A large hole, twenty feet wide and thirty in length, was dug to the
depth of six feet; the sides of which were lined with split pieces of timber
rising just above the surface of the ground, and smoothed to the same width
by burning, or by being shaved with small iron axes. These timbers were
secured in their erect position by a pole stretched along the side of the
building near the eaves, and supported on a strong post fixed at each
corner. The timbers at the gable ends rose gradually higher, the middle
pieces being the broadest. At the top of these was a sort of
semicircle, made to receive a ridge-pole the whole length of the house,
propped by an additional post in the middle, and forming the top of the
roof. From this ridge-pole to the eaves of the house were placed a
number of small poles or rafters, secured at each end by fibres of the
cedar. On these poles, which were connected by small transverse bars of
wood, was laid a covering of white cedar, or arbor vitae, kept on
by strands of cedar fibres; but a small space along the whole length of
the ridge-pole was left uncovered, for the purpose of light, and of
permitting the smoke to pass out. The roof, thus formed, had a descent
about equal to that common among us, and near the eaves it was perforated
with a number of small holes, made, most probably, for the discharge of
arrows in case of an attack. The only entrance was by a small door at
the gable end, cut out of the middle piece of timber, twenty-nine and a half
inches high, fourteen inches broad, and reaching only eighteen inches above
the earth. Before this hole is hung a mat; on pushing it aside and
crawling through, the descent is by a small wooden ladder, made in the form
of those used among us. One-half of the inside is used as a place of deposit
for dried fish, of which large quantities are stored away, and with a few
baskets of berries form the only family provisions; the other
half, adjoining the door, remains for the accommodation of the family. On
each side are arranged near the walls small beds of mats placed on little
scaffolds or bedsteads, raised from eighteen inches to three feet from the
ground; and in the middle of the vacant space is the fire, or sometimes two
or three fires, when, as is usually the case, the house contains three
families."
Houses very like these are built by the Ahts or Nootkas, a tribe
of Indians inhabiting parts of Vancouver Island and the adjacent
mainland. A Nootka calls his house an ourt.
The good offices of Lewis and Clark, who were always ready to make peace
between hostile tribes, were again successful here. The Echeloots received
the white men with much kindness, invited them to their houses, and returned
their visits after the explorers had camped. Lewis and Clark told the
Echeloot chiefs that the war was destroying them and their industries,
bringing want and privation upon them. The Indians listened with attention to
what was said, and after some talk they agreed to make peace with their
ancient enemies. Impressed with the sincerity of this agreement, the
captains of the expedition invested the principal chief with a medal and
some small articles of clothing. The two faithful chiefs who had
accompanied the white men from the headwaters of the streams now bade
farewell to their friends and allies, the explorers. They bought horses of
the Echeloots and returned to their distant homes by land.
Game here became more abundant, and on the twenty-sixth of October the
journal records the fact that they received from the Indians a present of
deer-meat, and on that day their hunters found plenty of tracks of elk and
deer in the mountains, and they brought in five deer, four very large gray
squirrels, and a grouse. Besides these delicacies, one of the men killed in
the river a salmon-trout which was fried in bear's oil and, according
to the journal, "furnished a dish of a very delightful flavor," doubtless
a pleasing change from the diet of dog's flesh with which they had so
recently been regaled.
Two of the Echeloot chiefs remained with the white men to guide them on
their way down the river. These were joined by seven others of their
tribe, to whom the explorers were kind and attentive. But the visitors could
not resist the temptation to pilfer from the goods exposed to dry in the
sun. Being checked in this sly business, they became ill-humored and
returned, angry, down the river.
The explorers noticed here that the Indians flattened the heads of males
as well as females. Higher up the river, only the women and female
children had flat heads. The custom of artificially flattening the
heads of both men and women, in infancy, was formerly practised by nearly all
the tribes of the Chinook family along the Columbia River. Various
means are used to accomplish this purpose, the most common and most cruel
being to bind a flat board on the forehead of an infant in such a way that it
presses on the skull and forces the forehead up on to the top of the
head. As a man whose head has been flattened in infancy grows older, the
deformity partly disappears; but the flatness of the head is always regarded
as a tribal badge of great merit.
"On the morning of the twenty-eighth," says the journal, having
dried our goods, we were about setting out, when three canoes came from
above to visit us, and at the same time two others from below arrived for
the same purpose. Among these last was an Indian who wore his hair in a
que, and had on a round hat and a sailor's jacket, which he said he had
obtained from the people below the great rapids, who bought them from the
whites. This interview detained us till nine o'clock, when we proceeded
down the river, which is now bordered with cliffs of loose dark colored
rocks about ninety feet high, with a thin covering of pines and other small
trees. At the distance of four miles we reached a small village of eight
houses under some high rocks on the right with a small creek on the opposite
side of the river.
"We landed and found the houses similar to those we had seen at
the great narrows; on entering one of them we saw a British musket, a
cutlass, and several brass tea-kettles, of which they seemed to be very
fond. There were figures of men, birds, and different animals, which were
cut and painted on the boards which form the sides of the room; though
the workmanship of these uncouth figures was very rough, they were
highly esteemed by the Indians as the finest frescos of more civilized
people. This tribe is called the Chilluckittequaw; their language, though
somewhat different from that of the Echeloots, has many of the same
words, and is sufficiently intelligible to the neighboring Indians. We
procured from them a vocabulary, and then, after buying five small
dogs, some dried berries, and a white bread or cake made of roots, we left
them. The wind, however, rose so high that we were obliged, after going one
mile, to land on the left side, opposite a rocky island, and pass the
day."
On the same day the white chiefs visited one of the most prominent of
the native houses built along the river.
"This," says the journal, "was the residence of the principal chief of
the Chilluckittequaw nation, who we found was the same between whom and our
two chiefs we had made a peace at the Echeloot village. He received us, very
kindly, and set before us pounded fish, filberts, nuts, the berries of the
sacacommis, and white bread made of roots. We gave, in return, a
bracelet of ribbon to each of the women of the house, with which they were
very much pleased. The chief had several articles, such as scarlet and blue
cloth, a sword, a jacket, and a hat, which must have been procured from the
whites, and on one side of the room were two wide, split boards, placed
together so as to make space for a rude figure of a man cut and painted on
them. On pointing to this, and asking him what it meant, he said
something, of which all that we understood was `good,' and then stepped
up to the painting, and took out his bow and quiver, which, with
some other warlike instruments, were kept behind it.
"He then directed his wife to hand him his medicine-bag, from which he
drew out fourteen forefingers, which he told us had belonged to the
same number of his enemies, whom he had killed in fighting with the
nations to the southeast, in which direction he pointed; alluding, no
doubt, to the Snake Indians, the common enemy of the tribes on the
Columbia. This bag is usually about two feet in length, and contains
roots, pounded dirt, etc., which only the Indians know how to
appreciate. It is suspended in the middle of the lodge; and it is
considered as a species of sacrilege for any one but the owner to touch
it. It is an object of religious fear; and, from its supposed sanctity, is
the chief place for depositing their medals and more valuable articles. They
have likewise small bags, which they preserve in their great medicine-bag,
from whence they are taken, and worn around their waists and necks as amulets
against any real or imaginary evils. This was the first time we had been
apprised that the Indians ever carried from the field any other trophy than
the scalp. These fingers were shown with great exultation; and, after an
harangue, which we were left to presume was in praise of his exploits, the
chief carefully replaced them among the valuable contents of his red
medicine-bag. The inhabitants of this village being part of the same nation
with those of the village we had passed above, the language of the two was
the same, and their houses were of similar form and materials, and calculated
to contain about thirty souls. They were unusually hospitable and
good-humored, so that we gave to the place the name of the Friendly
village. We breakfasted here; and after purchasing twelve dogs, four
sacks of fish, and a few dried berries, proceeded on our journey. The
hills as we passed were high, with steep, rocky sides, with pine and white
oak, and an undergrowth of shrubs scattered over them."
Leaving the Friendly village, the party went on their way down the
river. Four miles below they came to a small and rapid river which they
called the Cataract River, but which is now known as the Klikitat. The
rapids of the stream, according to the Indians, were so numerous that salmon
could not ascend it, and the Indians who lived along its banks subsisted on
what game they could kill with their bows and arrows and on the berries
which, in certain seasons, were plentiful. Again we notice the purchase
of dogs; this time only four were bought, and the party proceeded on their
way. That night, having travelled thirty-two miles, they camped on the
right bank of the river in what is now Skamania County, Washington.
Three huts were inhabited by a considerable number of Indians, of whom the
journal has this to say:--
"On our first arrival they seemed surprised, but not alarmed, and we
soon became intimate by means of smoking and our favorite entertainment for
the Indians, the violin. They gave us fruit, roots, and root-bread, and
we purchased from them three dogs. The houses of these people are similar to
those of the Indians above, and their language is the same; their dress also,
consisting of robes or skins of wolves, deer, elk, and wildcat, is made
nearly after the same model; their hair is worn in plaits down each
shoulder, and round their neck is put a strip of some skin with the
tail of the animal hanging down over the breast; like the Indians
above, they are fond of otter-skins, and give a great price for them. We
here saw the skin of a mountain sheep, which they say lives among the rocks
in the mountains; the skin was covered with white hair; the wool was long,
thick, and coarse, with long coarse hair on the top of the neck and on the
back, resembling somewhat the bristles of a goat. Immediately behind the
village is a pond, in which were great numbers of small swan."
The "mountain sheep" mentioned here are not the bighorn of which we
have heard something in the earlier part of this narrative, but a species of
wild goat found among the Cascade Mountains. The "wildcat" above
referred to is probably that variety of lynx known in Canada and most of the
Northern States and the Pacific as the loup-cervier, or vulgarly, the
"lucifee."
On the last day of October, the next of the more difficult rapids being
near, Captain Clark went ahead to examine the "shoot," as the explorers
called the place which we know as the chute. In the thick wood that bordered
the river he found an ancient burial-place which he thus describes:--
"It consists of eight vaults made of pine or cedar boards closely
connected, about eight feet square and six in height; the top covered with
wide boards sloping a little, so as to convey off the rain. The
direction of all of these vaults is east and west, the door being on the
eastern side, partially stopped with wide boards decorated with rude pictures
of men and other animals. On entering he found in some of them four dead
bodies, carefully wrapped in skins, tied with cords of grass and bark, lying
on a mat, in a direction east and west. The other vaults contained only
bones, which were in some of them piled to the height of four feet. On the
tops of the vaults, and on poles attached to them, bung brass kettles and
frying-pans with holes in their bottoms, baskets, bowls, sea-shells, skins,
pieces of cloth, hair, bags of trinkets and small bones--the offerings of
friendship or affection, which have been saved by a pious veneration from the
ferocity of war, or the more dangerous temptations of individual gain. The
whole of the walls as well as the door were decorated with strange figures
cut and painted on them; and besides were several wooden images of men, some
so old and decayed as to have almost lost their shape, which were all placed
against the sides of the vaults. These images, as well as those in the houses
we have lately seen, do not appear to be at all the objects of adoration; in
this place they were most probably intended as resemblances of those
whose decease they indicate; when we observe them in houses, they
occupy the most conspicuous part, but are treated more like ornaments than
objects of worship."
The white men were visited at their camp by many Indians from the
villages farther up the stream. The journal says:--
"We had an opportunity of seeing to-day the hardihood of the Indians of
the neighboring village. One of the men shot a goose, which fell into
the river and was floating rapidly toward the great shoot, when an Indian
observing it plunged in after it. The whole mass of the waters of the
Columbia, just preparing to descend its narrow channel, carried the animal
down with great rapidity. The Indian followed it fearlessly to within one
hundred and fifty feet of the rocks, where he would inevitably have been
dashed to pieces; but seizing his prey he turned round and swam ashore with
great composure. We very willingly relinquished our right to the bird in
favor of the Indian who had thus saved it at the imminent hazard of his
life; he immediately set to work and picked off about half the
feathers, and then, without opening it, ran a stick through it and carried
it off to roast."
With many hair's-breadth escapes, the expedition now passed through the
rapids or "great shoot." The river here is one hundred and fifty yards
wide and the rapids are confined to an area four hundred yards long, crowded
with islands and rocky ledges. They found the Indians living along the banks
of the stream to be kindly disposed; but they had learned, by their
intercourse with tribes living below, to set a high value on their
wares. They asked high prices for anything they had for sale. The journal
says:--
"We cannot learn precisely the nature of the trade carried on by the
Indians with the inhabitants below. But as their knowledge of the
whites seems to be very imperfect, and as the only articles which they carry
to market, such as pounded fish, bear-grass, and roots, cannot be an object
of much foreign traffic, their intercourse appears to be an intermediate
trade with the natives near the mouth of the Columbia. From them these
people obtain, in exchange for their fish, roots, and bear-grass, blue and
white beads, copper tea-kettles, brass armbands, some scarlet and blue
robes, and a few articles of old European clothing. But their
great object is to obtain beads, an article which holds the first place in
their ideas of relative value, and to procure which they will sacrifice their
last article of clothing or last mouthful of food. Independently of their
fondness for them as an ornament, these beads are the medium of trade, by
which they obtain from the Indians still higher up the river, robes, skins,
chappelel bread, bear-grass, etc. Those Indians in turn employ them to
procure from the Indians in the Rocky Mountains, bear-grass, pachico-roots,
robes, etc.
"These Indians are rather below the common size, with high
cheek-bones; their noses are pierced, and in full dress ornamented with
a tapering piece of white shell or wampum about two inches long. Their
eyes are exceedingly sore and weak; many of them have only a single eye, and
some are perfectly blind. Their teeth prematurely decay, and in
frequent instances are altogether worn away. Their general health, however,
seems to be good, the only disorder we have remarked being tumors in
different parts of the body."
The more difficult rapid was passed on the second day of November, the
luggage being sent down by land and the empty canoes taken down with great
care. The journal of that date says:--
"The rapid we have just passed is the last of all the descents of the
Columbia. At this place the first tidewater commences, and the river in
consequence widens immediately below the rapid. As we descended we reached,
at the distance of one mile from the rapid, a creek under a bluff on the
left; at three miles is the lower point of Strawberry Island. To this
immediately succeed three small islands covered with wood. In the
meadow to the right, at some distance from the hills, stands a perpendicular
rock about eight hundred feet high and four hundred yards around the
base. This we called Beacon Rock. Just below is an Indian village of
nine houses, situated between two small creeks. At this village the river
widens to nearly a mile in extent; the low grounds become wider, and they as
well as the mountains on each side are covered with pine, spruce-pine,
cottonwood, a species of ash, and some alder. After being so long
accustomed to the dreary nakedness of the country above, the change is
as grateful to the eye as it is useful in supplying us with fuel. Four
miles from the village is a point of land on the right, where the hills
become lower, but are still thickly timbered. The river is now about two
miles wide, the current smooth and gentle, and the effect of the tide has
been sensible since leaving the rapid. Six miles lower is a rock rising from
the middle of the river to the height of one hundred feet, and about eighty
yards at its base. We continued six miles further, and halted for the
night under a high projecting rock on the left side of the river, opposite
the point of a large meadow.
"The mountains, which, from the great shoot to this place, are high,
rugged, and thickly covered with timber, chiefly of the pine species, here
leave the river on each side; the river becomes two and one-half miles in
width; the low grounds are extensive and well supplied with wood. The
Indians whom we left at the portage passed us on their way down the
river, and seven others, who were descending in a canoe for the purpose of
trading below, camped with us. We had made from the foot of the great
shoot twenty-nine miles to-day. The ebb tide rose at our camp about nine
inches; the flood must rise much higher. We saw great numbers of water-fowl,
such as swan, geese, ducks of various kinds, gulls, plovers, and the white
and gray brant, of which last we killed eighteen."
Chapter XVII
From Tidewater to the Sea
Near the mouth of the river which the explorers named Quicksand
River (now Sandy), they met a party of fifteen Indians who had lately been
down to the mouth of the Columbia. These people told the white men that
they had seen three vessels at anchor below, and, as these must needs be
American, or European, the far-voyaging explorers were naturally
pleased. When they had camped that night, they received other visitors of
whom the journal makes mention:--
"A canoe soon after arrived from the village at the foot of the last
rapid, with an Indian and his family, consisting of a wife, three
children, and a woman who had been taken prisoner from the Snake
Indians, living on a river from the south, which we afterward found to
be the Multnomah. Sacagawea was immediately introduced to her, in hopes
that, being a Snake Indian, they might understand each other; but their
language was not sufficiently intelligible to permit them to converse
together. The Indian had a gun with a brass barrel and cock, which he
appeared to value highly."
The party had missed the Multnomah River in their way down, although
this is one of the three largest tributaries of the Columbia, John Day's
River and the Des Chutes being the other two. A group of islands near
the mouth of the Multnomah hides it from the view of the passing
voyager. The stream is now more generally known as the Willamette, or
Wallamet. The large city of Portland, Oregon, is built on the river,
about twelve miles from its junction with the Columbia. The Indian
tribes along the banks of the Multnomah, or Willamette, subsisted largely on
the wappatoo, an eatable root, about the size of a hen's egg and closely
resembling a potato. This root is much sought after by the Indians and is
eagerly bought by tribes living in regions where it is not to be
found. The party made great use of the wappatoo after they had learned how
well it served in place of bread. They bought here all that the Indians could
spare and then made their way down the river to an open prairie where
they camped for dinner and found many signs of elk and deer. The journal
says:--
"When we landed for dinner, a number of Indians from the last village
came down for the purpose, as we supposed, of paying us a friendly visit, as
they had put on their favorite dresses. In addition to their usual covering
they had scarlet and blue blankets, sailors' jackets and trousers, shirts and
hats. They had all of them either war-axes, spears, and bows and
arrows, or muskets and pistols, with tin powder-flasks. We smoked with
them and endeavored to show them every attention, but we soon found them very
assuming and disagreeable companions. While we were eating, they stole the
pipe with which they were smoking, and the greatcoat of one of the men. We
immediately searched them all, and discovered the coat stuffed under the root
of a tree near where they were sitting; but the pipe we could not
recover. Finding us determined not to suffer any imposition, and
discontented with them, they showed their displeasure in the only way which
they dared, by returning in an ill-humor to their village.
"We then proceeded and soon met two canoes, with twelve men of the same
Skilloot nation, who were on their way from below. The larger of the canoes
was ornamented with the figure of a bear in the bow and a man in the stern,
both nearly as large as life, both made of painted wood and very neatly fixed
to the boat. In the same canoe were two Indians, finely dressed and with
round hats. This circumstance induced us to give the name of
Image-canoe to the large island, the lower end of which we now passed
at the distance of nine miles from its head."
Here they had their first full view of Mt. St. Helen's,
sometimes called Mt. Ranier. The peak is in Washington and is
9,750 feet high. It has a sugar-loaf, or conical, shape and is usually
covered with snow. The narrative of the expedition continues as
follows:--
"The Skilloots that we passed to-day speak a language somewhat different
from that of the Echeloots or Chilluckittequaws near the long narrows.
Their dress, however, is similar, except that the Skilloots possess more
articles procured from the white traders; and there is this farther
difference between them, that the Skilloots, both males and females, have the
head flattened. Their principal food is fish, wappatoo roots, and some elk
and deer, in killing which with arrows they seem to be very expert; for
during the short time we remained at the village, three deer were brought
in. We also observed there a tame blaireau, [badger]."
The journal, November 5, says:--
"Our choice of a camp had been very unfortunate; for on a
sand-island opposite us were immense numbers of geese, swan, ducks, and
other wild fowl, which during the whole night serenaded us with
a confusion of noises which completely prevented our sleeping. During the
latter part of the night it rained, and we therefore willingly left camp at
an early hour. We passed at three miles a small prairie, where the
river is only three-quarters of a mile in width, and soon after two houses on
the left, half a mile distant from each other; from one of which three men
came in a canoe merely to look at us, and having done so returned home. At
eight miles we came to the lower point of an island, separated from the right
side by a narrow channel, on which, a short distance above the end of the
island, is situated a large village. It is built more compactly than
the generality of the Indian villages, and the front has fourteen
houses, which are ranged for a quarter of a mile along the channel. As
soon as we were discovered seven canoes came out to see us, and after some
traffic, during which they seemed well disposed and orderly, accompanied us a
short distance below."
The explorers now met Indians of a different nation from those whom they
had seen before. The journal says:--
"These people seem to be of a different nation from those we have just
passed; they are low in stature, ill shaped, and all have their heads
flattened. They call themselves Wahkiacum, and their language differs
from that of the tribes above, with whom they trade for wappatoo-roots. The
houses are built in a different style, being raised entirely above
ground, with the caves about five feet high and the door at the
corner. Near the end, opposite this door, is a single fireplace, round
which are the beds, raised four feet from the floor of earth; over the fire
are hung the fresh fish, which, when dried, are stowed away with the
wappatoo-roots under the beds. The dress of the men is like that of the
people above, but the women are clad in a peculiar manner, the robe not
reaching lower than the hip, and the body being covered in cold weather by a
sort of corset of fur, curiously plaited and reaching from the arms to the
hip; added to this is a sort of petticoat, or rather tissue of white cedar
bark, bruised or broken into small strands, and woven into a girdle by
several cords of the same material. Being tied round the middle, these
strands hang down as low as the knee in front, and to the mid-leg behind;
they are of sufficient thickness to answer the purpose of concealment
whilst the female stands in an erect position, but in any other
attitude form but a very ineffectual defence. Sometimes the
tissue is strings of silk-grass, twisted and knotted at the end. After
remaining with them about an hour, we proceeded down the channel with an
Indian dressed in a sailor's jacket for our pilot, and on reaching the main
channel were visited by some Indians who have a temporary residence on a
marshy island in the middle of the river, where is a great abundance of
water-fowl."
The tribe of Indians known as the Wahkiacums has entirely
disappeared; but the name survives as that of one of the counties of
Washington bordering on the Columbia. Wahkiacum is the county lying
next west of Cowlitz. When the explorers passed down the river under
the piloting of their Indian friend wearing a sailor's jacket, they were in a
thick fog. This cleared away and a sight greeted their joyful
vision. Their story says:--
"At a distance of twenty miles from our camp, we halted at a village of
Wahkiacums, consisting of seven ill-looking houses, built in the same form
with those above, and situated at the foot of the high hills on the right,
behind two small marshy islands. We merely stopped to purchase some food and
two beaver skins, and then proceeded. Opposite to these islands the
hills on the left retire, and the river widens into a kind of bay, crowded
with low islands, subject to be overflowed occasionally by the tide. We
had not gone far from this village when, the fog suddenly clearing away, we
were at last presented with the glorious sight of the ocean--that ocean, the
object of all our labors, the reward of all our anxieties. This animating
sight exhilarated the spirits of all the party, who were still more delighted
on hearing the distant roar of the breakers. We went on with great
cheerfulness along the high, mountainous country which bordered the right
bank: the shore, however, was so bold and rocky, that we could not, until
at a distance of fourteen miles from the last village, find any spot fit for
an encampment. Having made during the day thirty-four miles, we now
spread our mats on the ground, and passed the night in the rain. Here
we were joined by our small canoe, which had been separated from us during
the fog this morning. Two Indians from the last village also accompanied
us to the camp; but, having detected them in stealing a knife, they were
sent off."
It is not very easy for us, who have lived comfortably at home, or who
have travelled only in luxurious railway-cars and handsomely equipped
steamers, to realize the joy and rapture with which these far-wandering
explorers hailed the sight of the sea,--the sea to which they had so long
been journeying, through deserts, mountain-passes, and tangled
wildernesses. In his diary Captain Clark thus sets down some indication of
his joy on that memorable day, November 8, 1805: "Great joy in
camp. We are in view of the Ocean, this great Pacific Ocean which we have
been so long anxious to see, and the roaring or noise made by the waves
breaking on the rocky shores (as I suppose) may be heard distinctly."
Later, same day, he says, "Ocean in view! O! the joy!" Fortunately, the
hardships to be undergone on the shores of the ocean were then unknown and
undreamed of; the travellers were thankful to see the sea, the goal of
all their hopes, the end of their long pilgrimage across the continent.
That night they camped near the mouth of the river in what is now
known as Gray's Bay, on the north side of the river, in the southwest
corner of Wahkiacum County. Before they could reach their
camping-place, the water was so rough that some of the men had an unusual
experience,--seasickness. They passed a disagreeable night on a narrow, rocky
bench of land. Next day they say:
"Fortunately for us, the tide did not rise as high as our camp during
the night; but being accompanied by high winds from the south, the canoes,
which we could not place beyond its reach, were filled with water, and were
saved with much difficulty. Our position was very uncomfortable, but as it
was impossible to move from it, we waited for a change of weather. It
rained, however, during the whole day, and at two o'clock in the afternoon
the flood tide set in, accompanied by a high wind from the south, which,
about four o'clock, shifted to the southwest and blew almost a gale directly
from the sea. The immense waves now broke over the place where we were
camped; the large trees, some of them five or six feet thick, which had
lodged at the point, were drifted over our camp, and the utmost vigilance of
every man could scarcely save our canoes from being crushed to pieces.
We remained in the water, and drenched with rain, during the rest of the day,
our only food being some dried fish and some rain-water which we
caught. Yet, though wet and cold, and some of them sick from using salt
water, the men were cheerful, and full of anxiety to see more of the
ocean. The rain continued all night."
This was the beginning of troubles. Next day, the wind having
lulled, the party set forth again, only to be beaten back and compelled to
take to the shore again. This was their experience for several
days. For example, under date of the eleventh the journal says:--
"The wind was still high from the southwest, and drove the waves against
the shore with great fury; the rain too fell in torrents, and not only
drenched us to the skin, but loosened the stones on the hillsides, which then
came rolling down upon us. In this comfortless situation we remained all day,
wet, cold, with nothing but dried fish to satisfy our hunger; the
canoes in one place at the mercy of the waves, the baggage in another, and
all the men scattered on floating logs, or sheltering themselves in the
crevices of the rocks and hillsides. A hunter was despatched in hopes of
finding some fresh meat; but the hills were so steep, and so covered with
undergrowth and fallen timber, that he could not penetrate them, and he
was forced to return."
And this is the record for the next day:--
"About three o'clock a tremendous gale of wind arose accompanied with
lightning, thunder, and hail: at six it lightened up for a short time,
but a violent rain soon began, and lasted through the day. During the storm,
one of our boats, secured by being sunk with great quantities of stone, got
loose, but, drifting against a rock, was recovered without having received
much injury. Our situation now became much more dangerous, for the
waves were driven with fury against the rocks and trees, which till now had
afforded us refuge: we therefore took advantage of the low tide, and moved
about half a mile round a point to a small brook, which we had not observed
before on account of the thick bushes and driftwood which concealed its
mouth. Here we were more safe, but still cold and wet; our clothes and
bedding rotten as well as wet, our baggage at a distance, and the
canoes, our only means of escape from this place, at the mercy of the
waves. Still, we continued to enjoy good health, and even had the luxury of
feasting on some salmon and three salmon trout which we caught in the
brook. Three of the men attempted to go round a point in our small Indian
canoe, but the high waves rendered her quite unmanageable, these boats
requiring the seamanship of the natives to make them live in so rough a
sea."
It should be borne in mind that the canoes of the explorers were
poor dug-outs, unfit to navigate the turbulent waters of the bay, and the
men were not so expert in that sort of seamanship as were the Indians whom
they, with envy, saw breasting the waves and making short voyages in the
midst of the storms. It continued to rain without any intermission, and
the waves dashed up among the floating logs of the camp in a very distracting
manner. The party now had nothing but dried fish to eat, and it was with
great difficulty that a fire could be built. On the fifteenth of the
month, Captain Lewis having found a better camping-place near a sandy beach,
they started to move their luggage thither; but before they could get under
way, a high wind from the southwest sprung up and they were forced to
remain. But the sun came out and they were enabled to dry their stuff, much
of which had been spoiled by the rain which had prevailed for the past ten
days. Their fish also was no longer fit to eat, and they were indeed in poor
case. Captain Lewis was out on a prospecting trip, and the party set out and
found a beach through which a pleasant brook flowed to the river, making a
very good camping-place. At the mouth of this stream was an ancient Chinook
village, which, says the journal, "has at present no inhabitants but
fleas." The adventurers were compelled to steer wide of all old Indian
villages, they were so infested with fleas. At times, so great was the
pest, the men were forced to take off all their clothing and soak
themselves and their garments in the river before they could be rid of the
insects. The site of their new camp was at the southeast end of Baker's
Bay, sometimes called Haley's Bay, a mile above a very high point of
rocks. On arriving at this place, the voyagers met with an unpleasant
experience of which the journal gives this account:--
"Here we met Shannon, who had been sent back to meet us by Captain
Lewis. The day Shannon left us in the canoe, he and Willard proceeded
till they met a party of twenty Indians, who, having never heard of us, did
not know where they [our men] came from; they, however, behaved with so much
civility, and seemed so anxious that the men should go with them toward the
sea, that their suspicions were excited, and they declined going on. The
Indians, however, would not leave them; the men being confirmed in their
suspicions, and fearful that if they went into the woods to sleep they would
be cut to pieces in the night, thought it best to pass the night in the midst
of the Indians. They therefore made a fire, and after talking with them
to a late hour, laid down with their rifles under their heads. As they
awoke that morning they found that the Indians had stolen and concealed their
guns. Having demanded them in vain, Shannon seized a club, and was
about assaulting one of the Indians, whom he suspected as a thief, when
another Indian began to load a fowling-piece with the intention of shooting
him. He therefore stopped, and explained by signs that if they did
not give up the guns a large party would come down the river before the
sun rose to such a height, and put every one of them to death. Fortunately,
Captain Lewis and his party appeared at this time. The terrified Indians
immediately brought the guns, and five of them came on with Shannon. To
these men we declared that if ever any one of their nation stole anything
from us, he should be instantly shot. They reside to the north of this place,
and speak a language different from that of the people higher up the
river.
"It was now apparent that the sea was at all times too rough for us to
proceed further down the bay by water. We therefore landed, and having chosen
the best spot we could select, made our camp of boards from the old [Chinook]
village. We were now situated comfortably, and being visited by
four Wahkiacums with wappatoo-roots, were enabled to make an
agreeable addition to our food."
On the seventeenth Captain Lewis with a small party of his men coasted
the bay as far out as Cape Disappointment and some distance to the north
along the seacoast. Game was now plenty, and the camp was supplied with
ducks, geese, and venison. Bad weather again set in. The journal under
date of November 22 says:--
"It rained during the whole night, and about daylight a tremendous gale
of wind rose from the S.S.E., and continued through the day with great
violence. The sea ran so high that the water came into our camp, which the
rain prevents us from leaving. We purchased from the old squaw, for
armbands and rings, a few wappatoo-roots, on which we subsisted. They
are nearly equal in flavor to the Irish potato, and afford a very good
substitute for bread. The bad weather drove several Indians to our camp, but
they were still under the terrors of the threat which we made on first seeing
them, and behaved with the greatest decency.
"The rain continued through the night, November 23, and the morning was
calm and cloudy. The hunters were sent out, and killed three deer, four
brant, and three ducks. Towards evening seven Clatsops came over in a
canoe, with two skins of the sea-otter. To this article they attached an
extravagant value; and their demands for it were so high, that we
were fearful it would too much reduce our small stock of merchandise, on
which we had to depend for subsistence on our return, to venture on
purchasing it. To ascertain, however, their ideas as to the value of
different objects, we offered for one of these skins a watch, a handkerchief,
an American dollar, and a bunch of red beads; but neither the curious
mechanism of the watch, nor even the red beads, could tempt the owner:
he refused the offer, but asked for tiacomoshack, or chief beads, the most
common sort of coarse blue-colored beads, the article beyond all price in
their estimation. Of these blue beads we had but few, and therefore reserved
them for more necessitous circumstances."
The officers of the expedition had hoped and expected to find here some
of the trading ships that were occasionally sent along the coast to barter
with the natives; but none were to be found. They were soon to prepare for
winter-quarters, and they still hoped that a trader might appear in the
spring before they set out on their homeward journey across the
continent. Very much they needed trinkets to deal with the natives in
exchange for, the needful articles of food on the route. But (we may as well
say here) no such relief ever appeared. It is strange that President
Jefferson, in the midst of his very minute orders and preparations for the
benefit of the explorers, did not think of sending a relief ship to meet
the party at the mouth of the Columbia. They would have been saved a
world of care, worry, and discomfort. But at that time the European nations
who held possessions on the Pacific coast were very suspicious of the
Americans, and possibly President Jefferson did not like to risk rousing
their animosity.
The rain that now deluged the unhappy campers was so incessant that
they might well have thought that people should be web-footed to live
in such a watery region. In these later days, Oregon is sometimes
known as "The Web-foot State." Captain Clark, in his diary, November
28, makes this entry: "O! how disagreeable is our situation dureing
this dreadfull weather!" The gallant captain's spelling was sometimes
queer. Under that date he adds:--
"We remained during the day in a situation the most cheerless and
uncomfortable. On this little neck of land we are exposed, with a
miserable covering which does not deserve the name of a shelter, to the
violence of the winds; all our bedding and stores, as well as our bodies, are
completely wet; our clothes are rotting with constant exposure, and
we have no food except the dried fish brought from the falls, to which we
are again reduced. The hunters all returned hungry and drenched with
rain, having seen neither deer nor elk, and the swan and brant were too shy
to be approached. At noon the wind shifted to the northwest, and blew with
such tremendous fury that many trees were blown down near us. This gale
lasted with short intervals during the whole night."
Of course, in the midst of such violent storms, it was impossible to get
game, and the men were obliged to resort once more to a diet of dried fish,
This food caused much sickness in the camp, and it became imperatively
necessary that efforts should again be made to find game. On the second of
December, to their great joy an elk was killed, and next day they had a
feast. The journal says;
"The wind was from the east and the morning fair; but, as if one
whole day of fine weather were not permitted, toward night it began to
rain. Even this transient glimpse of sunshine revived the spirits of the
party, who were still more pleased when the elk killed yesterday was brought
into camp. This was the first elk we had killed on the west side of the
Rocky Mountains, and condemned as we have been to the dried fish, it formed a
most nourishing food. After eating the marrow of the shank-bones, the squaw
chopped them fine, and by boiling extracted a pint of grease, superior to the
tallow itself of the animal. A canoe of eight Indians, who were
carrying down wappatoo-roots to trade with the Clatsops, stopped at our
camp; we bought a few roots for small fish-hooks, and they then left
us. Accustomed as we were to the sight, we could not but view with
admiration the wonderful dexterity with which they guide their canoes over
the most boisterous seas; for though the waves were so high that before they
had gone half a mile the canoe was several times out of sight, they proceeded
with the greatest calmness and security. Two of the hunters who set out
yesterday had lost their way, and did not return till this evening. They
had seen in their ramble great signs of elk and had killed six, which they
had butchered and left at a great distance. A party was sent in the
morning."
On the third of December Captain Clark carved on the trunk of a great
pine tree this inscription:--
"WM. CLARK DECEMBER 3D 1805 BY LAND FROM
THE
U. STATES IN 1804 & 5."
A few days later, Captain Lewis took with him a small party and
set out to find a suitable spot on which to build their winter camp. He
did not return as soon as he was expected, and considerable uneasiness was
felt in camp on that account. But he came in safely. He brought good
news; they had discovered a river on the south side of the Columbia, not far
from their present encampment, where there were an abundance of elk and a
favorable place for a winter camp. Bad weather detained them until the
seventh of December, when a favorable change enabled them to proceed.
They made their way slowly and very cautiously down-stream, the tide being
against them. The narrative proceeds:--
"We at length turned a point, and found ourselves in a deep bay: here we
landed for breakfast, and were joined by the party sent out three days ago to
look for the six elk, killed by the Lewis party. They had lost their way for
a day and a half, and when they at last reached the place, found the elk so
much spoiled that they brought away nothing but the skins of four of
them. After breakfast we coasted round the bay, which is about four miles
across, and receives, besides several small creeks, two rivers, called by the
Indians, the one Kilhowanakel, the other Netul. We named it
Meriwether's Bay, from the Christian name of Captain Lewis, who was, no
doubt, the first white man who had surveyed it. The wind was high from the
northeast, and in the middle of the day it rained for two hours, and then
cleared off. On reaching the south side of the bay we ascended the
Netul three miles, to the first point of high land on its western
bank, and formed our camp in a thick grove of lofty pines, about
two hundred yards from the water, and thirty feet above the level of the
high tides."
Chapter XVIII
Camping by the Pacific
Next in importance to the building of a winter camp was the fixing of a
place where salt could be made. Salt is absolutely necessary for the
comfort of man, and the supply brought out from the United States by the
explorers was now nearly all gone. They were provided with kettles in which
sea-water could be boiled down and salt be made. It would be needful to
go to work at once, for the process of salt-making by boiling in ordinary
kettles is slow and tedious; not only must enough for present uses be
found, but a supply to last the party home again was
necessary. Accordingly, on the eighth of December the journal has this
entry to show what was to be done:--
"In order, therefore, to find a place for making salt, and to
examine the country further, Captain Clark set out with five men, and
pursuing a course S. 60'0 W., over a dividing ridge through thick pine
timber, much of which bad fallen, passed the beads of two small brooks. In
the neighborhood of these the land was swampy and overflowed, and they waded
knee-deep till they came to an open ridgy prairie, covered with the plant
known on our frontier by the name of sacacommis [bearberry]. Here is a creek
about sixty yards wide and running toward Point Adams; they passed it on a
small raft. At this place they discovered a large herd of elk, and
after pursuing them for three miles over bad swamps and small ponds, killed
one of them. The agility with which the elk crossed the swamps and bogs
seems almost incredible; as we followed their track the ground for a whole
acre would shake at our tread and sometimes we sunk to our hips without
finding any bottom. Over the surface of these bogs is a species of moss,
among which are great numbers of cranberries; and occasionally there rise
from the swamp small steep knobs of earth, thickly covered with pine and
laurel. On one of these we halted at night, but it was scarcely large
enough to suffer us to lie clear of the water, and had very little dry
wood. We succeeded, however, in collecting enough to make a fire; and
having stretched the elk-skin to keep off the rain, which still
continued, slept till morning."
Next day the party were met by three Indians who had been fishing for
salmon, of which they had a goodly supply, and were now on their way home to
their village on the seacoast. They, invited Captain Clark and his men
to accompany them; and the white men accepted the invitation. These were
Clatsops. Their village consisted of twelve families living in houses
of split pine boards, the lower half of the house being underground. By a
small ladder in the middle of the house-front, the visitors reached the
floor, which was about four feet below the surface. Two fires were burning in
the middle of the room upon the earthen floor. The beds were ranged around
the room next to the wall, with spaces beneath them for bags, baskets, and
household articles.
Captain Clark was received with much attention, clean mats were
spread for him, and a repast of fish, roots, and berries was set before
him. He noticed that the Clatsops were well dressed and clean, and that
they frequently washed their faces and hands, a ceremony, he remarked, that
is by no means frequent among other Indians. A high wind now
prevailed, and as the evening was stormy, Captain Clark resolved to stay all
night with his hospitable Clatsops. The narrative proceeds:--
"The men of the village now collected and began to gamble. The most
common game was one in which one of the company was banker, and played
against all the rest. He had a piece of bone, about the size of a large
bean, and having agreed with any individual as to the value of the stake,
would pass the bone from one hand to the other with great dexterity, singing
at the same time to divert the attention of his adversary; then holding it in
his hands, his antagonist was challenged to guess in which of them the bone
was, and lost or won as he pointed to the right or wrong hand. To this
game of hazard they abandoned themselves with great ardor; sometimes
everything they possess is sacrificed to it; and this evening several of the
Indians lost all the beads which they had with them. This lasted for three
hours; when, Captain Clark appearing disposed to sleep, the man who had been
most attentive, and whose name was Cuskalah, spread two new mats near the
fire, ordered his wife to retire to her own bed, and the rest of the company
dispersed at the same time. Captain Clark then lay down, but the violence
with which the fleas attacked him did not leave his rest unbroken."
Next morning, Captain Clark walked along the seashore, and he observed
that the Indians were walking up and down, examining the shore and the margin
of a creek that emptied here. The narrative says:--
"He was at a loss to understand their object till one of them came to
him, and explained that they were in search of any fish which might have been
thrown on shore and left by the tide, adding in English, `sturgeon is very
good.' There is, indeed, every reason to believe that these
Clatsops depend for their subsistence, during the winter, chiefly on the
fish thus casually thrown on the coast. After amusing himself for some
time on the beach, he returned towards the village, and shot on his way two
brant. As he came near the village, one of the Indians asked him to
shoot a duck about thirty steps distant: he did so, and, having accidentally
shot off its head, the bird was brought to the village, when all the Indians
came round in astonishment. They examined the duck, the musket, and
the very small bullets, which were a hundred to the pound, and then
exclaimed, Clouch musque, waket, commatax musquet: Good musket; do not
understand this kind of musket. They now placed before him their best roots,
fish, and syrup, after which he attempted to purchase a sea-otter
skin with some red beads which he happened to have about him; but they
declined trading, as they valued none except blue or white beads. He
therefore bought nothing but a little berry-bread and a few roots, in
exchange for fish-hooks, and then set out to return by the same route he had
come. He was accompanied by Cuskalah and his brother as far as the third
creek, and then proceeded to the camp through a heavy rain. The whole party
had been occupied during his absence in cutting down trees to make huts, and
in hunting."
This was the occupation of all hands for several days, notwithstanding
the discomfort of the continual downpour. Many of the men were ill from the
effects of sleeping and living so constantly in water. Under date of
December 12, the journal has this entry:--
"We continued to work in the rain at our houses. In the evening
there arrived two canoes of Clatsops, among whom was a principal
chief, called Comowol. We gave him a medal and treated his companions
with great attention; after which we began to bargain for a small sea-otter
skin, some wappatoo-roots, and another species of root called
shanataque. We readily perceived that they were close dealers, stickled much
for trifles, and never closed the bargain until they thought they had the
advantage. The wappatoo is dear, as they themselves are obliged to give a
high price for it to the Indians above. Blue beads are the articles
most in request; the white occupy the next place in their estimation; but
they do not value much those of any other color. We succeeded at last
in purchasing their whole cargo for a few fish-hooks and a small sack of
Indian tobacco, which we had received from the Shoshonees."
The winter camp was made up of seven huts, and, although it was not so
carefully fortified as was the fort in the Mandan country (during the
previous winter), it was so arranged that intruders could be kept out when
necessary. For the roofs of these shelters they were provided with
"shakes" split out from a species of pine which they called "balsam
pine," and which gave them boards, or puncheons, or shakes, ten feet
long and two feet wide, and not more than an inch and a half thick. By the
sixteenth of December their meat-house was finished, and their meat, so much
of which had been spoiled for lack of proper care, was cut up in small pieces
and hung under cover. They had been told by the Indians that very little
snow ever fell in that region, and the weather, although very, very wet,
was mild and usually free from frost. They did have severe hailstorms and a
few flurries of snow in December but the rain was a continual cause of
discomfort. Of the trading habits of the Clatsops the journal has this to
say:--
"Three Indians came in a canoe with mats, roots, and the berries of the
sacacommis. These people proceed with a dexterity and finesse in their
bargains which, if they have not learned it from their foreign visitors, may
show how nearly allied is the cunning of savages to the little arts of
traffic. They begin by asking double or treble the value of what they have
to sell, and lower their demand in proportion to the greater or less degree
of ardor or knowledge of the purchaser, who, with all his management, is not
able to procure the article for less than its real value, which the Indians
perfectly understand. Our chief medium of trade consists of blue and white
beads, files,-- with which they sharpen their tools,--fish-hooks, and
tobacco; but of all these articles blue beads and tobacco are the most
esteemed."
But, although their surroundings were not of a sort to make one very
jolly, when Christmas came they observed the day as well as they
could. Here is what the journal says of the holiday:--
"We were awaked at daylight by a discharge of firearms, which was
followed by a song from the men, as a compliment to us on the return of
Christmas, which we have always been accustomed to observe as a day of
rejoicing. After breakfast we divided our remaining stock of
tobacco, which amounted to twelve carrots [hands], into two parts; one of
which we distributed among such of the party as make use of it, making a
present of a handkerchief to the others. The remainder of the day was passed
in good spirits, though there was nothing in our situation to excite much
gayety. The rain confined us to the house, and our only luxuries in honor
of the season were some poor elk, so much spoiled that we ate it through
sheer necessity, a few roots, and some spoiled pounded fish.
"The next day brought a continuation of rain, accompanied with
thunder, and a high wind from the southeast. We were therefore obliged
to still remain in our huts, and endeavored to dry our wet articles before
the fire. The fleas, which annoyed us near the portage of the Great
Falls, have taken such possession of our clothes that we are obliged
to have a regular search every day through our blankets as a
necessary preliminary to sleeping at night. These animals, indeed, are
so numerous that they are almost a calamity to the Indians of this
country. When they have once obtained the mastery of any house it is
impossible to expel them, and the Indians have frequently different
houses, to which they resort occasionally when the fleas have rendered
their permanent residence intolerable; yet, in spite of these
precautions, every Indian is constantly attended by multitudes of
them, and no one comes into our house without leaving behind him swarms of
these tormenting insects."
Although the condition of the exploring party was low, the men did not
require very much to put them in good spirits. The important and happy event
of finishing their fort and the noting of good weather are thus set forth in
the journal under date of December 30:--
"Toward evening the hunters brought in four elk [which Drewyer
had killed], and after a long course of abstinence and miserable diet, we
had a most sumptuous supper of elk's tongues and marrow. Besides this
agreeable repast, the state of the weather was quite exhilarating. It
had rained during the night, but in the morning, though the high wind
continued, we enjoyed the fairest and most pleasant weather since our
arrival; the sun having shone at intervals, and there being only three
showers in the course of the day. By sunset we had completed the
fortification, and now announced to the Indians that every day at that hour
the gates would be closed, and they must leave the fort and not enter it till
sunrise. The Wahkiacums who remained with us, and who were very forward in
their deportment, complied very reluctantly with this order; but, being
excluded from our houses, formed a camp near us. . . . . . . . . .
"January 1, 1806. We were awaked at an early hour by the discharge
of a volley of small arms, to salute the new year. This was the only mode of
commemorating the day which our situation permitted; for, though we had
reason to be gayer than we were at Christmas, our only dainties were boiled
elk and wappatoo, enlivened by draughts of pure water. We were visited
by a few Clatsops, who came by water, bringing roots and berries for
sale. Among this nation we observed a man about twenty-five years old, of
a much lighter complexion than the Indians generally: his face was even
freckled, and his hair long, and of a colour inclining to red. He was in
habits and manners perfectly Indian; but, though he did not speak a word of
English, he seemed to understand more than the others of his party; and, as
we could obtain no account of his origin, we concluded that one of his
parents, at least, must have been white."
A novel addition to their bill of fare was fresh blubber, or fat, from a
stranded whale. Under date of January 3 the journal says:--
"At eleven o'clock we were visited by our neighbor, the Tia or
chief, Comowool, who is also called Coone, and six Clatsops. Besides
roots and berries, they brought for sale three dogs, and some fresh
blubber. Having been so long accustomed to live on the flesh of dogs, the
greater part of us have acquired a fondness for it, and our original
aversion for it is overcome, by reflecting that while we subsisted on that
food we were fatter, stronger, and in general enjoyed better health than
at any period since leaving the buffalo country, eastward of the
mountains. The blubber, which is esteemed by the Indians an excellent
food, has been obtained, they tell us, from their neighbors, the
Killamucks, a nation who live on the seacoast to the southeast, near one of
whose villages a whale had recently been thrown and foundered."
Five men had been sent out to form a camp on the seashore and go into
the manufacture of salt as expeditiously as possible. On the fifth of
January, two of them came into the fort bringing a gallon of salt, which was
decided to be "white, fine and very good," and a very agreeable addition to
their food, which had been eaten perfectly fresh for some weeks
past. Captain Clark, however, said it was a "mere matter of
indifference" to him whether he had salt or not, but he hankered for
bread. Captain Lewis, on the other hand, said the lack of salt was a great
inconvenience; "the want of bread I consider trivial," was his dictum.
It was estimated that the salt-makers could turn out three or four quarts a
day, and there was good prospect of an abundant supply for present needs and
for the homeward journey. An expedition to the seashore was now planned, and
the journal goes on to tell how they set out:--
"The appearance of the whale seemed to be a matter of importance to
all the neighboring Indians, and as we might be able to procure some of
it for ourselves, or at least purchase blubber from the Indians, a small
parcel of merchandise was prepared, and a party of the men held in readiness
to set out in the morning. As soon as this resolution was known,
Chaboneau and his wife requested that they might be permitted to accompany
us. The poor woman stated very earnestly that she had travelled a great
way with us to see the great water, yet she had never been down to the
coast, and now that this monstrous fish was also to be seen, it seemed
hard that she should be permitted to see neither the ocean nor the
whale. So reasonable a request could not be denied; they were therefore
suffered to accompany Captain Clark, who, January 6th, after an early
breakfast, set out with twelve men in two canoes."
After a long and tedious trip, the camp of the saltmakers was
reached, and Captain Clark and his men went on to the remains of the
whale, only the skeleton being left by the rapacious and hungry
Indians. The whale had been stranded between two shore villages
tenanted by the Killamucks, as Captain Clark called them. They are now
known as the Tillamook Indians, and their name is preserved in Tillamook
County, Oregon. The white men found it difficult to secure much of the
blubber, or the oil. Although the Indians had large quantities of both, they
sold it with much reluctance. In Clark's private diary is found this
entry: "Small as this stock [of oil and lubber] is I prize it highly; and
thank Providence for directing the whale to us; and think him more kind to us
than he was to Jonah, having sent this monster to be swallowed by us instead
of swallowing us as Jonah's did." While here, the party had a startling
experience, as the journal says:--
"Whilst smoking with the Indians, Captain Clark was surprised, about ten
o'clock, by a loud, shrill outcry from the opposite village, on hearing which
all the Indians immediately started up to cross the creek, and the guide
informed him that someone had been killed. On examination one of the men
[M'Neal] was discovered to be absent, and a guard [Sergeant Pryor and four
men] despatched, who met him crossing the creek in great haste. An
Indian belonging to another band, who happened to be with the Killamucks that
evening, had treated him with much kindness, and walked arm in arm with him
to a tent where our man found a Chinnook squaw, who was an old
acquaintance. From the conversation and manner of the stranger, this
woman discovered that his object was to murder the white man for the
sake of the few articles on his person; when he rose and pressed our
man to go to another tent where they would find something better to
eat, she held M'Neal by the blanket; not knowing her object, he
freed himself from her, and was going on with his pretended friend, when
she ran out and gave the shriek which brought the men of the village over,
and the stranger ran off before M'Neal knew what had occasioned the
alarm."
The "mighty hunter" of the Lewis and Clark expedition was Drewyer, whose
name has frequently been mentioned in these pages. Under date of January 12,
the journal has this just tribute to the man:--
"Our meat is now becoming scarce; we therefore determined to jerk
it, and issue it in small quantities, instead of dividing it among the
four messes, and leaving to each the care of its own provisions; a plan by
which much is lost, in consequence of the improvidence of the men. Two
hunters had been despatched in the morning, and one of them, Drewyer, had
before evening killed seven elk. We should scarcely be able to subsist,
were it not for the exertions of this most excellent hunter. The game is
scarce, and nothing is now to be seen except elk, which for almost all the
men are very difficult to be procured; but Drewyer, who is the offspring of a
Canadian Frenchman and an Indian woman, has passed his life in the woods, and
unites, in a wonderful degree, the dexterous aim of the frontier huntsman
with the intuitive sagacity of the Indian, in pursuing the faintest tracks
through the forest. All our men, however, have indeed become so expert with
the rifle that we are never under apprehensions as to food; since, whenever
there is game of any kind, we are almost certain of procuring it."
The narrative of the explorers gives this account of the Chinooks:--
"The men are low in stature, rather ugly, and ill made; their legs being
small and crooked, their feet large, and their heads, like those of the
women, flattened in a most disgusting manner. These deformities are in
part concealed by robes made of sea-otter, deer, elk, beaver or fox
skins. They also employ in their dress robes of the skin of a cat
peculiar to this country, and of another animal of the same size, which is
light and durable, and sold at a high price by the Indians who bring it from
above. In addition to these are worn blankets, wrappers of red, blue, or
spotted cloth, and some old sailors' clothes, which are very highly
prized. The greater part of the men have guns, with powder and ball.
"The women have in general handsome faces, but are low and
disproportioned, with small feet and large legs, occasioned, probably, by
strands of beads, or various strings, drawn so tight above the ankles as to
prevent the circulation of the blood. Their dress, like that of the
Wahkiacums, consists of a short robe and a tissue of cedar bark. Their
hair hangs loosely down the shoulders and back; and their ears, neck, and
wrists are ornamented with blue beads. Another decoration, which is
very highly prized, consists of figures made by puncturing the arms or
legs; and on the arms of one of the squaws we observed the name of J.
Bowman, executed in the same way. In language, habits, and in almost
every other particular, they resemble the Clatsops, Cathlamahs, and,
indeed, all the people near the mouth of the Columbia, though they
appeared to be inferior to their neighbors in honesty as well as
spirit. No ill treatment or indignity on our part seemed to excite any
feeling except fear; nor, although better provided than their neighbors with
arms, have they enterprise enough either to use them advantageously
against the animals of the forest, or offensively against the tribes near
them, who owe their safety more to the timidity than the forbearance of
the Chinooks. We had heard instances of pilfering while we were among
them, and therefore gave a general order excluding them from our encampment,
so that whenever an Indian wished to visit us, he began by calling out `No
Chinook.' It is not improbable that this first impression may have left
a prejudice against them, since, when we were among the Clatsops and other
tribes at the mouth of the Columbia, they had less opportunity of stealing,
if they were so disposed."
The weeks remaining before the party set out on their return were
passed without notable incident. The journal is chiefly occupied with
comments on the weather, which was variable, and some account of the
manners and customs of the Indian tribes along the Columbia River. At
that time, so few traders had penetrated the wilds of the Lower Columbia
that the Indians were not supplied with firearms to any great
extent. Their main reliance was the bow and arrow. A few shotguns were
seen among them, but no rifles, and great was the admiration and wonder with
which the Indians saw the white men slay birds and animals at a long
distance. Pitfalls for elk were constructed by the side of fallen trees over
which the animals might leap. Concerning the manufactures of the
Clatsops, they reported as follows:--
"Their hats are made of cedar-bark and bear-grass, interwoven together
in the form of a European hat, with a small brim of about two inches, and a
high crown widening upward. They are light, ornamented with various
colors and figures, and being nearly water-proof, are much more durable than
either chip or straw hats. These hats form a small article of traffic with
the whites, and their manufacture is one of the best exertions of Indian
industry. They are, however, very dexterous in making a variety of domestic
utensils, among which are bowls, spoons, scewers [skewers], spits, and
baskets. The bowl or trough is of different shapes--round,
semicircular, in the form of a canoe, or cubic, and generally dug out of
a single piece of wood; the larger vessels have holes in the sides by way
of handles, and all are executed with great neatness. In these vessels they
boil their food, by throwing hot stones into the water, and extract oil from
different animals in the same way. Spoons are not very abundant, nor is there
anything remarkable in their shape, except that they are large and the bowl
broad. Meat is roasted on one end of a sharp skewer, placed erect
before the fire, with the other end fixed in the ground.
"But the most curious workmanship is that of the basket. It is formed of
cedar-bark and bear-grass, so closely interwoven that it is water-tight,
without the aid of either gum or resin. The form is generally conic, or
rather the segment [frustum] of a cone, of which the smaller end is the
bottom of the basket; and being made of all sizes, from that of the smallest
cup to the capacity of five or six gallons, they answer the double purpose
of a covering for the head or to contain water. Some of them are highly
ornamented with strands of bear-grass, woven into figures of various colors,
which require great labor; yet they are made very expeditiously and sold for
a trifle. It is for the construction of these baskets that the
bear-grass forms an article of considerable traffic. It grows
only near the snowy region of the high mountains; the blade, which is two
feet long and about three-eighths of an inch wide, is smooth, strong, and
pliant; the young blades particularly, from their not being exposed to the
sun and air, have an appearance of great neatness, and are generally
preferred. Other bags and baskets, not waterproof, are made of
cedar-bark, silk-grass, rushes, flags, and common coarse sedge, for the use
of families. In these manufactures, as in the ordinary work of the
house, the instrument most in use is a knife, or rather a dagger. The
handle of it is small, and has a strong loop of twine for the thumb, to
prevent its being wrested from the band. On each side is a blade,
double-edged and pointed; the longer from nine to ten inches, the shorter
from four to five. This knife is carried habitually in the hand, sometimes
exposed, but mostly, when in company with strangers, is put under the
robe."
Naturally, all of the Columbia River Indians were found to be expert in
the building and handling of canoes. Here their greatest skill was
employed. And, it may be added, the Indians of the North Pacific coast
to-day are equally adept and skilful. The canoes of the present race of
red men do not essentially differ from those of the tribes described by
Lewis and Clark, and who are now extinct. The Indians then living above
tide-water built canoes of smaller size than those employed by the nations
farther down the river. The canoes of the Tillamooks and other tribes living
on the seacoast were upwards of fifty feet long, and would carry eight or
ten thousand pounds' weight, or twenty-five or thirty persons. These were
constructed from the trunk of a single tree, usually white cedar. The
bow and stern rose much higher than the gunwale, and were adorned by
grotesque figures excellently well carved and fitted to pedestals cut in the
solid wood of the canoe. The same method of adornment may be seen among the
aborigines of Alaska and other regions of the North Pacific, to-day.
The figures are made of small pieces of wood neatly fitted together by
inlaying and mortising, without any spike of any kind. When one reflects that
the Indians seen by Lewis and Clark constructed their large canoes with very
poor tools, it is impossible to withhold one's admiration of their industry
and patience. The journal says:--
"Our admiration of their skill in these curious constructions
was increased by observing the very inadequate implements which they
use. These Indians possess very few axes, and the only tool they
employ, from felling the tree to the delicate workmanship of the images, is a
chisel made of an old file, about an inch or an inch and a half in
width. Even of this, too, they have not learned the proper management; for
the chisel is sometimes fixed in a large block of wood, and, being held in
the right hand, the block is pushed with the left, without the aid of a
mallet. But under all these disadvantages, their canoes, which one
would suppose to be the work of years, are made in a few weeks. A canoe,
however, is very highly prized, being in traffic an article of the greatest
value except a wife, and of equal value with her; so that a lover generally
gives a canoe to the father in exchange for his daughter. . . .
"The harmony of their private life is secured by their ignorance of
spirituous liquors, the earliest and most dreadful present which civilization
has given to the other natives of the continent. Although they have had so
much intercourse with whites, they do not appear to possess any knowledge of
those dangerous luxuries; at least they have never inquired after them, which
they probably would have done if once liquors bad been introduced among
them. Indeed, we have not observed any liquor of intoxicating quality
among these or any Indians west of the Rocky Mountains, the
universal beverage being pure water. They, however, sometimes almost
intoxicate themselves by smoking tobacco, of which they are excessively
fond, and the pleasures of which they prolong as much as possible, by
retaining vast quantities at a time, till after circulating through the
lungs and stomach it issues in volumes from the mouth and nostrils."
A long period of quiet prevailed in camp after the first of
February, before the final preparations for departure were made. Parties
were sent out every day to hunt, and the campers were able to command a few
days' supply of provision in advance. The flesh of the deer was now very lean
and poor, but that of the elk was growing better and better. It was
estimated by one of the party that they killed, between December 1, 1805, and
March 20, 1806, elk to the number of one hundred and thirty-one, and twenty
deer. Some of this meat they smoked for its better preservation, but most
of it was eaten fresh. No record was kept of the amount of fish
consumed by the party; but they were obliged at times to make fish their sole
article of diet. Late in February they were visited by Comowool, the
principal Clatsop chief, who brought them a sturgeon and quantities of a
small fish which had just begun to make its appearance in the Columbia.
This was known as the anchovy, but oftener as the candle-fish; it is so
fat that it may be burned like a torch, or candle. The journal speaks of
Comowool as "by far the most friendly and decent savage we have seen in this
neighborhood."
Chapter XIX
With Faces turned Homeward
The officers of the expedition had decided to begin their homeward march
on the first of April; but a natural impatience induced them to start a
little earlier, and, as a matter of record, it may be said that they
evacuated Fort Clatsop on the 23d of March, 1806. An examination of their
stock of ammunition showed that they had on hand a supply of powder amply
sufficient for their needs when travelling the three thousand miles of
wilderness in which their sole reliance for food must be the game to be
killed. The powder was kept in leaden canisters, and these, when
empty, were used for making balls for muskets and rifles. Three
bushels of salt were collected for their use on the homeward journey.
What they needed now most of all was an assortment of small wares and
trinkets with which to trade with the Indians among whom they must spend so
many months before reaching civilization again. They had ample letters of
credit from the Government at Washington, and if they had met with white
traders on the seacoast, they could have bought anything that money would
buy. They had spent nearly all their stock in coming across the
continent. This is Captain Lewis's summary of the goods on hand just
before leaving Fort Clatsop:--
"All the small merchandise we possess might be tied up in a couple of
handkerchiefs. The rest of our stock in trade consists of six blue
robes, one scarlet ditto, five robes which we made out of our large United
States flag, a few old clothes trimmed with ribbons, and one artillerist's
uniform coat and hat, which probably Captain Clark will never wear
again. We have to depend entirely upon this meagre outfit for the
purchase of such horses and provisions as it will be in our power to
obtain-- a scant dependence, indeed, for such a journey as is before
us."
One of their last acts was to draw up a full list of the members of the
party, and, making several copies of it, to leave these among the friendly
Indians with instructions to give a paper to the first white men who should
arrive in the country. On the back of the paper was traced the track by which
the explorers had come and that by which they expected to return. This is
a copy of one of these important documents:--
"The object of this list is, that through the medium of some
civilized person who may see the same, it may be made known to the informed
world, that the party consisting of the persons whose names are hereunto
annexed, and who were sent out by the government of the U'States in
May, 1804, to explore the interior of the Continent of North America, did
penetrate the same by way of the Missouri and Columbia Rivers, to the
discharge of the latter into the Pacific Ocean, where they arrived on the
14th of November, 1805, and from whence they departed the 23d day of March,
1806, on their return to the United States by the same rout they had come
out."
Curiously enough, one of these papers did finally reach the United
States. During the summer of 1806, the brig "Lydia," Captain
Hill, entered the Columbia for the purpose of trading with the
natives. From one of these Captain Hill secured the paper, which he
took to Canton, China, in January, 1807. Thence it was sent to a
gentleman in Philadelphia, having travelled nearly all the way round the
world.
Fort Clatsop, as they called the rude collection of huts in which
they had burrowed all winter, with its rude furniture and shelters, was
formally given to Comowool, the Clatsop chief who had been so kind to the
party. Doubtless the crafty savage had had his eye on this
establishment, knowing that it was to be abandoned in the spring.
The voyagers left Fort Clatsop about one o'clock in the day, and, after
making sixteen miles up the river, camped for the night. Next day, they
reached an Indian village where they purchased "some wappatoo and a dog for
the invalids." They still had several men on the sick list in
consequence of the hard fare of the winter. The weather was cold and wet, and
wood for fuel was difficult to obtain. In a few days they found themselves
among their old friends, the Skilloots, who had lately been at war with the
Chinooks. There was no direct intercourse between the two nations as
yet, but the Chinooks traded with the Clatsops and Wahkiacums, and these in
turn traded with the Skilloots, and in this way the two hostile tribes
exchanged the articles which they had for those which they desired. The
journal has this to say about the game of an island on which the explorers
tarried for a day or two, in order to dry their goods and mend their
canoes:--
"This island, which has received from the Indians the appropriate name
of Elalah [Elallah], or Deer Island, is surrounded on the water-side by an
abundant growth of cottonwood, ash, and willow, while the interior consists
chiefly of prairies interspersed with ponds. These afford refuge to
great numbers of geese, ducks, large swan, sandhill cranes, a few
canvas-backed ducks, and particularly the duckinmallard, the most abundant of
all. There are also great numbers of snakes resembling our garter-snakes
in appearance, and like them not poisonous. Our hunters brought in three
deer, a goose, some ducks, an eagle, and a tiger-cat. Such is the extreme
voracity of the vultures, that they had devoured in the space of a few hours
four of the deer killed this morning; and one of our men declared that
they had besides dragged a large buck about thirty yards, skinned it, and
broken the backbone."
The vulture here referred to is better known as the California condor, a
great bird of prey which is now so nearly extinct that few specimens are ever
seen, and the eggs command a great price from those who make collections of
such objects. A condor killed by one of the hunters of the Lewis and
Clark expedition measured nine feet and six inches from tip to tip of its
wings, three feet and ten inches from the point of the bill to the end of the
tail, and six inches and a half from the back of the head to the tip of the
beak. Very few of the condors of the Andes are much larger than this, though
one measuring eleven feet from tip to tip has been reported.
While camped at Quicksand, or Sandy River, the party learned that food
supplies up the Columbia were scarce. The journal says that the Indians met
here were descending the river in search of food. It adds:--
"They told us, that they lived at the Great Rapids; but that the
scarcity of provisions there had induced them to come down, in the hopes of
finding subsistence in the more fertile valley. All the people living at the
Rapids, as well as the nations above them, were in much distress for want of
food, having consumed their winter store of dried fish, and not expecting the
return of the salmon before the next full moon, which would be on
the second of May: this information was not a little
embarrassing. From the Falls to the Chopunnish nation, the plains
afforded neither deer, elk, nor antelope for our subsistence. The horses
were very poor at this season, and the dogs must be in the same condition, if
their food, the dried fish, had failed. Still, it was obviously
inexpedient for us to wait for the return of the salmon, since in that case
we might not reach the Missouri before the ice would prevent our navigating
it. We might, besides, hazard the loss of our horses, as the
Chopunnish, with whom we had left them, would cross the mountains as
early as possible, or about the beginning of May, and take our horses with
them, or suffer them to disperse, in either of which cases the passage of the
mountains will be almost impracticable. We therefore, after much
deliberation, decided to remain where we were till we could collect meat
enough to last us till we should reach the Chopunnish nation, and to obtain
canoes from the natives as we ascended, either in exchange for our
pirogues, or by purchasing them with skins and merchandise. These
canoes, again, we might exchange for horses with the natives of the
plains, till we should obtain enough to travel altogether by land. On
reaching the southeast branch of the Columbia, four or five men could be sent
on to the Chopunnish to have our horses in readiness; and thus we should have
a stock of horses sufficient both to transport our baggage and supply us with
food, as we now perceived that they would form our only certain dependance
for subsistence."
On the third of April this entry is made:--
"A considerable number of Indians crowded about us to-day, many of whom
came from the upper part of the river. These poor wretches confirm the
reports of scarcity among the nations above; which, indeed, their appearance
sufficiently proved, for they seemed almost starved, and greedily picked the
bones and refuse meat thrown away by us.
"In the evening Captain Clark returned from an excursion. On
setting out yesterday at half-past eleven o'clock, he directed his course
along the south side of the [Columbia] river, where, at the distance of eight
miles, he passed a village of the Nechacohee tribe, belonging to the Eloot
nation. The village itself is small, and being situated behind Diamond
Island, was concealed from our view as we passed both times along the
northern shore. He continued till three o'clock, when he landed at the single
house already mentioned as the only remains of a village of twenty-four straw
huts. Along the shore were great numbers of small canoes for gathering
wappatoo, which were left by the Shahalas, who visit the place
annually. The present inhabitants of the house are part of the Neerchokioo
tribe of the same [Shahala] nation. On entering one of the apartments
of the house, Captain Clark offered several articles to the Indians in
exchange for wappatoo; but they appeared sullen and ill-humored, and refused
to give him any. He therefore sat down by the fire opposite the men,
and taking a port-fire match from his pocket, threw a small piece of it into
the flame; at the same time he took his pocket-compass, and by means of a
magnet, which happened to be in his inkhorn, made the needle turn round very
briskly. The match now took fire and burned violently, on which the
Indians, terrified at this strange exhibition, immediately brought a
quantity of wappatoo and laid it at his feet, begging him to put out the bad
fire, while an old woman continued to speak with great vehemence, as if
praying and imploring protection. Having received the roots, Captain
Clark put up the compass, and as the match went out of itself tranquillity
was restored, though the women and children still took refuge in their beds
and behind the men. He now paid them for what he had used, and after
lighting his pipe and smoking with them, continued down the river."
The excursion from which Captain Clark had returned, as noted in this
extract, was up the Multnomah River. As we have already seen, the
explorers missed that stream when they came down the Columbia; and they had
now passed it again unnoticed, owing to the number of straggling islands that
hide its junction with the Columbia. Convinced that a considerable
river must drain the region to the south, Captain Clark went back alone and
penetrating the intricate channels among the islands, found the mouth of the
Multnomah, now better known as the Willamette. He was surprised to find
that the depth of water in the river was so great that large vessels might
enter it. He would have been much more surprised if he had been told that a
large city, the largest in Oregon, would some day be built on the site of the
Indian huts which he saw. Here Captain Clark found a house occupied by
several families of the Neechecolee nation. Their mansion was two
hundred and twenty-six feet long and was divided into apartments thirty feet
square.
The most important point in this region of the Columbia was
named Wappatoo Island by the explorers. This is a large extent of
country lying between the Willamette and an arm of the Columbia which they
called Wappatoo Inlet, but which is now known as Willamette Slough. It
is twenty miles long and from five to ten miles wide. Here is an
interesting description of the manner of gathering the roots of the
wappatoo, of which we have heard so much in this region of country:--
"The chief wealth of this island consists of the numerous ponds in the
interior, abounding with the common arrowhead (sagittaria sagittifolia) to
the root of which is attached a bulb growing beneath it in the mud. This
bulb, to which the Indians give the name of wappatoo,[1] is the great article
of food, and almost the staple article of commerce on the Columbia. It
is never out of season; so that at all times of the year the valley is
frequented by the neighboring Indians who come to gather it. It is collected
chiefly by the women, who employ for the purpose canoes from ten to fourteen
feet in length, about two feet wide and nine inches deep, and tapering from
the middle, where they are about twenty inches wide. They are sufficient to
contain a single person and several bushels of roots, yet so very light that
a woman can carry them with ease. She takes one of these canoes into a pond
where the water is as high as the breast, and by means of her toes separates
from the root this bulb, which on being freed from the mud rises immediately
to the surface of the water, and is thrown into the canoe. In this
manner these patient females remain in the water for several hours, even in
the depth of winter. This plant is found through the whole extent of the
valley in which we now are, but does not grow on the Columbia farther
eastward."
[1] In the Chinook jargon "Wappatoo" stands for potato.
The natives of this inland region, the explorers found, were larger
and better-shaped than those of the sea-coast, but they were nearly all
afflicted with sore eyes. The loss of one eye was common, and not
infrequently total blindness was observed in men of mature years, while
blindness was almost universal among the old people. The white men
made good use of the eye-water which was among their supplies; it was
gratefully received by the natives and won them friends among the people they
met. On the fifth of April the journal has this entry:--
"In the course of his chase yesterday, one of our men [Collins], who had
killed a bear, found the den of another with three cubs in it. He returned
to-day in hopes of finding her, but brought only the cubs, without being able
to see the dam; and on this occasion Drewyer, our most experienced huntsman,
assured us that he had never known a single instance where a female bear,
which had once been disturbed by a hunter and obliged to leave her young,
returned to them again. The young bears were sold for wappatoo to some of the
many Indians who visited us in parties during the day and behaved very
well."
And on the ninth is this entry:--
"The wind having moderated, we reloaded the canoes and set out by seven
o'clock. We stopped to take up the two hunters who left us yesterday, but
were unsuccessful in the chase, and then proceeded to the Wahclellah village,
situated on the north side of the river, about a mile below Beacon
Rock. During the whole of the route from camp we passed along under
high, steep, and rocky sides of the mountains, which now close on each side
of the river, forming stupendous precipices, covered with fir and white
cedar. Down these heights frequently descend the most beautiful
cascades, one of which, a large creek, throws itself over a perpendicular
rock three hundred feet above the water, while other smaller
streams precipitate themselves from a still greater elevation, and
evaporating in a mist, collect again and form a second cascade before they
reach the bottom of the rocks. We stopped to breakfast at this
village. We here found the tomahawk which had been stolen from us on the
fourth of last November. They assured us they had bought it of the
Indians below; but as the latter had already informed us that the Wahclellahs
had such an article, which they had stolen, we made no difficulty about
retaking our property."
The Columbia along the region through which the expedition was now
passing is a very wild and picturesque stream. The banks are high and rocky,
and some of the precipices to which the journal refers are of a vast
perpendicular height. On the Oregon side of the river are five cascades such
as those which the journal mentions. The most famous and
beautiful of these is known as Multnomah Falls. This cataract has a
total fall of more than six hundred feet, divided into two sections. The
other cascades are the Bridal Veil, the Horsetail, the Latourelle, and the
Oneonta, and all are within a few miles of each other.
On the ninth of April the voyagers reached the point at which they
were to leave tidewater, fifty-six miles above the mouth of the
Multnomah, or Willamette. They were now at the entrance of the great
rapids which are known as the Cascades of the Columbia, and which occupy a
space on the river about equal to four miles and a half. They were still
navigating the stream with their canoes, camping sometimes on the north side
and sometimes on the south side of the river. This time they camped on the
north side, and during the night lost one of their boats, which got loose and
drifted down to the next village of the Wahclellahs, some of whom brought it
back to the white men's camp and were rewarded for their honesty by a present
of two knives. It was found necessary to make a portage here, but a long and
severe rainstorm set in, and the tents and the skins used for
protecting the baggage were soaked. The journal goes on with the
narrative thus:--
We determined to take the canoes first over the portage, in hopes that
by the afternoon the rain would cease, and we might carry our baggage across
without injury. This was immediately begun by almost the whole party, who
in the course of the day dragged four of the canoes to the head of the
rapids, with great difficulty and labor. A guard, consisting of one
sick man and three who had been lamed by accidents, remained with Captain
Lewis [and a cook] to guard the baggage. This precaution was absolutely
necessary to protect it from the Wahclellahs, whom we discovered to be great
thieves, notwithstanding their apparent honesty in restoring our
boat; indeed, so arrogant and intrusive have they become that nothing but
our numbers, we are convinced, saves us from attack. They crowded about us
while we were taking up the boats, and one of them had the insolence to throw
stones down the bank at two of our men.
"We now found it necessary to depart from our mild and pacific course of
conduct. On returning to the head of the portage, many of them met our
men and seemed very ill-disposed. Shields had stopped to purchase a dog, and
being separated from the rest of the party, two Indians pushed him out of the
road, and attempted to take the dog from him. He had no weapon but a
long knife, with which he immediately attacked them both, hoping to
put them to death before they had time to draw their arrows; but as soon
as they saw his design they fled into the woods. Soon afterward we were told
by an Indian who spoke Clatsop, which we had ourselves learned during the
winter, that the Wahclellahs had carried off Captain Lewis' dog to their
village below. Three men well armed were instantly despatched in pursuit of
them, with orders to fire if there was the slightest resistance or
hesitation. At the distance of two miles they came within sight of the
thieves, who, finding themselves pursued, left the dog and made off. We
now ordered all the Indians out of our camp, and explained to them that
whoever stole any of our baggage, or insulted our men, should be instantly
shot; a resolution which we were determined to enforce, as it was now our
only means of safety.
"We were visited during the day by a chief of the Clahclellahs, who
seemed mortified at the behavior of the Indians, and told us that the persons
at the head of their outrages were two very bad men who belonged to the
Wahclellah tribe, but that the nation did not by any means wish to displease
us. This chief seemed very well-disposed, and we had every reason to
believe was much respected by the neighboring Indians. We therefore
gave him a small medal and showed him all the attention in our power, with
which he appeared very much gratified."
The portage of these rapids was very difficult and tiresome. The total
distance of the first stage was twenty-eight hundred yards along a narrow way
rough with rocks and now slippery with rain. One of the canoes was lost here
by being driven out into the strong current, where the force of the water was
so great that it could not be held by the men; the frail skiff drifted down
the rapids and disappeared. They now had two canoes and two periogues left,
and the loads were divided among these craft. This increased the
difficulties of navigation, and Captain Lewis crossed over to the south side
of the river in search of canoes to be purchased from the Indians, who lived
in a village on that side of the stream. The narrative continues:
"The village now consisted of eleven houses, crowded with
inhabitants, and about sixty fighting men. They were very well
disposed, and we found no difficulty in procuring two small canoes, in
exchange for two robes and four elk-skins. He also purchased with deer-skins
three dogs,--an animal which has now become a favorite food, for it is found
to be a strong, healthy diet, preferable to lean deer or elk, and much
superior to horseflesh in any state. With these he proceeded along the south
side of the river, and joined us in the evening."
Above the rapids the party encountered two tribes of Indians from whom
they endeavored to buy horses, for they were now approaching a point when
they must leave the river and travel altogether by land. One of these tribes
was known as the Weocksockwillacurns, and the other was the
Chilluckittequaws. These jaw-breaking names are commended to those who
think that the Indian names of northern Maine are difficult to handle.
Trees were now growing scarcer, and the wide lowlands spread out
before the explorers stretched to the base of the Bitter Root
Mountains without trees, but covered with luxuriant grass and
herbage. After being confined so long to the thick forests and
mountains of the seacoast, the party found this prospect very
exhilarating, notwithstanding the absence of forests and thickets. The
climate, too, was much more agreeable than that to which they had lately been
accustomed, being dry and pure.
Chapter XX
The Last Stage of the Columbia
On the thirteenth of April the party reached the series of falls and
rapids which they called the Long Narrows. At the point reached the
river is confined, for a space of about fourteen miles, to narrow channels
and rocky falls. The Long Narrows are now known as the Dalles.
The word "dalles" is French, and signifies flagstones, such as are used for
sidewalks. Many of the rocks in these narrows are nearly flat on top, and
even the precipitous banks look like walls of rock. At the upper end of the
rapids, or dalles, is Celilo City, and at the lower end is Dalles City,
sometimes known as "The Dalles." Both of these places are in Oregon;
the total fall of the water from Celilo to the Dalles is over eighty
feet. Navigation of these rapids is impossible. As the explorers
had no further use for their pirogues, they broke them up for fuel. The
merchandise was laboriously carried around on the river bank. They were able
to buy four horses from the Skilloots for which they paid well in
goods. It was now nearly time for the salmon to begin to run, and under
date of April 19 the journal has this entry:--
"The whole village was filled with rejoicing to-day at having caught a
single salmon, which was considered as the harbinger of vast quantities in
four or five days. In order to hasten their arrival the Indians,
according to custom, dressed the fish and cut it into small pieces, one of
which was given to each child in the village. In the good humor excited by
this occurrence they parted, though reluctantly, with four other horses, for
which we gave them two kettles, reserving only a single small one for a
mess of eight men. Unluckily, however, we lost one of the horses by
the negligence of the person to whose charge he was committed. The rest were,
therefore, hobbled and tied; but as the nations here do not understand
gelding, all the horses but one were stallions; this being the season when
they are most vicious, we had great difficulty in managing them, and were
obliged to keep watch over them all night. . . . . . . . . . .
As it was obviously our interest to preserve the goodwill of these
people, we passed over several small thefts which they committed, but this
morning we learnt that six tomahawks and a knife had been stolen during the
night. We addressed ourselves to the chief, who seemed angry with his
people, and made a harangue to them; but we did not recover the articles, and
soon afterward two of our spoons were missing. We therefore ordered
them all from our camp, threatening to beat severely any one detected in
purloining. This harshness irritated them so much that they left us in
an ill-humor, and we therefore kept on our guard against any
insult. Besides this knavery, the faithlessness of the people is
intolerable; frequently, after receiving goods in exchange for a horse, they
return in a few hours and insist on revoking the bargain or receiving some
additional value. We discovered, too, that the horse which was missing
yesterday had been gambled away by the fellow from whom we had purchased
him, to a man of a different nation, who had carried him off. We succeeded
in buying two more horses, two dogs, and some chappelell, and also exchanged
a couple of elk-skins for a gun belonging to the chief . . . One of the
canoes, for which the Indians would give us very little, was cut up for fuel;
two others, together with some elk-skins and pieces of old iron, we bartered
for beads, and the remaining two small ones were despatched early next
morning, with all the baggage which could not be carried on horseback. We
had intended setting out at the same time, but one of our horses broke loose
during the night, and we were under the necessity of sending several men in
search of him. In the mean time, the Indians, who were always on the
alert, stole a tomahawk, which we could not recover, though several of them
were searched; and another fellow was detected in carrying off a piece of
iron, and kicked out of camp; upon which Captain Lewis, addressing
them, told them he was not afraid to fight them, for, if he chose, he
could easily put them all to death, and burn their village, but that he did
not wish to treat them ill if they kept from stealing; and that, although, if
he could discover who had the tomahawks, he would take away their horses, yet
he would rather lose the property altogether than take the horse of an
innocent man. The chiefs were present at this harangue, hung their
heads, and made no reply.
"At ten o'clock the men returned with the horse, and soon after an
Indian, who had promised to go with us as far as the Chopunnish, came with
two horses, one of which he politely offered to assist in carrying our
baggage. We therefore loaded nine horses, and, giving the tenth to
Bratton, who was still too sick to walk, at about ten o'clock left the
village of these disagreeable people."
At an Indian village which they reached soon after leaving that of
the disagreeable Skilloots, they found the fellow who had gambled away the
horse that he had sold. Being faced with punishment, he agreed to
replace the animal he had stolen with another, and a very good horse was
brought to satisfy the white men, who were now determined to pursue a rigid
course with the thievish Indians among whom they found themselves.
These people, the Eneeshurs, were stingy, inhospitable, and overbearing in
their ways. Nothing but the formidable numbers of the white men saved them
from insult, pillage, and even murder. While they were here, one of the
horses belonging to the party broke loose and ran towards the Indian
village. A buffalo robe attached to him fell off and was gathered in by one
of the Eneeshurs. Captain Lewis, whose patience was now exhausted, set
out, determined to burn the village unless the Indians restored the
robe. Fortunately, however, one of his men found the missing article
hidden in a hut, and so any act of violent reprisal was not necessary.
So scarce had now become fuel, the party were obliged to buy what little
wood they required for their single cooking-fire. They could not afford a
fire to keep them warm, and, as the nights were cold and they lay without any
shelter, they were most uncomfortable, although the days were warm. They
were now travelling along the Columbia River, using their horses for a part
of their luggage, and towing the canoes with the remainder of the
stuff. On the twenty-third of April they arrived at the mouth of Rock
Creek, on the Columbia, a considerable stream which they missed as they
passed this point on their way down, October 21. Here they met a
company of Indians called the Wahhowpum, with whom they traded pewter
buttons, strips of tin and twisted wire for roots, dogs, and fuel. These
people were waiting for the arrival of the salmon. The journal says:--
"After arranging the camp we assembled all the warriors, and
having smoked with them, the violins were produced, and some of the men
danced. This civility was returned by the Indians in a style of
dancing, such as we had not yet seen. The spectators formed a
circle round the dancers, who, with their robes drawn tightly round the
shoulders, and divided into parties of five or six men, perform by crossing
in a line from one side of the circle to the other. All the parties,
performers as well as spectators, sing, and after proceeding in this way for
some time, the spectators join, and the whole concludes by a promiscuous
dance and song. Having finished, the natives retired at our request, after
promising to barter horses with us in the morning."
They bought three horses of these Indians and hired three more from a
Chopunnish who was to accompany them. The journal adds:--
"The natives also had promised to take our canoes in exchange for
horses; but when they found that we were resolved on travelling by land they
refused giving us anything, in hopes that we would be forced to leave
them. Disgusted at this conduct, we determined rather to cut them to
pieces than suffer these people to enjoy them, and actually began to split
them, on which they gave us several strands of beads for each canoe. We
had now a sufficient number of horses to carry our baggage, and therefore
proceeded wholly by land."
Next day the party camped near a tribe of Indians known as the
Pishquitpah. These people had never seen white men before, and
they flocked in great numbers around the strangers, but were very
civil and hospitable, although their curiosity was rather
embarrassing. These people were famous hunters, and both men and women
were excellent riders. They were now travelling on the south side of
the river, in Oregon, and, after leaving the Pishquitpahs, they encountered
the "Wollawollahs," as they called them. These Indians are now known as the
Walla Walla tribe, and their name is given to a river, a town, and a fort of
the United States. In several of the Indian dialects walla
means "running water," and when the word is repeated, it diminishes the
size of the object; so that Walla Walla means "little running water." Near
here the explorers passed the mouth of a river which they called the
Youmalolam; it is a curious example of the difficulty of rendering Indian
names into English. The stream is now known as the Umatilla. Here
they found some old acquaintances of whom the journal has this
account:--
"Soon after we were joined by seven Wollawollahs, among whom we recognized
a chief by the name of Yellept, who had visited us on the nineteenth of
October, when we gave him a medal with the promise of a larger one on our
return. He appeared very much pleased at seeing us again, and invited us to
remain at his village three or four days, during which he would supply
us with the only food they had, and furnish us with horses for our
journey. After the cold, inhospitable treatment we have lately received, this
kind offer was peculiarly acceptable; and after a hasty meal we accompanied
him to his village, six miles above, situated on the edge of the low
country, about twelve miles below the mouth of Lewis' River.
"Immediately on our arrival Yellept, who proved to be a man of much
influence, not only in his own but in the neighboring nations, collected the
inhabitants, and having made a harangue, the purport of which was to induce
the nations to treat us hospitably, he set them an example by bringing
himself an armful of wood, and a platter containing three roasted
mullets. They immediately assented to one part, at least, of the
recommendation, by furnishing us with an abundance of the only sort of
fuel they employ, the stems of shrubs growing in the plains. We then
purchased four dogs, on which we supped heartily, having been on short
allowance for two days past. When we were disposed to sleep, the
Indians retired immediately on our request, and indeed, uniformly conducted
themselves with great propriety. These people live on roots, which are very
abundant in the plains, and catch a few salmon-trout; but at present they
seem to subsist chiefly on a species of mullet, weighing from one to three
pounds. They informed us that opposite the village there was a route which
led to the mouth of the Kooskooskee, on the south side of Lewis' River; that
the road itself was good, and passed over a level country well supplied with
water and grass; and that we should meet with plenty of deer and
antelope. We knew that a road in that direction would shorten the
distance at least eighty miles; and as the report of our guide was
confirmed by Yellept and other Indians, we did not hesitate to adopt this
route: they added, however, that there were no houses, nor permanent
Indian residences on the road and that it would therefore be prudent not to
trust wholly to our guns, but to lay in a stock of provisions.
"Taking their advice, therefore, we next day purchased ten dogs. While
the trade for these was being conducted by our men, Yellept brought a fine
white horse, and presented him to Captain Clark, expressing at the same time
a wish to have a kettle; but, on being informed that we had
already disposed of the last kettle we could spare, he said he would be
content with any present we chose to make him in return. Captain Clark
thereupon gave him his sword, for which the chief had before expressed a
desire, adding one hundred balls, some powder, and other small articles, with
which he appeared perfectly satisfied. We were now anxious to depart,
and requested Yellept to lend us canoes for the purpose of crossing the
river; but he would not listen to any proposal of the kind. He wished us
to remain for two or three days; but, at all events, would not consent to our
going to-day, for he had already sent to invite his neighbors, the
Chimnapoos, to come down this evening and join his people in a dance for our
amusement. We urged in vain that, by setting out sooner, we would the
earlier return with the articles they desired; for a day, he observed, would
make but little difference. We at length mentioned that, as there was no wind
it was now the best time to cross the river, and we would merely take the
horses over and return to sleep at their village. To this he assented; we
then crossed with our horses, and having hobbled them, returned to their
camp.
"Fortunately, there was among these Wollwaollahs a prisoner belonging to
a tribe of Shoshonee or Snake Indians, residing to the south of the Multnomah
and visiting occasionally the heads of Wollawollah Creek. Our Shoshonee
woman, Sacagawea, though she belonged to a tribe near the Missouri, spoke the
same language as this prisoner; by their means we were able to explain
ourselves to the Indians, and answer all their inquiries with respect to
ourselves and the object of our journey. Our conversation inspired them with
much confidence, and they soon brought several sick persons, for whom they
requested our assistance. We splintered [splinted] the broken arm of one,
gave some relief to another, whose knee was contracted by rheumatism, and
administered what we thought beneficial for ulcers and eruptions of the skin
on various parts of the body which are very common disorders among
them. But our most valuable medicine was eye-water, which we
distributed, and which, indeed, they required very much.
"A little before sunset the Chimnapoos, amounting to one hundred men and
a few women, came to the village, and, joining the Wollawollahs, who were
about the same number of men, formed themselves in a circle round our camp,
and waited very patiently till our men were disposed to dance, which they did
for about an hour, to the music of the violin. They then requested the
Indians to dance. With this they readily complied; and the whole
assemblage, amounting, with the women and children of the village, to
several hundred, stood up, and sang and danced at the same time. The exercise
was not, indeed, very violent nor very graceful; for the greater part of them
were formed into a solid column, round a kind of hollow square, stood on the
same place, and merely jumped up at intervals, to keep time to the
music. Some, however, of the more active warriors entered the square
and danced round it sideways, and some of our men joined in with them, to
the great satisfaction of the Indians. The dance continued till ten
o'clock."
By the thirtieth of April the expedition was equipped with twenty-three
horses, most of which were young and excellent animals; but many of them were
afflicted with sore backs. All Indians are cruel masters and hard
riders, and their saddles are so rudely made that it is almost impossible for
an Indian's horse to be free from scars; yet they continue to ride after the
animal's back is scarified in the most horrible manner.
The expedition was now in what we know as Walla Walla County,
Washington, and they were travelling along the river Walla Walla,
leaving the Columbia, which has here a general direction of northerly. The
course of the party was northeast, their objective point being that where
Waitesburg is now built, near the junction of Coppie Creek and the Touchet
River. They were in a region of wood in plenty, and for the first time
since leaving the Long Narrows, or Dalles, they had as much fuel as they
needed. On the Touchet, accordingly, they camped for the sake of having a
comfortable night; the nights were cold, and a good fire by which to sleep
was an attraction not easily resisted. The journal, April 30, has this
entry:--
"We were soon supplied by Drewyer with a beaver and an otter, of which
we took only a part of the beaver, and gave the rest to the Indians.
The otter is a favorite food, though much inferior, at least in our
estimation, to the dog, which they will not eat. The horse is seldom eaten,
and never except when absolute necessity compels them, as the only
alternative to dying of hunger. This fastidiousness does not, however, seem
to proceed so much from any dislike to the food, as from attachment to the
animal itself; for many of them eat very heartily of the horse-beef
which we give them."
On the first day of May, having travelled forty miles from their camp
near the mouth of the Walla Walla, they camped between two points at which
are now situated the two towns of Prescott, on the south, and Waitesburg, on
the north. Their journal says:--
"We had scarcely encamped when three young men came up from the
Wollawollah village, with a steel-trap which had inadvertently been left
behind, and which they had come a whole day's journey in order to
restore. This act of integrity was the more pleasing, because, though very
rare among Indians, it corresponded perfectly with the general behavior of
the Wollawollahs, among whom we had lost carelessly several knives, which
were always returned as soon as found. We may, indeed, justly
affirm, that of all the Indians whom we had met since leaving the United
States, the Wollawollahs were the most hospitable, honest, and
sincere."
Chapter XXI
Overland east of the Columbia
It was now early in May, and the expedition, travelling eastward along
Touchet Creek, were in the country of their friends, the Chopunnish. On
the third, they were agreeably surprised to meet Weahkootnut, whom they had
named Bighorn from the fact that be wore a born of that animal suspended from
his left arm. This man was the first chief of a large band of
Chopunnish, and when the expedition passed that way, on their path to the
Pacific, the last autumn, he was very obliging and useful to them, guiding
them down the Snake, or Lewis River. He had now heard that the white
men were on their return, and he had come over across the hills to meet
them. As we may suppose, the meeting was very cordial, and
Weahkootnut turned back with his white friends and accompanied them to the
mouth of the Kooskooskee, a stream of which our readers have heard
before; it is now known as the Clearwater.
Captain Lewis told Weahkootnut that his people were hungry, their
slender stock of provisions being about exhausted. The chief told them that
they would soon come to a Chopunnish house where they could get food.
But the journal has this entry:--
"We found the house which Weahkootnut had mentioned, where we halted for
breakfast. It contained six families, so miserably poor that all we
could obtain from them were two lean dogs and a few large cakes of half-cured
bread, made of a root resembling the sweet potato, of all which we contrived
to form a kind of soup. The soil of the plain is good, but it has no
timber. The range of southwest mountains is about fifteen miles above
us, but continues to lower, and is still covered with snow to its
base. After giving passage to Lewis' [Snake] River, near
their northeastern extremity, they terminate in a high level plain between
that river and the Kooskooskee. The salmon not having yet called them
to the rivers, the greater part of the Chopunnish are now dispersed in
villages through this plain, for the purpose of collecting quamash and cows,
which here grow in great abundance, the soil being extremely fertile, in many
places covered with long-leaved pine, larch, and balsam-fir, which
contribute to render it less thirsty than the open, unsheltered
plains."
By the word "cows," in this sentence, we must understand that the
story-teller meant cowas, a root eaten by the Indians and white explorers in
that distant region. It is a knobbed, irregular root, and when cooked
resembles the ginseng. At this place the party met some of the Indians
whom Captain Clark had treated for slight diseases, when they passed that
way, the previous autumn. They bad sounded the praises of the white men and
their medicine, and others were now waiting to be treated in the same
manner. The Indians were glad to pay for their treatment, and the
white men were not sorry to find this easy method of adding to their stock
of food, which was very scanty at this time. The journal sagely adds, "We
cautiously abstain from giving them any but harmless medicines; and as we
cannot possibly do harm, our prescriptions, though unsanctioned by the
faculty, may be useful, and are entitled to some remuneration." Very
famous and accomplished doctors might say the same thing of their
practice. But the explorers did not meet with pleasant acquaintances
only; in the very next entry is recorded this disagreeable incident:
"Four miles beyond this house we came to another large one,
containing ten families, where we halted and made our dinner on two dogs and
a small quantity of roots, which we did not procure without much
difficulty. Whilst we were eating, an Indian standing by, looking with
great derision at our eating dogs, threw a poor half-starved puppy
almost into Captain Lewis' plate, laughing heartily at the humor of
it. Captain Lewis took up the animal and flung it with great force
into the fellow's face; and seizing his tomahawk, threatened to cut
him down if he dared to repeat such insolence. He immediately
withdrew, apparently much mortified, and we continued our repast of dog very
quietly. Here we met our old Chopunnish guide, with his family; and soon
afterward one of our horses, which had been separated from the rest in
charge of Twisted-hair, and had been in this neighborhood for several
weeks, was caught and restored to us."
Later in that day the party came to a Chopunnish house which was one
hundred and fifty-six feet long and fifteen feet wide. Thirty families were
living in this big house, each family having its fire by itself burning on
the earthen floor, along through the middle of the great structure. The
journal says:--
"We arrived very hungry and weary, but could not purchase any
provisions, except a small quantity of the roots and bread of the
cows. They had, however, heard of our medical skill, and made many
applications for assistance, but we refused to do anything unless they gave
us either dogs or horses to eat. We soon had nearly fifty
patients. A chief brought his wife with an abscess on her back, and
promised to furnish us with a horse to-morrow if we would relieve
her. Captain Clark, therefore, opened the abscess, introduced a tent, and
dressed it with basilicon. We also prepared and distributed some
doses of flour of sulphur and cream of tartar, with directions for its
use. For these we obtained several dogs, but too poor for use, and
therefore postponed our medical operations till the morning. In the mean time
a number of Indians, besides the residents of the village, gathered about us
or camped in the woody bottom of the creek."
It will be recollected that when the expedition was in this region (on
the Kooskooskee), during the previous September, on their way westward, they
left their horses with Chief Twisted-hair, travelling overland from that
point. They were now looking for that chief, and the journal says:--
"About two o'clock we collected our horses and set out, accompanied by
Weahkoonut, with ten or twelve men and a man who said he was the brother of
Twisted-hair. At four miles we came to a single house of three families, but
could not procure provisions of any kind; and five miles further we halted
for the night near another house, built like the rest, of sticks, mats, and
dried hay, and containing six families. It was now so difficult to procure
anything to eat that our chief dependence was on the horse which we received
yesterday for medicine; but to our great disappointment he broke the
rope by which be was confined, made his escape, and left us supperless in
the rain."
Next day they met an Indian who brought them two canisters of
powder, which they at once knew to be some of that which they had buried last
autumn. The Indian said that his dog had dug it up in the meadow by the
river, and he had restored it to its rightful owners. As a reward for
his honesty, the captains gave him a flint and steel for striking fire; and
they regretted that their own poverty prevented them from being more liberal
to the man.
They observed that the Rocky Mountains, now in full sight, were still
covered with snow, and the prospect of crossing them was not very rosy.
Their Chopunnish guide told them that it would be impossible to cross the
mountains before the next full moon, which would be about the first of
June. The journal adds: "To us, who are desirous of reaching the plains
of the Missouri-- if for no other reason, for the purpose of enjoying a good
meal-- this intelligence was by no means welcome, and gave no relish to
the remainder of the horse killed at Colter's Creek, which formed our supper,
as part of which had already been our dinner." Next day, accordingly, the
hunters turned out early in the morning, and before noon returned with four
deer and a duck, which, with the remains of horse-beef on hand, gave them a
much more plentiful stock of provisions than had lately fallen to their
lot. During the previous winter, they were told, the Indians suffered very
much for lack of food, game of all sorts being scarce. They were forced to
boil and eat the moss growing on the trees, and they cut down the pine-trees
for the sake of the small nut to be found in the pine-cones. Here they were
met by an old friend, Neeshnepahkeeook and the Shoshonee, who had acted as
interpreter for them. The journal says:--
"We gave Neeshnepahkeeook and his people some of our game and
horse-beef, besides the entrails of the deer, and four fawns which we
found inside of two of them. They did not eat any of them perfectly
raw, but the entrails had very little cooking; the fawns were boiled
whole, and the hide, hair, and entrails all consumed. The Shoshonee was
offended at not having as much venison as he wished, and refused to
interpret; but as we took no notice of him, he became very officious in the
course of a few hours, and made many efforts to reinstate himself in our
favor. The brother of Twisted-hair, and Neeshnepahkeeook, now drew a
sketch, which we preserved, of all the waters west of the Rocky
Mountains."
They now met Twisted-hair, in whose care they had left their horses and
saddles the previous fall, and this was the result of their
inquiries:--
"Between three and four o'clock in the afternoon we set out, in company
with Neeshuepahkeeook and other Indians, the brother of Twisted-hair having
left us. Our route was up a high steep hill to a level plain with
little wood, through which we passed in a direction parallel to the
[Kooskooskee] River for four miles, when we met Twisted-hair and six of his
people. To this chief we had confided our horses and a part of our saddles
last autumn, and we therefore formed very unfavorable conjectures on finding
that he received us with great coldness. Shortly afterward he began to speak
in a very loud, angry manner, and was answered by Neeshnepahkeeook. We
now discovered that a violent quarrel had arisen between these chiefs, on
the subject, as we afterward understood, of our horses. But as we could not
learn the cause, and were desirous of terminating the dispute, we interposed,
and told them we should go on to the first water and camp. We
therefore set out, followed by all the Indians, and having reached, at two
miles' distance, a small stream running to the right, we camped with the two
chiefs and their little bands, forming separate camps at a distance from each
other. They all appeared to be in an ill humor; and as we had already
heard reports that the Indians had discovered and carried off our
saddles, and that the horses were very much scattered, we began to be
uneasy, lest there should be too much foundation for the report. We were
therefore anxious to reconcile the two chiefs as soon as possible, and
desired the Shoshonee to interpret for us while we attempted a mediation, but
be peremptorily refused to speak a word. He observed that it was a quarrel
between the two chiefs, and he had therefore no right to interfere; nor could
all our representations, that by merely repeating what we said he
could not possibly be considered as meddling between the chiefs, induce
him to take any part in it.
"Soon afterward Drewyer returned from hunting, and was sent to
invite Twisted-hair to come and smoke with us. He accepted the
invitation, and as we were smoking the pipe over our fire he informed us that
according to his promise on leaving us at the falls of the Columbia, he
had collected our horses and taken charge of them as soon as he reached
home. But about this time Neeshnepahkeeook and Turmachemootoolt (Broken-arm),
who, as we passed, were on a war-party against the Shoshonees on the
south branch of Lewis' River, returned; and becoming jealous of
him, because the horses had been confided to his care, were
constantly quarrelling with him. At length, being an old man and
unwilling to live in perpetual dispute with these two chiefs, he had given up
the care of the horses, which had consequently become very much
scattered. The greater part of them were, however, still in the
neighborhood; some in the forks between the Chopunnish and
Kooskooskee, and three or four at the village of Broken Arm, about half a
day's march higher up the river. He added, that on the rise of the
river in the spring, the earth had fallen from the door of the cache, and
exposed the saddles, some of which had probably been lost; but that, as soon
as be was acquainted with the situation of them, he had them buried in
another deposit, where they now were. He promised that, if we would stay the
next day at his house, a few miles distant, he would collect such of the
horses as were in the neighborhood, and send his young men for those in the
forks, over the Kooskooskee. He moreover advised us to visit Broken
Arm, who was a chief of great eminence, and he would himself guide us to
his dwelling.
"We told him that we would follow his advice in every respect; that we
had confided our horses to his care, and expected he would deliver them to
us, on which we should cheerfully give him the two guns and the ammunition we
had promised him. With this he seemed very much pleased, and declared he
would use every exertion to restore the horses. We now sent for
Neesbnepahkeeook, or Cut Nose, and, after smoking for some time, began by
expressing to the two chiefs our regret at seeing a misunderstanding between
them. Neeshnepahkeeook replied that Twisted Hair was a bad old man, and
wore two faces; for, instead of taking care of our horses, he had suffered
his young men to hunt with them, so that they had been very much injured, and
it was for this reason that Broken Arm and himself had forbidden him to use
them. Twisted Hair made no reply to this speech, and we then
told Neeshnepahkeeook of our arrangement for the next day. He appeared to
be very well satisfied, and said he would himself go with us to Broken Arm,
who expected to see us, and had TWO BAD HORSES FOR US; by which expression we
understood that Broken Arm intended to make us a present of two
horses."
Next day, the party reached the house of Twisted-hair, and began to look
for their horses and saddles. The journal gives this account of the
search:--
"Late in the afternoon, Twisted-hair returned with about half the
saddles we had left in the autumn, and some powder and lead which were
buried at the same place. Soon after, the Indians brought us
twenty-one of our horses, the greater part of which were in excellent
order, though some had not yet recovered from hard usage, and three had sore
backs. We were, however, very glad to procure them in any
condition. Several Indians came down from the village of
Tunnachemootoolt and passed the night with us. Cut-nose and
Twisted-hair seem now perfectly reconciled, for they both slept in the house
of the latter. The man who had imposed himself upon us as a brother of
Twisted-hair also came and renewed his advances, but we now found that he
was an impertinent, proud fellow, of no respectability in the nation, and
we therefore felt no inclination to cultivate his intimacy. Our camp was in
an open plain, and soon became very uncomfortable, for the wind was high and
cold, and the rain and hail, which began about seven o'clock, changed in two
hours to a heavy fall of snow, which continued till after six o'clock [May
10th], the next morning, when it ceased, after covering the ground eight
inches deep and leaving the air keen and cold. We soon collected our
horses, and after a scanty breakfast of roots set out on a course S. 35'0
E."
They were now following the general course of the Kooskooskee, or
Clearwater, as the stream is called, and their route lay in what is now Nez
Perce County, Idaho. They have passed the site of the present city of
Lewiston, named for Captain Lewis. They have arrived in a
region inhabited by the friendly Chopunnish, or Nez Perce, several
villages of which nation were scattered around the camp of the white
men. The narrative says:
"We soon collected the men of consideration, and after
smoking, explained how destitute we were of provisions. The chief spoke
to the people, who immediately brought two bushels of dried
quamash-roots, some cakes of the roots of cows, and a dried salmon-trout; we
thanked them for this supply, but observed that, not being accustomed to
live on roots alone, we feared that such diet might make our men sick, and
therefore proposed to exchange one of our good horses, which was rather poor,
for one that was fatter, and which we might kill. The hospitality of the
chief was offended at the idea of an exchange; he observed that his people
had an abundance of young horses, and that if we were disposed to use that
food we might have as many as we wanted. Accordingly, they soon gave us
two fat young horses, without asking anything in return, an act of liberal
hospitality much greater than any we have witnessed since crossing the Rocky
Mountains, if it be not in fact the only really hospitable treatment we
have received in this part of the world. We killed one of the
horses, and then telling the natives that we were fatigued and hungry, and
that as soon as we were refreshed we would communicate freely with them,
began to prepare our repast.
"During this time a principal chief, called Hohastillpilp, came from his
village, about six miles distant, with a party of fifty men, for the purpose
of visiting us. We invited him into our circle, and he alighted and
smoked with us, while his retinue, with five elegant horses, continued
mounted at a short distance. While this was going on, the chief had a large
leathern tent spread for us, and desired that we would make it our home so
long as we remained at his village. We removed there, and having made a
fire, and cooked our supper of horseflesh and roots, collected all the
distinguished men present, and spent the evening in making known who we were,
what were the objects of our journey, and in answering their inquiries. To
each of the chiefs Tunnachemootoolt and Hohastillpilp we gave a small medal,
explaining their use and importance as honorary distinctions both among the
whites and the red men. Our men were well pleased at once more having made a
hearty meal. They had generally been in the habit of crowding into the
houses of the Indians, to purchase provisions on the best terms they could;
for the inhospitality of the country was such, that often, in the extreme of
hunger, they were obliged to treat the natives with but little
ceremony; but this Twisted Hair had told us was very disagreeable. Finding
that these people are so kind and liberal, we ordered our men to treat them
with the greatest respect, and not to throng round their fires, so that they
now agree perfectly well together. After the council the Indians felt no
disposition to retire, and our tent was filled with them all night."
As the expedition was here in a populous country, among many bands of
Indians, it was thought wise to have a powwow with the head men and explain
to them what were the intentions of the United States Government. But,
owing to the crooked course which their talk must needs take, it was
very difficult to learn if the Indians finally understood what was
said. Here is the journal's account of the way in which the powwow was
conducted:--
"We collected the chiefs and warriors, and having drawn a map of the
relative situation of our country on a mat with a piece of coal, detailed the
nature and power of the American nation, its desire to preserve harmony
between all its red brethren, and its intention of establishing
trading-houses for their relief and support. It was not without
difficulty, nor till after nearly half the day was spent, that we were able
to convey all this information to the Chopunnish, much of which might have
been lost or distorted in its circuitous route through a variety of
languages; for in the first place, we spoke in English to one of our men, who
translated it into French to Chaboneau; he interpreted it to his wife in the
Minnetaree language; she then put it into Shoshonee, and the young
Shoshonee prisoner explained it to the Chopunnish in their own dialect. At
last we succeeded in communicating the impression we wished, and then
adjourned the council; after which we amused them by showing the wonders of
the compass, spy-glass, magnet, watch, and air-gun, each of which attracted
its share of admiration."
The simple-minded Indians, who seemed to think that the white men could
heal all manner of diseases, crowded around them next day, begging for
medicines and treatment. These were freely given, eye-water being most
in demand. There was a general medical powwow. The journal
adds:--
"Shortly after, the chiefs and warriors held a council among
themselves, to decide on an answer to our speech, and the result was, as
we were informed, that they had full confidence in what we had told
them, and were resolved to follow our advice. This determination
having been made, the principal chief, Tunnachemootoolt, took a
quantity of flour of the roots of cow-weed [cowas], and going round to all
the kettles and baskets in which his people were cooking, thickened the soup
into a kind of mush. He then began an harangue, setting forth the
result of the deliberations among the chiefs, and after exhorting them to
unanimity, concluded with an invitation to all who acquiesced in the
proceedings of the council to come and eat; while those who were of a
different mind were requested to show their dissent by not partaking of the
feast. During this animated harangue, the women, who were probably
uneasy at the prospect of forming this proposed new connection with
strangers, tore their hair, and wrung their hands with the greatest
appearance of distress. But the concluding appeal of the orator effectually
stopped the mouths of every malecontent, and the proceedings were
ratified, and the mush devoured with the most zealous unanimity.
"The chiefs and warriors then came in a body to visit us as we
were seated near our tent; and at their instance, two young men, one of
whom was a son of Tunnachemootoolt, and the other the youth whose
father had been killed by the Pahkees, presented to us each a fine
horse. We invited the chiefs to be seated, and gave every one of them a
flag, a pound of powder, and fifty balls, and a present of the same kind
to the young men from whom we had received the horses. They then invited us
into the tent, and said that they now wished to answer what we had told them
yesterday, but that many of their people were at that moment waiting in great
pain for our medical assistance."
It was agreed, therefore, that Captain Clark, who seems to have been
their favorite physician, should attend to the sick and lame, while Captain
Lewis should conduct a council with the chiefs and listen to what they had to
say. The upshot of the powwow was that the Chopunnish said they had
sent three of their warriors with a pipe to make peace with the Shoshonees,
last summer, as they had been advised to do by the white men. The
Shoshonees, unmindful of the sacredness of this embassy, had killed the
young warriors and had invited the battle which immediately took place, in
which the Chopunnish killed forty-two of the Shoshonees, to get even for the
wanton killing of their three young men. The white men now wanted some of the
Chopunnish to accompany them to the plains of the Missouri, but the Indians
were not willing to go until they were assured that they would not be
waylaid and slain by their enemies of the other side of the mountains. The
Chopunnish would think over the proposal that some of their young men should
go over the range with the white men; a decision on this point should be
reached before the white men left the country. Anyhow, the white men
might be sure that the Indians would do their best to oblige their
visitors. Their conclusion was, "For, although we are poor, our hearts are
good." The story of this conference thus concludes:--
"As soon as this speech was concluded, Captain Lewis replied at some
length; with this they appeared highly gratified, and after smoking the
pipe, made us a present of another fat horse for food. We, in
turn, gave Broken-arm a phial of eye-water, with directions to wash the
eyes of all who should apply for it; and as we promised to fill it
again when it was exhausted, he seemed very much pleased with our
liberality. To Twisted-hair, who had last night collected six more horses, we
gave a gun, one hundred balls, and two pounds of powder, and told him he
should have the same quantity when we received the remainder of our
horses. In the course of the day three more of them were brought in, and
a fresh exchange of small presents put the Indians in excellent humor. On
our expressing a wish to cross the river and form a camp, in order to
hunt and fish till the snows had melted, they recommended a position a
few miles distant, and promised to furnish us to-morrow with a canoe to
cross. We invited Twisted-hair to settle near our camp, for he has
several young sons, one of whom we hope to engage as a guide, and he
promised to do so. Having now settled all their affairs, the Indians
divided themselves into two parties, and began to play the game of hiding a
bone, already described as common to all the natives of this
country, which they continued playing for beads and other ornaments."
As there was so dismal a prospect for crossing the snow-covered
mountains at this season of the year, the captains of the expedition resolved
to establish a camp and remain until the season should be further
advanced. Accordingly, a spot on the north side of the river, recommended to
them by the Indians, was selected, and a move across the stream was
made. A single canoe was borrowed for the transit of the baggage, and the
horses were driven in to swim across, and the passage was accomplished
without loss. The camp was built on the site of an old Indian house, in a
circle about thirty yards in diameter, near the river and in an advantageous
position. As soon as the party were encamped, the two Chopunnish chiefs came
down to the opposite bank, and, with twelve of their nation, began to
sing. This was the custom of these people, being a token of their
friendship on such occasions. The captains sent a canoe over for the
chiefs, and, after smoking for some time, Hohastillpilp presented Captain
with a fine gray horse which he had brought over for that purpose, and he was
perfectly satisfied to receive in return a handkerchief, two hundred balls,
and four pounds of powder.
Here is some curious information concerning the bears which they
found in this region. It must be borne in mind that they were still
west of the Bitter Root Mountains:--
"The hunters killed some pheasants, two squirrels, and a male and a
female bear, the first of which was large, fat, and of a bay color; the
second meagre, grizzly, and of smaller size. They were of the species [Ursus
horribilis] common to the upper part of the Missouri, and might well be
termed the variegated bear, for they are found occasionally of a black,
grizzly, brown, or red color. There is every reason to believe them to be of
precisely the same species. Those of different colors are killed together, as
in the case of these two, and as we found the white and bay associated
together on the Missouri; and some nearly white were seen in this
neighborhood by the hunters. Indeed, it is not common to find any two bears
of the same color; and if the difference in color were to constitute a
distinction of species, the number would increase to almost twenty. Soon
afterward the hunters killed a female bear with two cubs. The mother was
black, with a considerable intermixture of white hairs and a white spot on
the breast. One of the cubs was jet black, and the other of a light
reddish-brown or bay color. The hair of these variegated bears is much
finer, longer, and more abundant than that of the common black bear; but the
most striking differences between them are that the former are larger and
have longer tusks, and longer as well as blunter talons; that they prey more
on other animals; that they lie neither so long nor so closely in winter
quarters; and that they never climb a tree, however closely pressed by the
hunters. These variegated bears, though specifically the same with those
we met on the Missouri, are by no means so ferocious; probably because the
scarcity of game and the habit of living on roots may have weaned them from
the practices of attacking and devouring animals. Still, however, they are
not so passive as the common black bear, which is also to be found here; for
they have already fought with our hunters, though with less fury than those
on the other side of the mountains.
"A large part of the meat we gave to the Indians, to whom it was a real
luxury, as they scarcely taste flesh once in a month. They immediately
prepared a large fire of dried wood, on which was thrown a number of smooth
stones from the river. As soon as the fire went down and the stones were
heated, they were laid next to each other in a level position, and covered
with a quantity of pine branches, on which were placed flitches of the meat,
and then boughs and flesh alternately for several courses, leaving a thick
layer of pine on the top. On this heap they then poured a small quantity of
water, and covered the whole with earth to the depth of four inches. After
remaining in this state for about three hours, the meat was taken off, and
was really more tender than that which we had boiled or roasted, though the
strong flavor of the pine rendered it disagreeable to our palates. This
repast gave them much satisfaction; for, though they sometimes kill the black
bear, they attack very reluctantly the fierce variegated bear; and never
except when they can pursue him on horseback over the plains, and shoot him
with arrows."
Chapter XXII
Camping with the Nez Perces
Soon after they had fixed their camp, the explorers bade farewell to
their good friend Tunnachemootoolt and his young men, who returned to their
homes farther down the river. Others of the Nez Perce, or Chopunnish, nation
visited them, and the strangers were interested in watching the
Indians preparing for their hunt. As they were to hunt the
deer, they had the head, horns, and hide of that animal so prepared that
when it was placed on the head and body of a hunter, it gave a very deceptive
idea of a deer; the hunter could move the head of the decoy so that it looked
like a deer feeding, and the suspicious animals were lured within range of
the Indians' bow and arrow.
On the sixteenth of May, Hohastillpilp and his young men also left the
white men's camp and returned to their own village. The hunters of the party
did not meet with much luck in their quest for game, only one deer and a few
pheasants being brought in for several days. The party were fed on
roots and herbs, a species of onion being much prized by them. Bad weather
confined them to their camp, and a common entry in their journal refers to
their having slept all night in a pool of water formed by the falling rain;
their tent-cover was a worn-out leathern affair no longer capable of shedding
the rain. While it rained in the meadows where they were camped, they
could see the snow covering the higher plains above them; on those plains the
snow was more than a foot deep, and yet the plants and shrubs seemed to
thrive in the midst of the snow. On the mountains the snow was several feet
in depth. The journalist says: "So that within twenty miles of our
camp we observe the rigors of winter cold, the cool air of spring, and the
oppressive heat of midsummer." They kept a shrewd lookout for the
possibilities of future occupation of the land by white men; and, writing
here of country and its character, the journalist says: "In short, this
district affords many advantages to settlers, and if properly cultivated,
would yield every object necessary for the comfort and subsistence of
civilized man." But in their wildest dreams, Captains Lewis and Clark could
not have foreseen that in that identical region thrifty settlements of
white men should flourish and that the time would come when the scanty
remnant of the Chopunnish, whom we now call Nez Perces, would be gathered on
a reservation near their camping-place. But both of these things have come to
pass.
In describing the dress of the Chopunnish, or Nez Perces, the journal
says that tippets, or collars, were worn by the men. "That of Hohastillpilp,"
says the journal, "was formed of human scalps and adorned with the thumbs and
fingers of several men slain by him in battle." And yet the journal
immediately adds: "The Chopunnish are among the most amiable men we have
seen. Their character is placid and gentle, rarely moved to passion, yet
not often enlivened by gayety." In short, the Indians were amiable
savages; and it is a savage trait to love to destroy one's enemies.
Here is an entry in the journal of May 19 which will give the
reader some notion of the privations and the pursuits of the party while
shut up in camp for weary weeks in the early summer of 1806:--
"After a cold, rainy night, during a greater part of which we lay in the
water, the weather became fair; we then sent some men to a village above us,
on the opposite side, to purchase some roots. They carried with them for this
purpose a small collection of awls, knitting-pins, and armbands, with which
they obtained several bushels of the root of cows, and some bread of the same
material. They were followed, too, by a train of invalids from the
village, who came to ask for our assistance. The men were generally
afflicted with sore eyes; but the women had besides this a variety of other
disorders, chiefly rheumatic, a violent pain and weakness in the loins, which
is a common complaint among them; one of them seemed much dejected, and as
we thought, from the account of her disease, hysterical. We gave her thirty
drops of laudanum, and after administering eye-water, rubbing the rheumatic
patients with volatile liniment, and giving cathartics to others, they all
thought themselves much relieved and returned highly satisfied to the
village. We were fortunate enough to retake one of the horses on which
we [Captain Lewis] had crossed the Rocky Mountains in the autumn, and
which had become almost wild since that time."
A day or two later, the journal has this significant entry: "On
parcelling out the stores, the stock of each man was found to be only one
awl, and one knitting-pin, half an ounce of vermilion, two needles, a few
skeins of thread, and about a yard of ribbon-- a slender means of bartering
for our subsistence; but the men have been so much accustomed to privations
that now neither the want of meat nor the scanty funds of the party excites
the least anxiety among them." To add to their discomfort, there was a great
deal of sickness in the camp, owing to the low diet of the men.
Sacagawea's baby was ill with mumps and teething, and it is suggested that
the two captains would have been obliged to "walk the floor all night," if
there had been any floor to walk on; as it was, they were deprived of their
nightly rest. Here is an example of what the doctors would call heroic
treatment by Captain Clark, who conducted all such experiments:--
"With one of the men [Bratton] we have ventured an experiment of a very
robust nature. He has been for some time sick, but has now recovered
his flesh, eats heartily, and digests well, but has so great a weakness in
the loins that he cannot walk or even sit upright without extreme pain.
After we had in vain exhausted the resources of our art, one of the hunters
mentioned that he had known persons in similar situations to be restored by
violent sweats, and at the request of the patient, we permitted the remedy to
be applied. For this purpose a hole about four feet deep and three in
diameter was dug in the earth, and heated well by a large fire in the bottom
of it. The fire was then taken out, and an arch formed over the hole by
means of willow-poles, and covered with several blankets so as to make a
perfect awning. The patient being stripped naked, was seated under this
on a beach, with a piece of board for his feet, and with a jug of water
sprinkled the bottom and sides of the hole, so as to keep up as hot a steam
as he could bear. After remaining twenty minutes in this situation, he was
taken out, immediately plunged twice in cold water, and brought back to the
hole, where he resumed the vapor bath. During all this time he drank
copiously a strong infusion of horse-mint, which was used as a
substitute for seneca-root, which our informant said he had seen
employed on these occasions, but of which there is none in this
country. At the end of three-quarters of an hour he was again
withdrawn from the hole, carefully wrapped, and suffered to cool
gradually. This operation was performed yesterday; this morning he
walked about and is nearly free from pain. About eleven o'clock a
canoe arrived with three Indians, one of whom was the poor creature who
had lost the use of his limbs, and for whose recovery the natives seem very
anxious, as he is a chief of considerable rank among them. His
situation is beyond the reach of our skill. He complains of no pain in any
peculiar limb, and we therefore think his disorder cannot be rheumatic, and
his limbs would have been more diminished if his disease had been a paralytic
affection. We had already ascribed it to his diet of roots, and had
recommended his living on fish and flesh, and using the cold bath every
morning, with a dose of cream of tartar or flowers of sulphur every third
day."
It is gratifying to be able to record the fact that Bratton and the
Indian (who was treated in the same manner) actually recovered from their
malady. The journal says of the Indian that his restoration was
"wonderful." This is not too strong a word to use under the circumstances,
for the chief had been helpless for nearly three years, and yet he was able
to get about and take care of himself after he had been treated by
Captain (otherwise Doctor) Clark. Two of his men met with a serious
disaster about this time; going across the river to trade with some Indians,
their boat was stove and went to the bottom, carrying with it three blankets,
a blanket-coat, and their scanty stock of merchandise, all of which was
utterly lost. Another disaster, which happened next day, is thus
recorded:--
"Two of our men, who had been up the river to trade with the
Indians, returned quite unsuccessful. Nearly opposite the village,
their horse fell with his load down a steep cliff into the river, across
which he swam. An Indian on the opposite side drove him back to
them; but in crossing most of the articles were lost and the paint
melted. Understanding their intentions, the Indians attempted to come over to
them, but having no canoe, were obliged to use a raft, which struck on a
rock, upset, and the whole store of roots and bread were destroyed. This
failure completely exhausted our stock of merchandise; but the remembrance of
what we suffered from cold and hunger during the passage of the Rocky
Mountains makes us anxious to increase our means of subsistence and comfort,
since we have again to encounter the same inconvenience."
But the ingenuity of the explorers was equal to this emergency. Having
observed that the Indians were very fond of brass buttons, which they
fastened to their garments as ornaments, and not for the useful purpose for
which buttons are made, the men now proceeded to cut from their shabby United
States uniforms those desired articles, and thus formed a new fund for
trading purposes. To these they added some eye-water, some basilicon, and a
few small tin boxes in which phosphorus had been kept. Basilicon, of
which mention is frequently made in the journal, was an ointment
composed of black pitch, white wax, resin, and olive oil; it was esteemed as
a sovereign remedy for all diseases requiring an outward application. With
these valuables two men were sent out to trade with the Indians, on the
second day of June, and they returned with three bushels of eatable roots and
some cowas bread. Later in that day, a party that had been sent down
the river (Lewis') in quest of food, returned with a goodly supply of roots
and seventeen salmon. These fish, although partly spoiled by the long journey
home, gave great satisfaction to the hungry adventurers, for they were the
promise of a plenty to come when the salmon should ascend the rivers that
make into the Columbia. At this time we find the following interesting
story in the journal of the expedition:--
"We had lately heard, also, that some Indians, residing at a
considerable distance, on the south side of the Kooskooskee, were in
possession of two tomahawks, one of which had been left at our camp on
Moscheto Creek, and the other had been stolen while we were with the
Chopunnish in the autumn. This last we were anxious to obtain, in order
to give it to the relations of our unfortunate companion, Sergeant Floyd,[1]
to whom it once belonged. We therefore sent Drewyer, with the two chiefs
Neeshnepahkeeook and Hohastillpilp (who had returned to us) to demand
it. On their arrival, they found that the present possessor of it, who had
purchased it of the thief, was at the point of death; and his relations were
unwilling to give it up, as they wished to bury it in the grave with the
deceased. The influence of Neeshnepahkeeook, however, at length
prevailed; and they consented to surrender the tomahawk on receiving
two strands of beads and a handkerchief from Drewyer, and from each of the
chiefs a horse, to be killed at the funeral of their kinsman, according to
the custom of the country."
[1] See page 23.
The Chopunnish chiefs now gave their final answer to the
two captains who had requested guides from them. The chiefs
said that they could not accompany the party, but later in the summer they
might cross the great divide and spend the next winter on the headwaters of
the Missouri. At present, they could only promise that some of their
young men should go with the whites; these had not been selected, but they
would be sent on after the party, if the two captains insisted on starting
now. This was not very encouraging, for they had depended upon the Indians
for guidance over the exceedingly difficult and even dangerous passages of
the mountains. Accordingly, it was resolved that, while waiting on the
motions of the Indians, the party might as well make a visit to Quamash
flats, where they could lay in a stock of provisions for their arduous
journey. It is not certain which of the several Quamash flats mentioned in
the history of the expedition is here referred to; but it is likely that the
open glade in which Captain Clark first struck the low country of the west is
here meant. It was here that he met the Indian boys hiding in the
grass, and from here he led the expedition out of the wilderness. For
"quamash" read "camass," an edible root much prized by the Nez Perces then
and now.
While they lingered at their camp, they were visited by several bands of
friendly Indians. The explorers traded horses with their visitors, and,
with what they already had, they now found their band to number sixty-five,
all told. Having finished their trading, they invited the Indians to take
part in the games of prisoners' base and foot-racing; in the latter game the
Indians were very expert, being able to distance the fleetest runner of the
white men's party. At night, the games were concluded by a dance. The
account of the expedition says that the captains were desirous
of encouraging these exercises before they should begin the passage over
the mountains, "as several of the men are becoming lazy from inaction."
On the tenth of June the party set out for Quamash flats, each man well
mounted and leading a spare horse which carried a small load. To their
dismay, they found that their good friends, the Chopunnish, unwilling to part
with them, were bound to accompany them to the hunting-grounds. The Indians
would naturally expect to share in the hunt and to be provided for by the
white men. The party halted there only until the sixth of June, and
then, collecting their horses, set out through what proved to be a very
difficult trail up the creek on which they were camped, in a northeasterly
direction. There was still a quantity of snow on the ground, although
this was in shady places and hollows. Vegetation was rank, and the dogtooth
violet, honeysuckle, blue-bell, and columbine were in blossom. The pale
blue flowers of the quamash gave to the level country the appearance of a
blue lake. Striking Hungry Creek, which Captain Clark had very
appropriately named when he passed that way, the previous September, they
followed it up to a mountain for about three miles, when they found
themselves enveloped in snow; their limbs were benumbed, and the snow, from
twelve to fifteen feet deep, so paralyzed their feet that further progress
was impossible. Here the journal should be quoted:--
"We halted at the sight of this new difficulty. We already
knew that to wait till the snows of the mountains had dissolved, so as to
enable us to distinguish the road, would defeat our design of returning to
the United States this season. We now found also that as the snow bore our
horses very well, travelling was infinitely easier than it was last
fall, when the rocks and fallen timber had so much obstructed our
march. But it would require five days to reach the fish-weirs at the
mouth of Colt [-killed] Creek, even if we were able to follow the
proper ridges of the mountains; and the danger of missing our direction is
exceedingly great while every track is covered with snow. During these five
days, too, we have no chance of finding either grass or underwood for our
horses, the snow being so deep. To proceed, therefore, under such
circumstances, would be to hazard our being bewildered in the mountains, and
to insure the loss of our horses; even should we be so fortunate as to escape
with our lives, we might be obliged to abandon all our papers and
collections. It was therefore decided not to venture any further; to deposit
here all the baggage and provisions for which we had no immediate
use; and, reserving only subsistence for a few days, to return while
our horses were yet strong to some spot where we might live by
hunting, till a guide could be procured to conduct us across the
mountains. Our baggage was placed on scaffolds and carefully covered, as
were also the instruments and papers, which we thought it safer to leave than
to risk over the roads and creeks by which we came."
There was nothing left to do but to return to Hungry Creek. Finding
a scanty supply of grass, they camped under most depressing
circumstances; their outlook now was the passing of four or five days in the
midst of snows from ten to fifteen feet deep, with no guide, no road, and no
forage. In this emergency, two men were sent back to the Chopunnish
country to hurry up the Indians who had promised to accompany them
over the mountains; and, to insure a guide, these men were authorized to
offer a rifle as a reward for any one who would undertake the task. For the
present, it was thought best to return to Quamash flats.
Chapter XXIII
Crossing the Bitter Root Mountains
Disasters many kept pace with the unhappy explorers on their way back to
Quamash flats after their rebuff at the base of the Bitter Root
Mountains. One of the horses fell down a rough and rocky place,
carrying his rider with him; but fortunately neither horse nor man was
killed. Next, a man, sent ahead to cut down the brush that blocked the
path, cut himself badly on the inside of his thigh and bled copiously. The
hunters sent out for game returned empty-handed. The fishermen caught no
fish, but broke the two Indian gigs, or contrivances for catching fish, with
which they had been provided. The stock of salt had given out, the bulk of
their supply having been left on the mountain. Several large mushrooms
were brought in by Cruzatte, but these were eaten without pepper, salt, or
any kind of grease,--"a very tasteless, insipid food," as the journal
says. To crown all, the mosquitoes were pestilential in their numbers and
venom.
Nevertheless, the leaders of the expedition were determined to press
on and pass the Bitter Root Mountains as soon as a slight rest at Quamash
flats should be had. If they should tarry until the snows melted from
the trail, they would be too late to reach the United States that winter and
would be compelled to pass the next winter at some camp high up on the
Missouri, as they had passed one winter at Fort Mandan, on their way
out. This is the course of argument which Captain Lewis and Clark took to
persuade each other as to the best way out of their difficulties:--
"The snows have formed a hard, coarse bed without crust, on which the
horses walk safely without slipping; the chief difficulty, therefore, is
to find the road. In this we may be assisted by the circumstance
that, though generally ten feet in depth, the snow has been thrown off
by the thick and spreading branches of the trees, and from round the
trunk; while the warmth of the trunk itself, acquired by the reflection of
the sun, or communicated by natural heat of the earth, which is never frozen
under these masses, has dissolved the snow so much that immediately at the
roots its depth is not more than one or two feet. We therefore hope
that the marks of the baggage rubbing against the trees may still be
perceived; and we have decided, in case the guide cannot be procured, that
one of us will take three or four of our most expert woodsmen, several of our
best horses, and an ample supply of provisions, go on two days' journey in
advance, and endeavor to trace the route by the marks of the Indian baggage
on the trees, which we would then mark more distinctly with a
tomahawk. When they should have reached two days' journey beyond Hungry
Creek, two of the men were to be sent back to apprise the rest of their
success, and if necessary to cause them to delay there; lest, by advancing
too soon, they should be forced to halt where no food could be obtained for
the horses. If the traces of the baggage be too indistinct, the whole party
is to return to Hungry Creek, and we will then attempt the passage by
ascending the main southwest branch of Lewis' River through the country of
the Shoshonees, over to Madison or Gallatin River. On that route, the
Chopunnish inform us, there is a passage not obstructed by snow at this
period of the year."
On their return to Quamash flats the party met two Indians who, after
some parley, agreed to pilot them over the mountains; these camped where they
were, and the party went on to the flats, having exacted a promise from the
Indians that they would wait there two nights for the white men to come
along. When the party reached their old camp, they found that one of their
hunters had killed a deer, which was a welcome addition to their otherwise
scanty supper. Next day, the hunters met with astonishing luck,
bringing into camp eight deer and three bears. Four of the men were directed
to go to the camp of the two Indians, and if these were bent on going on, to
accompany them and so mark, or blaze, the trees that the rest of the party
would have no difficulty in finding the way, later on.
Meanwhile, the men who had been sent back for guides returned, bringing
with them the pleasing information that three Indians whom they brought with
them had consented to guide the party to the great falls of the Missouri, for
the pay of two guns. Accordingly, once more (June 26), they set out
for the mountains, travelling for the third time in twelve days the route
between Quamash flats and the Bitter Root range. For the second time they ran
up against a barrier of snow. They measured the depth of the snow at the
place where they had left their luggage at their previous repulse and
found it to be ten feet and ten inches deep; and it had sunk four feet
since they had been turned back at this point. Pressing on, after they
reached their old camp, they found a bare spot on the side of the mountain
where there was a little grass for their horses; and there they camped for
the night. They were fortunate in having Indian guides with them; and the
journal says:--
"The marks on the trees, which had been our chief dependence, are much
fewer and more difficult to be distinguished than we had supposed. But
our guides traverse this trackless region with a kind of instinctive
sagacity; they never hesitate, they are never embarrassed; and so undeviating
is their step, that wherever the snow has disappeared, for even a hundred
paces, we find the summer road. With their aid the snow is
scarcely a disadvantage; for though we are often obliged to slip down, yet
the fallen timber and the rocks, which are now covered, were much more
troublesome when we passed in the autumn. Travelling is indeed comparatively
pleasant, as well as more rapid, the snow being hard and coarse, without a
crust, and perfectly hard enough to prevent the horses sinking more than two
or three inches. After the sun has been on it for some hours it becomes
softer than it is early in the morning; yet they are almost always able to
get a sure foothold."
On the twenty-ninth of June the party were well out of the snows in
which they had been imprisoned, although they were by no means over the
mountain barrier that had been climbed so painfully during the past few
days. Here they observed the tracks of two barefooted Indians who had
evidently been fleeing from their enemies, the Pahkees. These signs
disturbed the Indian guides, for they at once said that the tracks were made
by their friends, the Ootlashoots, and that the Pahkees would also cut
them (the guides) off on their return from the trip over the mountains. On
the evening of the day above mentioned, the party camped at the warm springs
which fall into Traveller's-rest Creek, a point now well known to the
explorers, who had passed that way before. Of the springs the journal
says:--
"These warm springs are situated at the foot of a hill on the north side
of Traveller's-rest Creek, which is ten yards wide at this place. They issue
from the bottoms, and through the interstices of a gray freestone rock, which
rises in irregular masses round their lower side. The principal spring, which
the Indians have formed into a bath by stopping the run with stone and
pebbles, is about the same temperature as the warmest bath used at the hot
springs in Virginia. On trying, Captain Lewis could with difficulty
remain in it nineteen minutes, and then was affected with a profuse
perspiration. The two other springs are much hotter, the temperature being
equal to that of the warmest of the hot springs in Virginia. Our
men, as well as the Indians, amused themselves with going into the
bath; the latter, according to their universal custom, going first
into the hot bath, where they remain as long as they can bear the
heat, then plunging into the creek, which is now of an icy coldness, and
repeating this operation several times, but always ending with the warm
bath."
Traveller's-rest Creek, it will be recollected, is on the summit of the
Bitter Root Mountains, and the expedition had consequently passed from Idaho
into Montana, as these States now exist on the map; but they were still on
the Pacific side of the Great Divide, or the backbone of the continent.
Much game was seen in this region, and after reaching Traveller's-rest Creek,
the hunters killed six deer; great numbers of elk and bighorn were also seen
in this vicinity. On the thirtieth of July the party were at their old camp
of September 9 and 10, 1805, having made one hundred and fifty-six miles
from Quamash flats to the mouth of the creek where they now camped. Here a
plan to divide and subdivide the party was made out as follows:--
"Captain Lewis, with nine men, is to pursue the most direct route to the
falls of the Missouri, where three of his party [Thompson, Goodrich, and
McNeal] are to be left to prepare carriages for transporting the baggage and
canoes across the portage. With the remaining six, he will ascend Maria's
River to explore the country and ascertain whether any branch of it reaches
as far north as latitude 50'0, after which he will descend that river to its
mouth. The rest of the men will accompany Captain Clark to the head of
Jefferson River, which Sergeant Ordway and a party of nine men will descend,
with the canoes and other articles deposited there. Captain Clark's party,
which will then be reduced to ten men and Sacagawea, will proceed to the
Yellowstone, at its nearest approach to the Three Forks of the
Missouri. There he will build canoes, go down that river with seven of
his party, and wait at its mouth till the rest of the party join him.
Sergeant Pryor, with two others, will then take the horses by land to the
Mandans. From that nation he will go to the British posts on the
Assiniboin with a letter to Mr. Alexander Henry, to procure his endeavors to
prevail on some of the Sioux chiefs to accompany him to the city of
Washington. . . . . . . . . .
The Indians who had accompanied us intended leaving us in order to seek
their friends, the Ootlashoots; but we prevailed on them to accompany Captain
Lewis a part of his route, so as to show him the shortest road to the
Missouri, and in the mean time amused them with conversation and running
races, on foot and with horses, in both of which they proved themselves
hardy, athletic, and active. To the chief Captain Lewis gave a small medal
and a gun, as a reward for having guided us across the mountains; in
return the customary civility of exchanging names passed between them, by
which the former acquired the title of Yomekollick, of White Bearskin
Unfolded."
Chapter XXIV
The Expedition Subdivided
On the third of July, accordingly, Captain Lewis, with nine of his
men and five Indians, proceeded down the valley lying between the Rocky
and the Bitter Root ranges of mountains, his general course being due
northwest of Clark's fork of the Columbia River. Crossing several small
streams that make into this river, they finally reached and crossed the
Missoula River from west to east, below the confluence of the St. Mary's and
Hell-gate rivers, or creeks; for these streams hardly deserve the name of
rivers. The party camped for the night within a few miles of the site of the
present city of Missoula, Montana. Here they were forced to part from
their good friends and allies, the Indians, who had crossed the range with
them. These men were afraid that they would be cut off by their foes, the
Pahkees, and they wanted to find and join some band of the Indian nation with
whom they were on terms of friendship. The journal gives this account
of the parting:--
"We now smoked a farewell pipe with our estimable companions, who
expressed every emotion of regret at parting with us; which they felt the
more, because they did not conceal their fears of our being cut off by the
Pahkees. We also gave them a shirt, a handkerchief, and a small
quantity of ammunition. The meat which they received from us was dried and
left at this place, as a store during the homeward journey. This
circumstance confirms our belief that there is no route along Clark's River
to the Columbian plains so near or so good as that by which we came; for,
though these people mean to go for several days' journey down that river, to
look for the Shalees [Ootlashoots], yet they intend returning home by the
same pass of the mountains through which they have conducted us. This
route is also used by all the nations whom we know west of the mountains who
are in the habit of visiting the plains of the Missouri; while on the other
side, all the war-paths of the Pahkees which fall into this valley of Clark's
River concentre at Traveller's-rest, beyond which these people have never
ventured to the west."
During the next day or two, Captain Lewis kept on the same general
course through a well-watered country, the ground gradually rising as be
approached the base of the mountains. Tracks of Indians, supposed to be
Pahkees, became more numerous and fresh. On the seventh of July, the
little company went through the famous pass of the Rocky Mountains, now
properly named for the leaders of the expedition. Here is the journal's
account of their finding the Lewis and Clark Pass:--
"At the distance of twelve miles we left the river, or rather the creek,
and having for four miles crossed two ridges in a direction north fifteen
degrees east, again struck to the right, proceeding through a narrow bottom
covered with low willows and grass, and abundantly supplied with both deer
and beaver. After travelling seven miles we reached the foot of a ridge,
which we ascended in a direction north forty-five degrees east, through
a low gap of easy ascent from the westward; and, on descending it, were
delighted at discovering that this was the dividing ridge between the waters
of the Columbia and those of the Missouri. From this gap Fort Mountain
is about twenty miles in a northeastern direction. We now wound through the
hills and mountains, passing several rivulets which ran to the right, and at
the distance of nine miles from the gap encamped, having made thirty-two
miles. We procured some beaver, and this morning saw tracks of
buffalo, from which it appears that those animals do sometimes penetrate a
short distance among the mountains."
Next day the party found themselves in clover, so to speak. Game was
plenty, and, as their object now was to accumulate meat for the three men who
were to be left at the falls (and who were not hunters), they resolved to
strike the Medicine, or Sun, River and hunt down its banks. On that
river the journal, July 10, has this to say:--
"In the plains are great quantities of two species of prickly-pear now
in bloom. Gooseberries of the common red kind are in abundance and just
beginning to ripen, but there are no currants. The river has now
widened to one hundred yards; it is deep, crowded with islands, and in many
parts rapid. At the distance of seventeen miles, the timber
disappears totally from the river-bottoms. About this part of the
river, the wind, which had blown on our backs, and constantly put the elk
on their guard, shifted round; we then shot three of them and a brown
bear. Captain Lewis halted to skin them, while two of the men took the
pack-horses forward to seek for a camp. It was nine o'clock before he
overtook them, at the distance of seven miles, in the first grove of
cottonwood. They had been pursued as they came along by a very large
bear, on which they were afraid to fire, lest their horses, being
unaccustomed to the gun, might take fright and throw them. This circumstance
reminds us of the ferocity of these animals, when we were last near this
place, and admonishes us to be very cautious. We saw vast numbers of
buffalo below us, which kept up a dreadful bellowing during the
night. With all our exertions we were unable to advance more
than twenty-four miles, owing to the mire through which we are obliged to
travel, in consequence of the rain."
The Sun, or Medicine, River empties into the Missouri just above the
great falls of that stream; and near here, opposite White Bear
Islands, the expedition had deposited some of their property in a
cache dug near the river bank, when they passed that way, a year
before. On the thirteenth of the month, having reached their
old camping-ground here, the party set to work making boat-gear
and preparing to leave their comrades in camp well fixed for their
stay. The journal adds:--
"On opening the cache, we found the bearskins entirely destroyed by the
water, which in a flood of the river had penetrated to them. All the
specimens of plants, too, were unfortunately lost: the chart of the Missouri,
however, still remained unhurt, and several articles contained in trunks and
boxes had suffered but little injury; but a vial of laudanum had lost its
stopper, and the liquid had run into a drawer of medicines, which it spoiled
beyond recovery. The mosquitoes were so troublesome that it was impossible
even to write without a mosquito bier. The buffalo were leaving us
fast, on their way to the southeast."
One of the party met with an amusing adventure here, which is thus
described:--
"At night M'Neal, who had been sent in the morning to examine the cache
at the lower end of the portage, returned; but had been prevented from
reaching that place by a singular adventure. Just as he arrived near Willow
run, he approached a thicket of brush in which was a white bear, which he did
not discover till he was within ten feet of him. His horse started, and
wheeling suddenly round, threw M'Neal almost immediately under the
bear, which started up instantly. Finding the bear raising
himself on his hind feet to attack him, he struck him on the head with the
butt end of his musket; the blow was so violent that it broke the breech of
the musket and knocked the bear to the ground. Before he recovered M'Neal,
seeing a willow-tree close by, sprang up, and there remained while the bear
closely guarded the foot of the tree until late in the afternoon. He
then went off; M'Neal being released came down, and having found his
horse, which had strayed off to the distance of two miles, returned to
camp. These animals are, indeed, of a most extraordinary ferocity, and it
is matter of wonder that in all our encounters we have had the good fortune
to escape. We are now troubled with another enemy, not quite so
dangerous, though even more disagreeable-these are the mosquitoes, who now
infest us in such myriads that we frequently get them into our throats when
breathing, and the dog even howls with the torture they occasion."
The intention of Captain Lewis was to reach the river sometimes known as
Maria's, and sometimes as Marais, or swamp. This stream rises near the
boundary between Montana and the British possessions, and flows into the
Missouri, where the modern town of Ophir is built. The men left at the great
falls were to dig up the canoes and baggage that had been cached there the
previous year, and be ready to carry around the portage of the falls the
stuff that would be brought from the two forks of the Jefferson, later on, by
Sergeant Ordway and his party. It will be recollected that this stuff had
also been cached at the forks of the Jefferson, the year before. The
two parties, thus united, were to go down to the entrance of Maria's River
into the Missouri, and Captain Lewis expected to join them there by the fifth
of August; if he failed to meet them by that time, they were to go on down
the river and meet Captain Clark at the mouth of the Yellowstone. This
explanation is needed to the proper understanding of the narrative that
follows; for we now have to keep track of three parties of the
explorers.
Captain Lewis and his men, having travelled northwest about twenty miles
from the great falls of the Missouri, struck the trail of a wounded
buffalo. They were dismayed by the sight, for that assured them that
there were Indians in the vicinity; and the most natural thing to expect was
that these were Blackfeet, or Minnetarees; both of these tribes are vicious
and rascally people, and they would not hesitate to attack a small party and
rob them of their guns, if they thought themselves able to get away with
them.
They were now in the midst of vast herds of buffalo, so numerous that
the whole number seemed one immense herd. Hanging on the flanks were
many wolves; hares and antelope were also abundant. On the fourth day
out, Captain Lewis struck the north fork of Maria's River, now known as
Cut-bank River, in the northwest corner of Montana. He was desirous of
following up the stream, to ascertain, if possible, whether its fountain-head
was below, or above, the boundary between the United States and the British
possessions. Bad weather and an accident to his chronometer prevented his
accomplishing his purpose, and, on the twenty-sixth of July, he turned
reluctantly back, giving the name of Cape Disappointment to his last
camping-place. Later in that day, as they were travelling down the main
stream (Maria's River), they encountered the Indians whom they had hoped to
avoid. Let us read the story as it is told in the journal of the
party:--
"At the distance of three miles we ascended the hills close to the
river-side, while Drewyer pursued the valley of the river on the opposite
side. But scarcely had Captain Lewis reached the high plain when he
saw, about a mile on his left, a collection of about thirty horses. He
immediately halted, and by the aid of his spy-glass discovered that
one-half of the horses were saddled, and that on the eminence above the
horses several Indians were looking down toward the river, probably at
Drewyer. This was a most unwelcome sight. Their probable numbers
rendered any contest with them of doubtful issue; to attempt to escape would
only invite pursuit, and our horses were so bad that we must certainly be
overtaken; besides which, Drewyer could not yet be aware that the
Indians were near, and if we ran be would most probably be sacrificed. We
therefore determined to make the most of our situation, and advance toward
them in a friendly manner. The flag which we had brought in case of any
such accident was therefore displayed, and we continued slowly our march
toward them. Their whole attention was so engaged by Drewyer that they
did not immediately discover us. As soon as they did see us, they appeared to
be much alarmed and ran about in confusion; some of them came down the
hill and drove their horses within gunshot of the eminence, to which they
then returned, as if to await our arrival. When we came within a quarter of a
mile, one of the Indians mounted and rode at full speed to receive us; but
when within a hundred paces of us, he halted. Captain Lewis, who had
alighted to receive him, held out his hand and beckoned to him to
approach; he only looked at us for some time, and then, without saying a
word, returned to his companions with as much baste as be had
advanced. The whole party now descended the hill and rode toward us. As
yet we saw only eight, but presumed that there must be more behind us, as
there were several horses saddled. We however advanced, and Captain Lewis now
told his two men that he believed these were the Minnetarees of Fort de
Prairie, who, from their infamous character, would in all
probability attempt to rob us; but being determined to die rather
than lose his papers and instruments, he intended to resist to the last
extremity, and advised them to do the same, and to be on the alert should
there be any disposition to attack us. When the two parties came within a
hundred yards of each other, all the Indians, except one, halted.
Captain Lewis therefore ordered his two men to halt while be advanced, and
after shaking hands with the Indian, went on and did the same with the
others in the rear, while the Indian himself shook hands with the two
men. They all now came up; and after alighting, the Indians asked to smoke
with us. Captain Lewis, who was very anxious for Drewyer's safety, told
them that the man who had gone down the river had the pipe, and requested
that as they had seen him, one of them would accompany R. Fields, to bring
him back. To this they assented, and Fields went with a young man in
search of Drewyer."
Captain Lewis now asked them by signs if they were Minnetarees of the
north, and he was sorry to be told in reply that they were; he knew them to
be a bad lot. When asked if they had any chief among them, they
pointed out three. The captain did not believe them, but, in order to
keep on good terms with them, he gave to one a flag, to another a medal, and
to the third a handkerchief. At Captain Lewis' suggestion, the Indians
and the white men camped together, and in the course of the evening the red
men told the captain that they were part of a big band of their tribe, or
nation. The rest of the tribe, they said, were hunting further up the
river, and were then in camp near the foot of the Rocky Mountains. The
captain, in return, told them that his party had come from the great
lake where the sun sets, and that he was in hopes that he could induce the
Minnetarees to live in peace with their neighbors and come and trade at the
posts that would be established in their country by and by. He offered them
ten horses and some tobacco if they would accompany his party down the river
below the great falls. To this they made no reply. Being still
suspicious of these sullen guests, Captain Lewis made his dispositions for
the night, with orders for the sentry on duty to rouse all hands if the
Indians should attempt to steal anything in the night. Next morning trouble
began. Says the journal:--
"At sunrise, the Indians got up and crowded around the fire near which
J. Fields, who was then on watch, had carelessly left his rifle, near the
head of his brother, who was still asleep. One of the Indians slipped behind
him, and, unperceived, took his brother's and his own rifle, while at the
same time two others seized those of Drewyer and Captain Lewis. As soon
as Fields turned, he saw the Indian running off with the rifles; instantly
calling his brother, they pursued him for fifty or sixty yards; just as
they overtook him, in the scuffle for the rifles R. Fields stabbed him
through the heart with his knife. The Indian ran about fifteen steps and fell
dead. They now ran back with their rifles to the camp. The moment
the fellow touched his gun, Drewyer, who was awake, jumped up and wrested it
from him. The noise awoke Captain Lewis, who instantly started from the
ground and reached for his gun; but finding it gone, drew a pistol from
his belt, and turning saw the Indian running off with it. He followed him and
ordered him to lay it down, which he did just as the two Fields came up, and
were taking aim to shoot him; when Captain Lewis ordered them not to fire, as
the Indian did not appear to intend any mischief. He dropped the gun
and was going slowly off when Drewyer came out and asked permission to kill
him; but this Captain Lewis forbade, as he had not yet attempted to shoot
us. But finding that the Indians were now endeavoring to drive off all the
horses, he ordered all three of us to follow the main party, who were chasing
the horses up the river, and fire instantly upon the thieves; while he,
without taking time to run for his shot-pouch, pursued the fellow who had
stolen his gun and another Indian, who were driving away the horses on the
left of the camp. He pressed them so closely that they left twelve of their
horses, but continued to drive off one of our own.
"At the distance of three hundred paces they entered a steep niche in
the river-bluffs, when Captain Lewis, being too much out of breath to pursue
them any further, called out, as he had done several times before, that
unless they gave up the horse he would shoot them. As he raised his gun one
of the Indians jumped behind a rock and spoke to the other, who stopped at
the distance of thirty paces. Captain Lewis shot him in the belly. He
fell on his knees and right elbow; but, raising himself a little, fired, and
then crawled behind a rock. The shot had nearly proved fatal; for
Captain Lewis, who was bareheaded, felt the wind of the ball very
distinctly. Not having his shot-pouch, be could not reload his rifle; and,
having only a single charge also for his pistol, he thought it most
prudent not to attack them farther, and retired slowly to the camp. He was
met by Drewyer, who, hearing the report of the guns, had come to his
assistance, leaving the Fields to follow the other Indians. Captain
Lewis ordered him to call out to them to desist from the pursuit, as we could
take the horses of the Indians in place of our own; but they were at too
great a distance to hear him. He therefore returned to the camp, and while he
was saddling the horses the Fields returned with four of our own, having
followed the Indians until two of them swam the river and two others ascended
the hills, so that the horses became dispersed."
The white men were gainers by this sad affair, for they had now in
their possession four of the Indians' horses, and had lost one of their
own. Besides these, they found in the camp of the Indians four
shields, two bows and their quivers, and one of their two guns. The
captain took some buffalo meat which be found in the camp, and then the rest
of their baggage was burned on the spot. The flag given to one of the
so-called chiefs was retaken; but the medal given to the dead man was left
around his neck. The consequences of this unfortunate quarrel were
far-reaching. The tribe whose member was killed by the white men never
forgave the injury, and for years after there was no safety for white
men in their vicinity except when the wayfarers were in great numbers or
strongly guarded.
A forced march was now necessary for the explorers, and they set out
as speedily as possible, well knowing that the Indians would be on their
trail. By three o'clock in the afternoon of that day they had
reached Tansy River, now known as the Teton, having travelled sixty-three
miles. They rested for an hour and a half to refresh their horses, and
then pushed on for seventeen miles further before camping again. Having
killed a buffalo, they had supper and stopped two hours. Then, travelling
through vast herds of buffalo until two o'clock in the morning, they halted
again, almost dead with fatigue; they rested until daylight. On
awaking, they found themselves so stiff and sore with much riding that they
could scarcely stand. But the lives of their friends now at or near the mouth
of Maria's River were at stake, as well as their own. Indeed, it was
not certain but that the Indians had, by hard riding and a circuitous
route, already attacked the river party left at the falls. So Captain
Lewis told his men that they must go on, and, if attacked, they must tie
their horses together by the head and stand together, selling their lives as
dearly as possible, or routing their enemies. The journal now says:--
"To this they all assented, and we therefore continued our route to the
eastward, till at the distance of twelve miles we came near the Missouri,
when we heard a noise which seemed like the report of a gun. We therefore
quickened our pace for eight miles farther, and, being about five miles from
Grog Spring, now heard distinctly the noise of several rifles from the
river. We hurried to the bank, and saw with exquisite satisfaction our
friends descending the river. They landed to greet us, and after turning our
horses loose, we embarked with our baggage, and went down to the spot where
we had made a deposite. This, after reconnoitring the adjacent
country, we opened; but, unfortunately, the cache had caved in, and most
of the articles were injured. We took whatever was still worth
preserving, and immediately proceeded to the point, where we found our
deposits in good order. By a singular good fortune, we were here joined
by Sergeant Gass and Willard from the Falls, who had been ordered to come
with the horses here to assist in procuring meat for the voyage, as it had
been calculated that the canoes would reach this place much sooner than
Captain Lewis's party. After a very heavy shower of rain and hail, attended
with violent thunder and lightning, we started from the point, and giving a
final discharge to our horses, went over to the island where we had
left our red pirogue, which, however, we found much decayed, and we had no
means of repairing her. We therefore took all the iron work out of her,
and, proceeding down the river fifteen miles, encamped near some cottonwood
trees, one of which was of the narrow-leafed species, and the first of that
kind we had remarked in ascending the river.
"Sergeant Ordway's party, which had left the mouth of Madison River on
the thirteenth, had descended in safety to White Bear Island, where he
arrived on the nineteenth, and, after collecting the baggage, had left the
falls on the twenty-seventh in the white pirogue and five canoes, while
Sergeant Gass and Willard set out at the same time by land with the horses,
and thus fortunately met together."
Sergeant Ordway's party, it will be recollected, had left Captain Clark
at the three forks of the Missouri, to which they had come down the
Jefferson, and thence had passed down the Missouri to White Bear Islands,
and, making the portage, had joined the rest of the party just in time to
reinforce them. Game was now abundant the buffalo being in enormous
herds; and the bighorn were also numerous; the flesh of these animals was
in fine condition, resembling the best of mutton in flavor. The reunited
party now descended the river, the intention being to reach the mouth of the
Yellowstone as soon as possible, and there wait for Captain Clark, who, it
will be recalled, was to explore that stream and meet them at the point of
its junction with the Missouri. The voyage of Captain Lewis and his
men was without startling incident, except that Cruzatte accidentally shot
the captain, one day, while they were out hunting. The wound was through the
fleshy part of the left thigh, and for a time was very painful. As
Cruzatte was not in sight when the captain was hit, the latter naturally
thought he had been shot by Indians hiding in the thicket. He reached
camp as best he could, and, telling his men to arm themselves, he
explained that he had been shot by Indians. But when Cruzatte came into
camp, mutual explanations satisfied all hands that a misunderstanding had
arisen and that Cruzatte's unlucky shot was accidental. As an example of the
experience of the party about this time, while they were on their way down
the Missouri, we take this extract from their journal:--
"We again saw great numbers of buffalo, elk, antelope, deer, and wolves;
also eagles and other birds, among which were geese and a solitary pelican,
neither of which can fly at present, as they are now shedding the feathers of
their wings. We also saw several bears, one of them the largest, except
one, we had ever seen; for he measured nine feet from the nose to the
extremity of the tail. During the night a violent storm came on from
the northeast with such torrents of rain that we had scarcely time to unload
the canoes before they filled with water. Having no shelter we ourselves were
completely wet to the skin, and the wind and cold air made our situation very
unpleasant."
On the twelfth of August, the Lewis party met with two traders from
Illinois. These men were camped on the northeast side of the river;
they had left Illinois the previous summer, and had been coming up the
Missouri hunting and trapping. Captain Lewis learned from them that Captain
Clark was below; and later in that day the entire expedition was again
united, Captain Clark's party being found at a point near where Little
Knife Creek enters the Missouri River. We must now take up the
narrative of Captain Clark and his adventures on the Yellowstone.
Chapter XXV
Adventures on the Yellowstone
The route of Captain Clark from the point where he and Captain
Lewis divided their party, was rather more difficult than that pursued by
the Lewis detachment. But the Clark party was larger, being composed of
twenty men and Sacagawea and her baby. They were to travel up the main fork
of Clark's River (sometimes called the Bitter Root), to Ross's Hole, and
then strike over the great continental divide at that point by way of the
pass which he discovered and which was named for him; thence he was to strike
the headwaters of Wisdom River, a stream which this generation of men knows
by the vulgar name of Big Hole River; from this point he was to go by the way
of Willard's Creek to Shoshonee Cove and the Two Forks of the Jefferson, and
thence down that stream to the Three Forks of the Missouri, up the
Gallatin, and over the divide to the Yellowstone and down that river to
its junction with the Missouri, where he was to join the party of Captain
Lewis. This is the itinerary that was exactly carried out. The very
first incident set forth in the journal is a celebration of Independence Day,
as follows:--
"Friday, July 4. Early in the morning three hunters were sent
out. The rest of the party having collected the horses and breakfasted,
we proceeded at seven o'clock up the valley, which is now contracted to the
width of from eight to ten miles, with a good proportion of pitch-pine,
though its low lands, as well as the bottoms of the creeks, are strewn with
large stones. We crossed five creeks of different sizes, but of great
depth, and so rapid that in passing the last several of the horses were
driven down the stream, and some of our baggage was wet. Near this river we
saw the tracks of two Indians, whom we supposed to be Shoshonees.
Having made sixteen miles, we halted at an hour for the purpose of doing
honor to the birthday of our early country's independence. The festival
was not very splendid, for it consisted of a mush made of cows and a saddle
of venison; nor had we anything to tempt us to prolong it. We
therefore went on till at the distance of a mile we came to a very large
creek, which, like all those in the valley, had an immense rapidity of
descent; we therefore proceeded up for some distance, in order to select the
most convenient spot for fording. Even there, however, such was the violence
of the current that, though the water was not higher than the bellies of the
horses, the resistance made in passing caused the stream to rise over
their backs and loads. After passing the creek we inclined to the
left, and soon after struck the road which we had descended last
year, near the spot where we dined on the 7th of September [1805]. Along
this road we continued on the west side of Clark's River, till at the
distance of thirteen miles, during which we passed three more deep, large
creeks, we reached its western branch, where we camped; and having sent out
two hunters, despatched some men to examine the best ford across the west
fork of the river. The game to-day consisted of four deer; though we also saw
a herd of ibex, or bighorn."
Two days later they were high up among the mountains, although
the ascent was not very steep. At that height they found the
weather very cool, so much so that on the morning of the sixth of
July, after a cold night, they had a heavy white frost on the
ground. Setting out on that day, Captain Clark crossed a ridge which
proved to be the dividing line between the Pacific and the Atlantic
watershed. At the same time he passed from what is now Missoula County,
Montana, into the present county of Beaver Head, in that State. "Beaver
Head," the reader will recollect, comes from a natural elevation in
that region resembling the head of a beaver. These points will
serve to fix in one's mind the route of the first exploring party that
ever ventured into those wilds; descending the ridge on its eastern
slope, the explorers struck Glade Creek, one of the sources of the
stream then named Wisdom River, a branch of the Jefferson; and the
Jefferson is one of the tributaries of the mighty Missouri. Next day
the journal has this entry:--
"In the morning our horses were so much scattered that, although we sent
out hunters in every direction to range the country for six or eight miles,
nine of them could not be recovered. They were the most valuable of all
our horses, and so much attached to some of their companions that it was
difficult to separate them in the daytime. We therefore presumed that they
must have been stolen by some roving Indians; and accordingly left a party of
five men to continue the pursuit, while the rest went on to the spot where
the canoes had been deposited. We set out at ten o'clock and pursued a course
S. 56'0 E. across the valley, which we found to be watered by four large
creeks, with extensive low and miry bottoms; and then reached [and crossed]
Wisdom River, along the northeast side of which we continued, till at the
distance of sixteen miles we came to its three branches. Near that
place we stopped for dinner at a hot spring situated in the open
plain. The bed of the spring is about fifteen yards in circumference, and
composed of loose, hard, gritty stones, through which the water boils in
great quantities. It is slightly impregnated with sulphur, and so hot
that a piece of meat about the size of three fingers was completely done in
twenty-five minutes."
Next day, July 8, the party reached the forks of the Jefferson
River, where they had cached their goods in August, 1805; they had now
travelled one hundred and sixty-four miles from Traveller's-rest Creek to
that point. The men were out of tobacco, and as there was some among the
goods deposited in the cache they made haste to open the cache. They found
everything safe, although some of the articles were damp, and a hole had been
made in the bottom of one of the canoes. Here they were overtaken by Sergeant
Ordway and his party with the nine horses that had escaped during the night
of the seventh.
That night the weather was so cold that water froze in a basin to
a thickness of three-quarters of an inch, and the grass around the
camp was stiff with frost, although the month of July was nearly a week
old. The boats taken from the cache were now loaded, and the
explorers were divided into two bands, one to descend the river by boat
and the other to take the same general route on horseback, the
objective point being the Yellowstone. The story is taken tip here by
the journal in these lines:--
"After breakfast [July 10] the two parties set out, those on
shore skirting the eastern side of Jefferson River, through Service
[-berry] Valley and over Rattlesnake Mountain, into a beautiful and
extensive country, known among the Indians by the name of
Hahnahappapchah, or Beaverhead Valley, from the number of those animals to be
found in it, and also from the point of land resembling the head of a
beaver. It [the valley] extends from Rattlesnake Mountain as low
as Frazier's Creek, and is about fifty miles in length in direct
line; while its width varies from ten to fifteen miles, being watered in
its whole course by Jefferson River and six different creeks. The valley is
open and fertile; besides the innumerable quantities of beaver and otter with
which its creeks are supplied, the bushes of the low grounds are a favorite
resort for deer; while on the higher parts of the valley are seen scattered
groups of antelopes, and still further, on the steep sides of the mountains,
are observed many bighorns, which take refuge there from the wolves and
bears. At the distance of fifteen miles the two parties stopped to
dine; when Captain Clark, finding that the river became wider and
deeper, and that the canoes could advance more rapidly than the
horses, determined to go himself by water, leaving Sergeant Pryor with six
men to bring on the horses. In this way they resumed their journey
after dinner, and camped on the eastern side of the river, opposite the head
of Three-thousand-mile Island. The beaver were basking in great
numbers along the shore; there were also some young wild geese and
ducks. The mosquitoes were very troublesome during the day, but after
sunset the weather became cool and they disappeared."
Three-thousand-mile Island was so named by the explorers, when
they ascended these streams, because it was at a point exactly three
thousand miles from the mouth of the Missouri. But no such island
exists now; it has probably been worn away by the swift-rushing current of
the river. The route of Captain Clark and his party, up to this time had been
a few miles west of Bannock City, Montana. As the captain was now to
proceed by land to the Yellowstone, again leaving the canoe party, it is
well to recall the fact that his route from the Three Forks of the
Missouri to the Yellowstone follows pretty nearly the present line of the
railroad from Gallatin City to Livingston, by the way of Bozeman Pass.
Of this route the journal says:--
"Throughout the whole, game was very abundant. They procured
deer in the low grounds; beaver and otter were seen in Gallatin River, and
elk, wolves, eagles, hawks, crows, and geese at different parts of the
route. The plain was intersected by several great roads leading to a
gap in the mountains, about twenty miles distant, in a direction E.N.E.; but
the Indian woman, who was acquainted with the country, recommended a gap more
to the southward. This course Captain Clark determined to pursue."
Let us pause here to pay a little tribute to the memory of "the Indian
woman," Sacagawea. She showed that she was very observant, had a good
memory, and was plucky and determined when in trouble. She was the guide of
the exploring party when she was in a region of country, as here, with which
she was familiar. She remembered localities which she had not seen since her
childhood. When their pirogue was upset by the carelessness of her
husband, it was she who saved the goods and helped to right the boat. And,
with her helpless infant clinging to her, she rode with the men, guiding them
with unerring skill through the mountain fastnesses and lonely passes which
the white men saw for the first time when their salient features were pointed
out to them by the intelligent and faithful Sacagawea. The
Indian woman has long since departed to the Happy Hunting-Grounds of her
fathers; only her name and story remain to us who follow the footsteps of the
brave pioneers of the western continent. But posterity should not forget the
services which were rendered to the white race by Sacagawea.
On the fifteenth of July the party arrived at the ridge that divides the
Missouri and the Yellowstone, nine miles from which they reached the river
itself, about a mile and a half from the point where it issues from the Rocky
Mountains. Their journey down the valley of the Yellowstone was devoid
of special interest, but was accompanied with some hardships. For example,
the feet of the horses had become so sore with long travel over a stony trail
that it was necessary to shoe them with raw buffalo hide. Rain fell
frequently and copiously; and often, sheltered at night only by buffalo
hides, they rose in the morning drenched to the skin. The party could not
follow the course of the river very closely, but were compelled often to
cross hills that came down to the bank, making the trail impassable for
horses. Here is the story of July 18 and 19:--
"Gibson, one of the party, was so badly hurt by falling on a sharp
point of wood that he was unable to sit on his horse, and they were obliged
to form a sort of litter for him, so that he could lie nearly at full
length. The wound became so painful, however, after proceeding a short
distance, that he could not bear the motion, and they left him with two
men, while Captain Clark went to search for timber large enough to form
canoes. He succeeded in finding some trees of sufficient size for small
canoes, two of which he determined to construct, and by lashing them together
hoped to make them answer the purpose of conveying the party down the
river, while a few of his men should conduct the horses to the Mandans.
All hands, therefore, were set busily to work, and they were employed in
this labor for several days. In the mean time no less than
twenty-four of their horses were missing, and they strongly suspected had
been stolen by the Indians, for they were unable to find them,
notwithstanding they made the most diligent search."
"July 23. A piece of a robe and a moccasin," says the
journal, "were discovered this morning not far from the camp. The moccasin
was worn out in the sole, and yet wet, and had every appearance of having
been left but a few hours before. This was conclusive that the Indians had
taken our horses, and were still prowling about for the remainder, which
fortunately escaped last night by being in a small prairie surrounded by
thick timber. At length Labiche, one of our best trackers, returned from
a very wide circuit, and informed Captain Clark that he had traced the
horses bending their course rather down the river towards the open plains,
and from their tracks, must have been going very rapidly. All hopes of
recovering them were now abandoned. Nor were the Indians the only plunderers
around our camp; for in the night the wolves or dogs stole the greater part
of the dried meat from the scaffold. The wolves, which
constantly attend the buffalo, were here in great numbers, as this
seemed to be the commencement of the buffalo country. . . .
"At noon the two canoes were finished. They were twenty-eight feet
long, sixteen or eighteen inches deep, and from sixteen to twenty-four inches
wide; and, having lashed them together, everything was ready for setting out
the next day, Gibson having now recovered. Sergeant Pryor was directed,
with Shannon and Windsor, to take the remaining horses to the Mandans, and
if he should find that Mr. Henry [a trading-post agent] was on the Assiniboin
River, to go thither and deliver him a letter, the object of which was to
prevail on the most distinguished chiefs of the Sioux to accompany him to
Washington."
On a large island near the mouth of a creek now known as Canyon Creek,
the party landed to explore an extensive Indian lodge which seems to have
been built for councils, rather than for a place of residence. The
lodge was shaped like a cone, sixty feet in diameter at the base and tapering
towards the top. The poles of which it was constructed were forty-five feet
long. The interior was strangely decorated, the tops of the poles
being ornamented with eagles' feathers, and from the centre hung a
stuffed buffalo-hide. A buffalo's head and other trophies of the
chase were disposed about the wigwam. The valley, as the
explorers descended the river, was very picturesque and wonderful. On the
north side the cliffs were wild and romantic, and these were soon succeeded
by rugged hills, and these, in turn, by open plains on which were descried
herds of buffalo, elk, and wolves. On the twenty-seventh of July, having
reached the Bighorn, one of the largest tributaries of the Yellowstone, the
party have this entry in their journal:--
"They again set out very early, and on leaving the Bighorn took a last
look at the Rocky Mountains, which had been constantly in view from the first
of May. The [Yellowstone] river now widens to the extent of from four
hundred to six hundred yards; it is much divided by islands and sandbars; its
banks are generally low and falling in; it thus resembles the Missouri in
many particulars, but its islands are more numerous, its waters less muddy,
and the current is more rapid. The water is of a yellowish-white, and the
round stones, which form the bars above the Bighorn, have given place to
gravel. On the left side the river runs under cliffs of light, soft,
gritty stone, varying in height from seventy to one hundred feet, behind
which are level and extensive plains. On the right side of the river are low
extensive bottoms, bordered with cottonwood, various species of
willow, rose-bushes, grapevines, redberry or buffalo-grease bushes, and a
species of sumach; to these succeed high grounds supplied with pine, and
still further on are level plains. Throughout the country are vast quantities
of buffalo, which, as this is the running-season, keep up a continued
bellowing. Large herds of elk also are lying on every point, so gentle that
they may be approached within twenty paces without being alarmed. Several
beaver were seen in the course of the day; indeed, there is a greater
appearance of those animals than there was above the Bighorn. Deer,
however, are by no means abundant, and antelopes, as well as bighorns, are
scarce."
It is noticeable that the explorers, all along their route, gave to
streams, rocks, mountains, and other natural features of the country many
names that appear to us meaningless and trifling. It would appear that they
used up all the big names, such as Jefferson, Gallatin, Philosophy,
Philanthropy, and the like, and were compelled to use, first, the names of
their own party, and then such titles as were suggested by trifling
incidents. For example, when they reached a difficult shoal on
the Yellowstone River, they named that Buffalo Shoal because they found a
buffalo on it; and Buffalo Shoal it remains unto this day. In like manner,
when they reached a dangerous rapid, twenty miles below that point, they saw
a bear standing on a rock in the stream; and Bear Rapid the place was and is
named. Bear and buffalo were pretty numerous all the way along that
part of the river which they navigated in July. They had now rejoined
the boats, and on the last day of July, when camped at a point two
miles above Wolf Rapid (so called from seeing a wolf there), the
buffalo were continually prowling about the camp at night, exciting
much alarm lest they should trample on the boats and ruin them. In those
days, buffalo were so numerous that they were a nuisance to travellers; and
they were so free from fear of man that they were too familiar with the camps
and equipage. On the first of August we find this entry in the journal of
the party:--
"The buffalo now appear in vast numbers. A herd happened to be on
their way across the river. Such was the multitude of these animals
that, though the river, including an island over which they passed, was a
mile wide, the herd stretched, as thickly as they could swim, from one side
to the other, and the party was obliged to stop for an hour. They consoled
themselves for the delay by killing four of the herd; and then having
proceeded for the distance of forty-five miles [in all to-day] to an island,
below which two other herds of buffalo, as numerous as the first, soon after
crossed the river."
Again, on the very next day, we find this entry:--
"The river was now about a mile wide, less rapid, and more divided by
islands, and bars of sand and mud, than heretofore; the low grounds, too,
were more extensive, and contained a greater quantity of cottonwood, ash, and
willows. On the northwest was a low, level plain, and on the southeast
some rugged hills, on which we saw, without being able to approach them, some
bighorns. Buffalo and elk, as well as their pursuers, the wolves, were
in great numbers. On each side of the river there were several dry beds of
streams, but the only one of any considerable size was one to which
they gave the name of Ibex River, on the right, about thirty yards
wide, and sixteen miles from their encampment of the preceding night. The
bear, which had given them so much trouble at the head of the Missouri, they
found equally fierce here. One of these animals, which was on a
sand-bar as the boat passed, raised himself on his hind feet, and after
looking at the party for a moment, plunged in and swam towards them; but,
after receiving three balls in the body, he turned and made for the
shore. Towards evening they saw another enter the water to swim across;
when Captain Clark directed the boat towards the shore, and just as the
animal landed shot it in the head. It proved to be the largest female
they had ever seen, and was so old that its tusks were worn quite
smooth. The boats escaped with difficulty between two herds of buffalo
that were crossing the river, and came near being again detained by
them. Among the elk of this neighborhood they saw an unusual number of
males, while higher up the herds consisted chiefly of females."
It is almost incredible that these wild animals should have been so
nearly exterminated by hunters and other rovers of the plains, very soon
after travel set in across the continent. The writer of these lines,
who crossed the plains to California so lately as 1856, saw buffalo killed
for the sake of their tongues, or to give rifle practice to the
wayfarers. After the overland railroad was opened, passengers shot
buffalo from the car-windows, well knowing that they could not get their
game, even if they should kill as they flew by a herd. There are no buffalo
nor elk where millions once roamed almost unmolested.
Early in the afternoon of August 3, the party reached the junction of
the Yellowstone and the Missouri, and camped on the same spot where they had
pitched their tents on the 26th of April, 1805. They were nearing the end of
their long journey.
But their troubles thickened as they drew near the close of their many
miles of travel. The journal for August 4 has this record:--
"The camp became absolutely uninhabitable in consequence of the
multitude of mosquitoes; the men could not work in preparing skins for
clothing, nor hunt in the timbered low grounds; there was no mode of
escape, except by going on the sand-bars in the river, where, if the
wind should blow, the insects do not venture; but when there is no
wind, and particularly at night, when the men have no covering except
their worn-out blankets, the pain they suffer is scarcely to be
endured. There was also a want of meat, for no buffalo were to be
found; and though elk are very abundant, yet their fat and flesh is
more difficult to dry in the sun, and is also much more easily
spoiled than the meat or fat of either deer or buffalo.
"Captain Clark therefore determined to go on to some spot which
should be free from mosquitoes and furnish more game. Having written a
note to Captain Lewis, to inform him of his intention, and stuck it on a pole
at the confluence of the two rivers, he loaded the canoes at five in the
afternoon, proceeded down the river to the second point, and camped on a
sand-bar; but here the mosquitoes seemed to be even more numerous than
above. The face of the Indian child was considerably puffed up and swollen
with their bites; the men could procure scarcely any sleep during the
night, and the insects continued to harass them next morning, as they
proceeded. On one occasion Captain Clark went on shore and ascended a hill
after one of the bighorns; but the mosquitoes were in such multitudes that he
could not keep them from the barrel of his rifle long enough to take
aim. About ten o'clock, however, a light breeze sprung up from the
northwest, and dispersed them in some degree. Captain Clark then landed
on a sand-bar, intending to wait for Captain Lewis, and went out to
hunt. But not finding any buffalo, he again proceeded in the
afternoon; and having killed a large white bear, camped under a high bluff
exposed to a light breeze from the southwest, which blew away the
mosquitoes. About eleven o'clock, however, the wind became very high and a
storm of rain came on, which lasted for two hours, accompanied with
sharp lightning and loud peals of thunder.
"The party rose, next day, very wet, and proceeded to a sand-bar
below the entrance of Whiteearth River. Just above this place the
Indians, apparently within seven, or eight days past, had been digging a
root which they employ in making a kind of soup. Having fixed their
tents, the men were employed in dressing skins and hunting. They shot a
number of deer; but only two of them were fat, owing probably to the great
quantities of mosquitoes which annoy them while feeding."
On the eleventh of August the Clark party came up with the two white
traders from Illinois, of whom we have already made mention as having been
met by the Lewis party on their way down the river. These were the first
white men they had seen (except themselves) since they parted with the three
French trappers, near the Little Missouri, in April, 1805, From them the
wayworn voyagers received the latest news from the United States. From
them they also had some unfavorable tidings. The journal says:--
"These men had met the boat which we had despatched from Fort Mandan, on
board of which, they were told, was a Ricara chief on his way to
Washington; and also another party of Yankton chiefs, accompanying Mr.
Durion on a visit of the same kind. We were sorry to learn that the
Mandans and Minnetarees were at war with the Ricaras, and had killed two of
them. The Assiniboins too are at war with the Mandans. They have, in
consequence, prohibited the Northwestern Company from trading to the
Missouri, and even killed two of their traders near Mouse River; they are now
lying in wait for Mr. McKenzie of the Northwestern Company, who has been for
a long time among the Minnetarees. These appearances are rather
unfavorable to our project of carrying some of the chiefs to the United
States; but we still hope that, by effecting a peace between the Mandans,
Minnetarees, and Ricaras, the views of our Government may be
accomplished."
Next day, August 12, 1806, the party, slowly descending the river,
were overjoyed to see below them the little flotilla of Captain Lewis and his
men. But they were alarmed when they discovered that Lewis was not with
them; as the boats landed at the shore, the captain was not to be
seen. Captain Clark's party, on coming up with their friends, were
told that Lewis was lying in the pirogue, having been accidentally
wounded. The whole party were now happily reunited, and they were soon joined
by the two Illinois traders whom they had met up the river; these men
wished to accompany the expedition down the river as far as the Mandan
nation, for the purpose of trading; they were more secure with a large
party of white men than they would be if left to themselves.
Chapter XXVI
The End of a Long Journey
The reunited party now set out for the lower river and proceeded
rapidly down-stream, favored with a good wind. They made eighty-six
miles on the first day, passing the mouth of the Little Missouri early in the
forenoon, and camping at Miry River, on the northeast side of the
Missouri. On the second day they arrived at the principal village of
the Minnetarees, where they were received with cordial welcome by their old
friends. The explorers fired their blunderbuss several times by way of
salute, and the Indian chiefs expressed their satisfaction at the safe
return of the white men. One of the Minnetaree chiefs, however, wept
bitterly at the sight of the whites, and it was explained by his friends that
their coming reminded him of the death of his son, who had been lately
killed by the Blackfoot Indians.
Arriving at the village of the Mandans, of which Black Cat was the
chief, a council was called, and the chiefs of the expedition endeavored to
persuade some of the leading men of the tribe to accompany them to Washington
to see "the Great Father." Black Cat expressed his strong desire to
visit the United States and see the Great Father, but he was afraid of the
Sioux, their ancient enemies, through whose territory they must pass on their
way down to the white man's country. This chief, it will be recollected, was
given a flag and a medal by the two captains when they passed up the
river on their way to the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific coast. The flag
was now brought on and hoisted on the lodge of Black Cat. On that
occasion, also, the commanders of the expedition had given the Indians a
number of useful articles, among them being a portable corn-mill. But the
Indians had other uses for metal, and they had taken the mill apart and
used the iron for the purpose of making barbs for their arrows. From the
Omahas, who were located here, the white men received a present of as much
corn as three men could carry. Black Cat also gave them a dozen bushels of
corn.
Their days of starvation and famine were over. They were next
visited by Le Borgne, better known as One-eye, the head chief of all the
Minnetarees, to whom Lewis and Clark also extended an invitation to go to
Washington to see the Great Father. The journal says:--
"Le Borgne began by declaring that he much desired to visit his Great
Father, but that the Sioux would certainly kill any of the Mandans who should
attempt to go down the river. They were bad people, and would not listen to
any advice. When he saw us last, we had told him that we had made
peace with all the nations below; yet the Sioux had since killed eight of
his tribe, and stolen a number of their horses. The Ricaras too had stolen
their horses, and in the contest his people had killed two of the
Ricaras. Yet in spite of these dispositions he had always had his ears
open to our counsels, and had actually made a peace with the Chayennes and
the Indians of the Rocky Mountains. He concluded by saying, that
however disposed they were to visit the United States, the fear of the Sioux
would prevent them from going with us."
The truth was that One-eye had no notion of going to Washington; he was
afraid of nobody, and his plea of possible danger among the Sioux was mere
nonsense to deceive the white men. Captain Clark visited the village of Black
Cat, and that worthy savage made the same excuse that Le Borgne (One-eye) had
already put forth; he was afraid of the Sioux. The journal
adds:--
"Captain Clark then spoke to the chiefs and warriors of the village. He
told them of his anxiety that some of them should see their Great Father,
hear his good words, and receive his gifts; and requested them to fix on some
confidential chief who might accompany us. To this they made the same
objections as before; till at length a young man offered to go, and the
warriors all assented to it. But the character of this man was known to be
bad; and one of the party with Captain Clark informed him that at the
moment he [this Indian] had in his possession a knife which he had
stolen. Captain Clark therefore told the chief of this theft, and
ordered the knife to be given up. This was done with a poor apology for
having it in his possession, and Captain Clark then reproached the
chiefs for wishing to send such a fellow to see and hear so
distinguished a person as their Great Father. They all hung down their
heads for some time, till Black Cat apologized by saying that the
danger was such that they were afraid of sending any one of their
chiefs, as they considered his loss almost inevitable."
Although there was so much reluctance on the part of the Indians to
leave their roving life, even for a few months, there were some white men
among the explorers who were willing to give up their home in "the
States." The journal says:--
"In the evening Colter applied to us for permission to join the
two trappers who had accompanied us, and who now proposed an expedition up
the river, in which they were to find traps and to give him a share of the
profits. The offer was a very advantageous one; and as he had always
performed his duty, and his services could be dispensed with, we consented to
his going upon condition that none of the rest were to ask or expect a
similar indulgence. To this they all cheerfully assented, saying that they
wished Colter every success, and would not apply for liberty to
separate before we reached St. Louis. We therefore supplied him, as
did his comrades also, with powder and lead, and a variety of
articles which might be useful to him, and he left us the next day. The
example of this man shows how easily men may be weaned from the habits of
civilized life to the ruder, though scarcely less fascinating, manners of the
woods. This hunter had now been absent for many years from the
frontiers, and might naturally be presumed to have some anxiety, or at least
curiosity, to return to his friends and his country; yet, just at the
moment when he was approaching the frontiers, he was tempted by a
hunting scheme to give up all those delightful prospects, and to go
back without the least reluctance to the solitude of the wilds."
The two captains learned here that the Minnetarees had sent out a
war-party against the Shoshonees, very soon after the white men's expedition
had left for the Rocky Mountains, notwithstanding their promise to keep peace
with the surrounding tribes. They had also sent a war-party against the
Ricaras, two of whom they killed. Accordingly, the white chiefs had a powwow
with the Indian chiefs, at which the journal says these incidents
occurred:--
"We took this opportunity of endeavoring to engage Le Borgne in our
interests by a present of the swivel, which is no longer serviceable, as it
cannot be discharged from our largest pirogue. It was loaded; and the chiefs
being formed into a circle round it, Captain Clark addressed them with great
ceremony. He said that he had listened with much attention to what
had yesterday been declared by Le Borgne, whom he believed to be
sincere, and then reproached them with their disregard of our
counsels, and their wars on the Shoshonees and Ricaras. Little
Cherry, the old Minnetaree chief, answered that they had long stayed at
home and listened to our advice, but at last went to war against the
Sioux because their horses had been stolen and their companions
killed; and that in an expedition against those people they met the
Ricaras, who were on their way to strike them, and a battle ensued. But in
future he said they would attend to our words and live at peace. Le
Borgne added that his ears would always be open to the words of his Good
Father, and shut against bad counsel. Captain Clark then presented to Le
Borgne the swivel, which he told him had announced the words of his Great
Father to all the nations we had seen, and which, whenever it was fired,
should recall those which we had delivered to him. The gun was
discharged, and Le Borgne had it conveyed in great pomp to his
village. The council then adjourned."
After much diplomacy and underhand scheming, one of the Mandan
chiefs, Big White, agreed to go to Washington with the expedition. But
none of the Minnetarees could be prevailed upon to leave their tribe, even
for a journey to the Great Father, of whose power and might so much had been
told them. The journal, narrating this fact, says further:--
"The principal chiefs of the Minnetarees now came down to bid us
farewell, as none of them could be prevailed on to go with us. This
circumstance induced our interpreter, Chaboneau, to remain here with his wife
and child, as he could no longer be of use to us, and, although we offered to
take him with us to the United States, he declined, saying that there he had
no acquaintance, and no chance of making a livelihood, and preferred
remaining among the Indians. This man had been very serviceable to
us, and his wife was particularly useful among the Shoshonees: indeed, she
had borne with a patience truly admirable the fatigues of so long a route,
encumbered with the charge of an infant, who was then only nineteen months
old. We therefore paid him his wages, amounting to five hundred dollars
and thirty-three cents, including the price of a horse and a lodge purchased
of him, and soon afterward dropped down to the village of Big
White, attended on shore by all the Indian chiefs, who had come to
take leave of him.
"We found him surrounded by his friends, who sat in a circle
smoking, while the women were crying. He immediately sent his wife and
son, with their baggage, on board, accompanied by the interpreter and his
wife, and two children; and then, after distributing among his friends some
powder and ball which we had given him, and smoking a pipe, he went with us
to the river side. The whole village crowded about us, and many of the people
wept aloud at the departure of their chief."
Once more embarked, the party soon reached Fort Mandan, where they had
wintered in 1804. They found very little of their old stronghold left
except a few pickets and one of the houses. The rest had been destroyed by an
accidental fire. Eighteen miles below, they camped near an old Ricara
village, and next day, as they were about to resume their voyage, a
brother of Big White, whose camp was farther inland, came running down to the
beach to bid Big White farewell. The parting of the two brothers was very
affectionate, and the elder gave the younger a pair of leggings as a farewell
present. The Indian chief was satisfied with his treatment by the
whites, and interested himself to tell them traditions of localities which
they passed. August 20 they were below the mouth of Cannon-ball River,
and were in the country occupied and claimed by the Sioux. Here, if
anywhere, they must be prepared for attacks from hostile Indians. At
this point, the journal sets forth this interesting observation:--
"Since we passed in 1804, a very obvious change has taken place in the
current and appearance of the Missouri. In places where at that time
there were sandbars, the current of the river now passes, and the former
channel of the river is in turn a bank of sand. Sandbars then naked are now
covered with willows several feet high; the entrance of some of the creeks
and rivers has changed in consequence of the quantity of mud thrown into
them; and in some of the bottoms are layers of mud eight inches in
depth."
The streams that flow into the Missouri and Mississippi from the
westward are notoriously fickle and changeable. Within a very few
years, some of them have changed their course so that farms are
divided into two parts, or are nearly wiped out by the wandering
streams. In at least one instance, artful men have tried to steal part of a
State by changing the boundary line along the bed of the river, making the
stream flow many miles across a tract around which it formerly
meandered. On this boundary line between the Sioux and their upper neighbors,
the party met a band of Cheyennes and another of Ricaras, or Arikaras.
They held a palaver with these Indians and reproached the Ricara chief, who
was called Gray-eyes, with having engaged in hostilities with the
Sioux, notwithstanding the promises made when the white men were here
before. To this Gray-eyes made an animated reply:--
"He declared that the Ricaras were willing to follow the counsels we had
given them, but a few of their bad young men would not live in peace, but had
joined the Sioux and thus embroiled them with the Mandans. These young
men had, however, been driven out of the villages, and as the Ricaras were
now separated from the Sioux, who were a bad people and the cause of all
their misfortunes, they now desired to be at peace with the Mandans, and
would receive them with kindness and friendship. Several of the chiefs, he
said, were desirous of visiting their Great Father; but as the chief who went
to the United States last summer had not returned, and they had some fears
for his safety, on account of the Sioux, they did not wish to leave home
until they heard of him. With regard to himself, he would continue with
his nation, to see that they followed our advice. . . . . . . . . .
"After smoking for some time, Captain Clark gave a small medal to the
Chayenne chief, and explained at the same time the meaning of it. He seemed
alarmed at this present, and sent for a robe and a quantity of buffalo-meat,
which he gave to Captain Clark, and requested him to take back the medal; for
he knew that all white people were `medicine,' and was afraid of the medal,
or of anything else which the white people gave to the Indians. Captain
Clark then repeated his intention in giving the medal, which was the medicine
his great father had directed him to deliver to all chiefs who listened to
his word and. followed his counsels; and that as he [the chief] had done
so, the medal was given as a proof that we believed him sincere. He now
appeared satisfied and received the medal, in return for which he gave double
the quantity of buffalo-meat he had offered before. He seemed now quite
reconciled to the whites, and requested that some traders might be sent among
the Chayennes, who lived, he said, in a country full of beaver, but did not
understand well how to catch them, and were discouraged from it by having no
sale for them when caught. Captain Clark promised that they should be soon
supplied with goods and taught the best mode of catching beaver.
"Big White, the chief of the Mandans, now addressed them at some
length, explaining the pacific intentions of his nation; the
Chayennes observed that both the Ricaras and Mandans seemed to be in
fault; but at the end of the council the Mandan chief was treated
with great civility, and the greatest harmony prevailed among them. The
great chief, however, informed us that none of the Ricaras could be prevailed
on to go with us till the return of the other chief; and that the Chayennes
were a wild people, afraid to go. He invited Captain Clark to his house, and
gave him two carrots of tobacco, two beaver-skins, and a trencher of boiled
corn and beans. It is the custom of all the nations on the Missouri to offer
to every white man food and refreshment when he first enters their
tents."
Resuming their voyage, the party reached Tyler's River, where they
camped, on the twenty-seventh of August. This stream is now known as
Medicine River, from Medicine Hill, a conspicuous landmark rising at a little
distance from the Missouri. The voyagers were now near the lower
portion of what is now known as South Dakota, and they camped in territory
embraced in the county of Presho. Here they were forced to send out
their hunters; their stock of meat was nearly exhausted. The hunters
returned empty-handed.
"After a hunt of three hours they reported that no game was to be
found in the bottoms, the grass having been laid flat by the immense
number of buffaloes which recently passed over it; and, that they saw only a
few buffalo bulls, which they did not kill, as they were quite unfit for
use. Near this place we observed, however, the first signs of the wild
turkey; not long afterward we landed in the Big Bend, and killed a fine fat
elk, on which we feasted. Toward night we heard the bellowing of
buffalo bulls on the lower island of the Big Bend. We pursued this
agreeable sound, and after killing some of the cows, camped on the island,
forty-five miles from the camp of last night." . . . . . . . . .
"Setting out at ten o'clock the next morning, at a short distance they
passed the mouth of White River, the water of which was nearly of the color
of milk. As they were much occupied with hunting, they made but twenty
miles. The buffalo," says the journal, "were now so numerous, that from
an eminence we discovered more than we had ever seen before at one
time; and though it was impossible accurately to calculate their
number, they darkened the whole plain, and could not have been, we were
convinced, less than twenty thousand. With regard to game in general,
we have observed that wild animals are usually found in the greatest numbers
in the country lying between two nations at war."
They were now well into the Sioux territory, and on the thirtieth of
August they had an encounter with a party of Indians. About
twenty persons were seen on the west side of the river, proceeding along a
height opposite the voyagers. Just as these were observed, another
band, numbering eighty or ninety, came out of the woods nearer the
shore. As they had a hostile appearance, the party in the canoes made
preparations to receive them; they were suspected to be Teton-Sioux, although
they might be Yanktons, Pawnees, or Omahas. The journal adds:--
"In order, however, to ascertain who they were, without risk to the
party, Captain Clark crossed, with three persons who could speak different
Indian languages, to a sand-bar near the opposite side, in hopes of
conversing with them. Eight young men soon met him on the sand-bar, but none
of them could understand either the Pawnee or Maha interpreter. They
were then addressed in the Sioux language, and answered that they were
Tetons, of the band headed by Black Buffaloe, Tahtackasabah. This
was the same who had attempted to stop us in 1804; and being now less
anxious about offending so mischievous a tribe, Captain Clark told them that
they had been deaf to our councils, had ill-treated us two years ago, and had
abused all the whites who had since visited them. He believed them, he
added, to be bad people, and they must therefore return to their
companions; for if they crossed over to our camp we would put them to
death. They asked for some corn, which Captain Clark refused; they then
requested permission to come and visit our camp, but he ordered them back to
their own people. He then returned, and all our arms were prepared, in
case of an attack; but when the Indians reached their comrades, and informed
their chiefs of our intention, they all set out on their way to their own
camp; though some of them halted on a rising ground and abused us very
copiously, threatening to kill us if we came across. We took no notice of
this for some time, till the return of three of our hunters, whom we were
afraid the Indians might have met. But as soon as they joined us we embarked;
and to see what the Indians would attempt, steered near their side of the
river. At this the party on the hill seemed agitated; some set out for
their camp, others walked about, and one man walked toward the boats and
invited us to land. As he came near, we recognized him to be the same
who had accompanied us for two days in 1804, and was considered a friend of
the whites.
"Unwilling, however, to have any intercourse with these people, we
declined his invitation, upon which he returned to the hill, and struck the
earth three times with his gun, a great oath among the Indians, who consider
swearing by the earth as one of the most solemn forms of imprecation.
At the distance of six miles we stopped on a bleak sand-bar, where we thought
ourselves secure from any attack during the night, and also safe from the
mosquitoes. We had made but twenty-two miles, but in the course of the
day had killed a mule-deer, an animal we were very anxious to
obtain. About eleven in the evening the wind shifted to the northwest, and
it began to rain, accompanied by thunder and lightning, after which the wind
changed to the southwest, and blew with such violence that we were obliged to
hold fast the canoes, for fear of their being driven from the sand-bar:
still, the cables of two of them broke, and two others were blown quite
across the river; nor was it till two o'clock that the whole party were
reassembled, waiting in the rain for daylight."
The party now began to meet white men in small detachments coming up the
river. On the third of September, for example, they met the first men
who were able to give them news of home. This party was commanded by a Mr.
James Airs (or Ayres), from Mackinaw, by the way of Prairie du Chien and St.
Louis. He had two canoes loaded with merchandise which he was taking up
the river to trade with the Indians. Among the items of news gathered
from him, according to the private journal of one of the Lewis and Clark
party, was that General James Wilkinson was now Governor of Louisiana
Territory, and was stationed at St. Louis. This is the Wilkinson who
fought in the American Revolution, and was subsequently to this time
accused of accepting bribes from Spain and of complicity with Aaron
Burr in his treasonable schemes. Another item was to this
effect: "Mr. Burr & Genl. Hambleton fought a Duel, the latter was
killed." This brief statement refers to the unhappy duel between Aaron
Burr and Alexander Hamilton, at Weehawken, New Jersey, July 11, 1804. This
interesting entry shows with what feelings the long-absent explorers met Mr.
Airs:--
"After so long an interval, the sight of anyone who could give
us information of our country was peculiarly delightful, and much of the
night was spent in making inquiries into what had occurred during our
absence. We found Mr. Airs a very friendly and liberal gentleman; when
we proposed to him to purchase a small quantity of tobacco, to be paid for in
St. Louis, he very readily furnished every man of the party with as much as
he could use during the rest of the voyage, and insisted on our accepting a
barrel of flour. This last we found very agreeable, although we have still a
little flour which we had deposited at the mouth of Maria's River. We
could give in return only about six bushels of corn, which was all that we
could spare."
Three days later, the voyagers met a trading-boat belonging to Mr.
Augustus Chouteau, the founder of a famous trading-house in St. Louis.
From this party the captains procured a gallon of whiskey, and with this they
served out a dram to each of their men. "This," says the journal, "is the
first spirituous liquor any of them have tasted since the Fourth of July,
1805." From this time forward, the returning explorers met trading
parties nearly every day; and this showed that trade was following the flag
far up into the hitherto unexplored regions of the American continent.
The explorers, hungry for news from home, would have tarried and talked
longer with their new-found friends, but they were anxious to get down to
civilization once more. Their journal also says: "The Indians,
particularly the squaws and children, are weary of the long journey, and we
are desirous of seeing our country and friends." This quotation from the
journal gives us our first intimation that any Indians accompanied Big White
to the United States. He appears to have had a small retinue of
followers men, women, and children--with him.
Below the mouth of the Platte, September 12, Lewis and Clark met
Gravelines, the interpreter who was sent to Washington from Fort Mandan, in
1805, with despatches, natural history specimens, and a Ricara chief.
The chief had unfortunately died in Washington, and Gravelines was now on his
way to the Ricaras with a speech from President Jefferson and the presents
that had been given to the chief. He also had instructions to teach the
Ricaras in agriculture.
It is interesting to note how that the explorers, now tolerably well
acquainted with the Indian character since their long experience with the red
men, had adopted a very different bearing from that which they had when
coming up the river, in 1805. Here is an extract from their journal,
September 14:--
"We resumed our journey. This being a part of the river to which
the Kansas resort, in order to rob the boats of traders, we held ourselves in
readiness to fire upon any Indians who should offer us the slightest
indignity; as we no longer needed their friendship, and found that a tone of
firmness and decision is the best possible method of making proper
impressions on these freebooters. However, we did not encounter any of
them; but just below the old Kansas village met three trading-boats from
St. Louis, on their way to the Yanktons and Mahas."
Thirty miles below the island of Little Osage village, the party met
Captain McClellan, formerly of the United States army. He informed Captain
Lewis that the party had been given up for lost, people generally believing
that they would never again be heard from; but, according to the journal of
one of the party, "The President of the U. States yet had hopes of
us." The last news received in "the U. States" from the explorers was that
sent from Fort Mandan, by Gravelines, in 1805.
Scarcity of provisions once more disturbed the party, so that, on the
eighteenth of September, the journal sets forth the fact that game was very
scarce and nothing was seen by the hunters but a bear and three turkeys,
which they were unable to reach. The men, however, were perfectly satisfied,
although they were allowed only one biscuit per day. An abundance
of pawpaws growing along the banks sufficed as nutritious food. The pawpaw
is native to many of the Western States of the Republic. It is a fruit
three or four inches long, growing on a small tree, or bush. The fruit
is sweet and juicy and has several bean-shaped seeds embedded in the
pulp. The voyagers now began to see signs of civilization on the banks of
the river. Near the mouth of the Gasconade, above St. Louis, they
beheld cows grazing in the meadows. The journal says: "The whole party
almost involuntarily raised a shout of joy at seeing this image of
civilization and domestic life." Men who have been wandering in pathless
wildernesses, remote from man, for more than two years, might well
be moved by the sights of a homelike farm and a settled life. Soon after
this the party reached the little French village of La Charette which they
saluted with four guns and three hearty cheers. Then, according to the
journal, they landed and were warmly received by the people, who had long
since abandoned all hope of ever seeing these far-voyaging adventurers
return. Here are the last entries in the journal that has been our
guide so long across the continent and back again to the haunts of
men:--
"Sunday, September 21st, we proceeded; and as several settlements have
been made during our absence, we were refreshed with the sight of men and
cattle along the banks. We also passed twelve canoes of Kickapoo Indians,
going on a hunting-excursion. At length, after coming forty-eight
miles, we saluted, with heartfelt satisfaction, the village of St.
Charles, and on landing were treated with the greatest hospitality and
kindness by all the inhabitants of that place. Their civility detained us
till ten o'clock the next morning,
"September 22d, when the rain having ceased, we set out for Coldwater
Creek, about three miles from the mouth of the Missouri, where we found a
cantonment of troops of the United States, with whom we passed the day; and
then,
"September 23d, descended to the Mississippi, and round to St.
Louis, where we arrived at twelve o'clock; and having fired a salute, went
on shore and received the heartiest and most hospitable welcome from the
whole village."
The two captains were very busily employed, as soon as they arrived in
St. Louis, with writing letters to their friends and to the officers of the
government who were concerned to know of their safe return to
civilization. Captain Lewis' letter to the President of the United
States, announcing his arrival, was dated Sept. 23, 1806. President
Jefferson's reply was dated October 20 of that year. In his letter the
President expressed his "unspeakable joy" at the safe return of the
expedition. He said that the unknown scenes in which they had been
engaged and the length of time during which no tidings had been received from
them "had begun to be felt awfully." It may seem strange to modern readers
familiar with the means for rapid travel and communication that no news from
the explorers, later than that which they sent from the Mandan country, was
received in the United States until their return, two years and four months
later. But mail facilities were very scanty in those far-off days, even in
the settled portions of the Mississippi Valley, and few traders had then
penetrated to those portions of the Lower Missouri that had just been
travelled by Lewis and Clark. As we have seen, white men were regarded
with awe and curiosity by the natives of the regions which the explorers
traversed in their long absence. The first post-office in what is now the
great city of St. Louis was not established until 1808; mails between the
Atlantic seaboard and that "village" required six weeks to pass either
way.
The two captains went to Washington early in the year following
their arrival in St. Louis. There is extant a letter from Captain
Lewis, dated at Washington, Feb. 11, 1807. Congress was then in
session, and, agreeably to the promises that had been held out to the
explorers, the Secretary of War (General Henry Dearborn), secured from that
body the passage of an act granting to each member of the expedition a
considerable tract of land from the public domain. To each private and
non-commissioned officer was given three hundred acres; to Captain Clark, one
thousand acres, and to Captain Lewis fifteen hundred acres. In addition
to this, the two officers were given double pay for their services during the
time of their absence. Captain Lewis magnanimously objected to receiving more
land for his services than that given to Captain Clark.
Captain Lewis resigned from the army, March 2, 1807, having
been nominated to be Governor of Louisiana Territory a few days
before. His commission as Governor was dated March 3 of that year. He was
thus made the Governor of all the territory of the United States west of the
Mississippi River. About the same time, Captain Clark was appointed a
general of the territorial militia and Indian agent for that
department.
Originally, the territory acquired from France was divided into the
District of New Orleans and the District of Louisiana, the first-named
being the lower portion of the territory and bounded on the north by a
line which now represents the northern boundary of the State of
Louisiana; and all above that line was known as the District of
Louisiana. In 1812, the upper part, or Louisiana, was named the
Territory of Missouri, and Captain Clark (otherwise General), was appointed
Governor of the Territory, July 1, 1813, his old friend and comrade having
died a few years earlier.
The end of Captain (otherwise Governor) Lewis was tragical and
was shadowed by a cloud. Official business calling him to
Washington, he left St. Louis early in September, 1809, and prosecuted
his journey eastward through Tennessee, by the way of Chickasaw
Bluffs, now Memphis, of that State. There is a mystery around his last
days. On the eleventh of October, he stopped at a wayside log-inn, and
that night he died a violent death, whether by his own hand or by that of a
murderer, no living man knows. There were many contradictory stories about
the sad affair, some persons holding to the one theory and some to the
other. He was buried where he died, in the centre of what is now Lewis
County, Tennessee. In 1848, the State of Tennessee erected over the
last resting-place of Lewis a handsome monument, the inscriptions on which
duly set forth his many virtues and his distinguished services to his
country.
The story of the expedition of Lewis and Clark is the foundation of the
history of the great Northwest and the Missouri Valley. These men and
their devoted band of followers were the first to break into the world-old
solitudes of the heart of the continent and to explore the mountain
fastnesses in which the mighty Columbia has its birth. Following in their
footsteps, the hardy American emigrant, trader, adventurer, and home-seeker
penetrated the wilderness, and, building better than they knew, laid the
foundations of populous and thriving States. Peaceful farms and noble
cities, towns and villages, thrilling with the hum of modern industry and
activity, are spread over the vast spaces through which the explorers
threaded their toilsome trail, amid incredible privations and
hardships, showing the way westward across the boundless continent which is
ours. Let the names of those two men long be held in grateful honor by the
American people!
finis
To report errors or to order copies on disk or CD, write the publisher, fdungan@fdungan.com.